SPOFA09 Monography

Sports Facilities Curent Position and Perspectives
SPOFA 09
Edition MONOFRAPHS Volume 1/2009 Sports Facilities Curent Position and Perspectives
SPOFA 09
Publisher University of Belgrade Faculty of Sport and Physical Education, Serbia Prof. Duan Miti, Ph.D., Dean Editor in Chief Prof. Goran irovi, Ph.D., M.Sc.Civ.Eng, Serbia
Editorial Board
Jelena Petri Gray, UK N.J.Delener,USA Sonja Petrovi-Lazarevi, Australia Bohumil Puchyr, Czech Republic Milan Jezi von Gesseneck, Luxembourg Richard Fisher, UK Milan van, Slovenia Sreko Jovanovi, Serbia Dragoljub Vinji, Serbia Zorica Petrovi, Serbia Zagorka Petrovi-Zlatanovi, Serbia Darko Mitrovi, Serbia Milivoj Dopsaj, Serbia Jelena Jovanovi, Serbia Ivana Milanovi, Serbia
Honorary Board Sneana Samardi Markovi, Ministry of Youth and Sport Neda Dragovi, Assistant Minister, Ministry of Science and Technological Development Dragoslav umarac, President of Serbian Chamber of Engineers Jasminko Pozderac, Director of Serbian Institut of Sport
Publication of this issue sponsored by Ministry of Science and Technological Development Republic of Serbia Ministry of Youth and Sport Republic of Serbia
University of Belgrade Faculty of Sport and Physical Education Serbia
International Congress
Sports Facilities
Curent Position and Perspectives SPOFA 09
Editor in Chief
Prof. Goran irovi, Ph.D., M.Sc.Civ.Eng.
Belgrade 2009
CONTENT
PREFACE ............................................................................................................................................ VII Mirko Ai, Aleksandar Pakvor, Vanja Alendar, Sneana Marinkovi DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE BELGRADE ARENA ROOF STRUCTURE ..............................................................................................................................1 J. Petric-Gray, C. Galn-Marn, C. Rivera-Gmez, R. Rodrguez-Garcia CLAY-BASED COMPOSITE MATERIAL STABILISED WITH NATURAL POLYMER AND FIBRE AND ITS RELEVANCE TO ECOLOGICAL BUILDING AND PREFABRICATION ............................................................................13 Majeri M., van M. and Kolenc M. ESTABLISHING THE E-COMMUNITY IN THE FIELD OF SPORT......................................................27 Goran irovi, Zorica Petrovi, Milivoj Dopsaj TECHNICAL TECHNOLOGICAL BASES FOR SPORTS FACILITIES CLASSIFICATION, CATEGORIZATION AND STANDARDIZATION ....................................................35
Milenko Stankovic and Srdjan Stankovic
NEW EDUCATIONAL PROFILE BUILDER IN BANJA LUKA - A REASONABLE INVESTMENT IN THE FUTURE OF SPORT AND HEALTHY LIFE .........................................................................................................51 Dragica Jevti, Aleksandar Savi CONCRETE MIX DESIGN FOR AN OPEN AIR SPORT FACILITIES .................................................61 Gregor Jurak EFFECTS OF THE NATIONAL PROGRAMME OF SPORT ON CONSTRUCTION OF SPORTS FACILITIES IN SLOVENIA ...............................................................71 Zoran Ceki PROCESS PROTOCOL OF PUBLIC SPORTS FACILITIES INVESTMENT PROGRAM ...................................................................................................................87 Goran irovi, Darko Plamenac ROUGH SETS APPROACH TO OPTIMAL CHOICE OF LOCATION OF SPORT FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION .........................................................................................97 Bratislav Petrovi THE INFLUENCE OF THE MINISTRY OF YOUTH AND SPORT ON THE INCREASE IN QUANTITY AND IMPROVEMENT OF QUALITY AND EQUAL DISTRIBUTION OF SPORTS FACILITIES IN SERBIA ................................................................................................105 Aleksandar Lei; Vojo Sui, Simo Sui SPORTS INJURIES OF THE MUSCULOSCELETAL SYSTEM RELATED TO SPORT FACILITIES AND RECREATIVESNONPROFESSIONAL SPORSTMAN ................................................................................................117
SPOFA 2009
VI
Vesko Drakovi, Dejan Ili, Svetlana Vinji NEED TO INTRODUCE STANDARDS FOR SPORT AND RECREATION FACILITIES ................................................................................................................121 Lidija Banovic, Miodrag Banovic POSSIBILITIES OF RECONSTRUCTION OF THE CONTENTS OF RECREATIONAL PARK, OASIS BAR...........................................................................................129 Ivo upanovi, Simo Sui DEFINITIONS OF TOURIST DESTINATION, INTEGRATED TOURIST DESTINATIONS PRODUCT AND STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT IN TOURISM .............................................................................139 Predrag Bianin, Bratislav Petrovi REGISTER OF SPORT VENUES IN FUNCTION OF SPORT DEVELOPMENT IN REPUBLIC OF SERBIA.....................................................................................149 Miodrag Banovi, Lidija Banovi POSIBILITIES OF RECONSTRUCTION INCLUDED COMPLECS SPORTRECREATIONAL CENTER - BAR ..................................................................155 Ivana Milenkovi STRUCTURE REHABILITATION AND ADAPTATION OF THE SPORTSHALL OF SPORTS ASSOCIATION RED STAR........................................................169 Sneana Mitrovi AIR-SUPPORTED STRUCTURES FOR SPORTS FACILITIES ........................................................177 Jelena Jovanovi, Milan Tomi, Vladislav Skoko COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF THE PROCESS OF OWNERSHIP TRANSFORMATION AND POSITION OF THE MATERIAL BASE OF SPORTS FACILITIES IN SERBIA IN THE TRANSITION PROCESS ..........................................187 Ksenija Jankovi, Dragan Nikoli, Dragan Bojovi CONCRETE MIX DESIGN FOR TENNIS COURTS ..........................................................................199 Miroslav Kuburi, Goran irovi GEOMARKETING IN THE FUNCTION OF BUILDING SPORT FACILITIES ....................................211 Jelena Jovanovi, Ranko Matijaevi, Dragan Palamarevi, Darko Mitrovi SPORTS FACILITIES IN THE FUNCTION OF DEVELOPEMENT OF SPORT IN SERBIA.......................................................................................................................219
SPOFA 2009
VII
PREFACE
According to some Homers notes, old Greeks practised sports from approximately around 1700 BC. There are some testimonies that sporting events were also held earlier (they have been mentioned as early as 2500), but mostly as some parts of religious rituals. As legend has it, Hercules, one of Zeus sons, was the progenitor of the Olympic Games. The oldest data describe the games held in 776 BC, in Olympia, of course. For the whole thousand years these games were held every four years, until Romans suppressed them in 394. Not until one thousand and ve hundred years later, French baron Pierre de Coubertin came up with an idea to revive this ne tradition. At his proposal, in 1894 the international congress of fteen countries was held in Paris. The participants of this congress decided to revive games and to hold them in four-year intervals. Two years later, in 1896, the rst modern Olympic Games were held on the renewed stadium in Athens. Considering that sports historians have mentioned renewed stadium in Athens, the assumption is that, from times immemorial, a particular venue intended for some sport is one of the essential preconditions for any sporting event to take place. In the course of time sports venues have also changed their appearance and functionality. When we watch a recording of a sporting event held at the beginning of the last century, we obligatorily see a crowd of people pushing their way as close to the fence as possible, so that they can watch a football, basketball match, athletic competition at that time there were no roofs at the stadiums, comfortable chairs heated in winter and large screens where people could see a repeated record of a basket, goal, point As the technology has improved, sports facilities have also made giant strides, so that today the most modern stadium in the world is in German town Gelsenkirchen, whose terrain can be completely covered. In order to grow grass on it, German engineers designed a system that moves complete grass area out of the stadium and insolates it, so that the terrain does not turn into a too expensive ploughland. Todays sporting events visitors are much more demanding than those some ten years ago. Complete families go to American basketball NBA League matches and they want to have a bite, to drink a juice or a beer, to buy an outt of their favourite club, but rst of all they want to have great fun. That is why modern sports facilities sometimes appear more like shopping centres with boutiques and restaurants, and sportsmen look like modern gladiators or clowns trying to make as attractive actions as possible. If we want such a facility to be protable, it must be multifunctional. It must not be a host only to basketball, volleyball, hockey and tennis players, but also to a great rock band or a disc
SPOFA 2009
VIII
Preface
jockey popular at the moment. All these are great challenges for constructors who should meet numerous demands of more and more spoiled audience. The issue arises: in what direction the technique and technology will develop, which will limit the development speed of cosiness to a great extent for both, sportsmen and spectators at a venue. If the legend can be trusted, since there are no historical data, Hercules certainly did not have so many problems; at that time, the maxim may have been made up: A healthy mind in a healthy body, which becomes less important in the contemporary society, because sport is more and more becoming a lucrative business that turns over an enormous quantity of money. Spectators visit sports facilities to watch their favourites in action, no matter whether they are basketball, football, volleyball players or athletes. And, if they are to achieve top results, they must also have top conditions to do that. The question arises whether Jamaican Usein Bolt would have broken the records for 100 and 200 metres on the World Championship this year in Berlin if he had run on a cinder track at the same stadium where the American Jesse Owens won four gold medals. Both results have received the epithet legendary, each in its time. Just as a surgeon needs a good operating theatre, so a top-class sportsman needs a high grade sports facility, either for training or for competition. It is especially signicant for younger competitors: juniors, cadets, pioneers it should not be forgotten that they are still children who grow and mature. They should not be burdened with the results, and it is the obligation of a club to provide them conditions for their training. First of all, it is impossible that a child blossoms into a ne man, as well as into a sportsman, if he is trained in some basement, and if he competes on a meadow. Top-class sport is only a peak of a pyramid. If a nation should be as t as possible, all the age categories must be animated to practise sport. The achievements of our basketball, water-polo, handball, tennis players ... must serve as a stepping stone for further planning and developing sport in Serbia. It should not be forgotten that not only top-class competitors take part in sports. There is also an army of amateurs, ordinary people who take part in sports from recreational reasons, as well as sports lovers. Every year records in the number of participants are being broken in the Fun Run of Belgrade Marathon, and Ada Ciganlija and school-yards are venues where sport also lives, maybe even more intensive than in top-class arenas. A substantial precondition for practising sport is to have good infrastructure. We have a lot of facilities which are not used for years and which are time-eaten. There are a lot of problems with classication and registration of sports facilities. In order to make the entire work easier, the Ministry of Youth and Sport provided the software The Registry of Sports Facilities of the Republic of Serbia, in which les of sports facilities in Serbia are systemically organized for the rst time. The concept of the project implies active participation of local community units in forming data base on sports venues. In order to formulate the Strategy, the Ministry of Youth and Sport conducted research on the condition of sports facilities in primary and secondary schools in the Republic of Serbia in 2008, in which data were obtained that more than one third of schools does not possess a large school-hall, one half of schools have a large school-hall with the area of less than 450 m2. Only 12 out of 1533 schools have a swimming pool, at which ve schools are from Belgrade, two from Sumadija, and one from Pec, Srednji Banat,
SPOFA 2009
Preface
IX
Zlatibor and Bor Districts. From this number, seven pools are equipped according to standards, but 5 of them are not. Another great part of sportsmens army are people who take recreation. Thus, as we like to see everything through money, let us put people who take recreation and money at the same level. Twelve people from a company play football once or twice a week. They spend an hour at a recreation ground, then they change clothes and go home. If somebody offered them a swimming pool, tness room, sauna, massage or some other contents of such a type, their company would pay more for the services that they would use. It is not necessary to mention doctors suggestions to practise sport in order to reduce everyday stress and that these people would not get any of blood vessel deseases, which are the most common cause of mortality in Serbia. Let us also remember our fellow-citizens who are so-called third age. They also have a need for some sort of relaxation, not barely playing chess. Even for this chess, we could create them better conditions to play this ancient game. The last but not the least, let us mention disabled, who also participate in the total number of sportsmen in a country. Our paralympians bring some medals from every competition. Basketball players of Vojvodina are the last good example, who are champions of Jadran League in their category. Generally, we may probably have even greater number of disabled sportsmen if we offer them better conditions for practising sport. How much it means to them to be normally involved into a society, especially to compete, cannot be measured. Exactly, the objective of this project is to raise some issues related to classication, categorization and standardization of sports facilities, as well as to call attention to the signicance of comprehensive examination of these problems to classify and categorize sports facilities not only according to pure parameters of construction structures, but also according to characteristics that should be met in order to be completely applicable for the particular sport elds or universally usable for several sport activities or disciplines. If we want our children to be healthier, more physically capable and with lower percentage of body fat level, these data must be drastically changed. An undeniable fact is that at present the greatest economic crisis is reigning, whose consequences nobody could have predicted. The projects like classication and registration of sports facilities cannot bring economic benets; however, in long terms they can achieve invaluable results, primarily a healthier nation. Our meeting has been arranged with the desire to point out the signicance of sports facilities in all domains. The Congress is intended for sport specialists who use sports facilities and manage them, and who take part in their construction, reconstruction and maintenance; for teachers of sport and physical education; for designers, architects, urbanists and engineers of various professions who design, build and supply sports facilities and facilities for physical education; for managers, layers and economists who deal with legal and nancial procedures in completing these venues; for journalists; for experts who work in state administration; for equipment manufacturers; for sport associations, organizations and clubs; for competent municipal and city institutions; as well as for all those who directly or indirectly take part in construction, equipment provision and utilization of these venues.
SPOFA 2009
Preface
This is the rst congress planned to be traditional and to be held every two years. The primary objectives of the Congress are: rst, state of the art in the eld of sports facilities, second, to perceive and analyse the position of sports facilities and the opportunities for its improvement, and third, to exchange experience among the Congress participants. The Symposium has been conceived as an exchange of knowledge and information from this important and topical eld, signicant for realization of education in sport, as well as for realization of everyday and traditional sporting events. Current position of sports facilities, as well as prospects for the development in this eld will be especially considered at the Symposium. Setting up the international periodical, Sports Facilities International Journal, we hope that international unbiased editorial board, composed of experts from various elds relating to sports facilities, will be competent and will contribute to the reputation of this periodical.
President of SPOFA Congress Goran irovi, Ph.D,, Civ.Eng. Associate Professor
SPOFA 2009
Mirko Ai1, Aleksandar Pakvor2, Vanja Alendar3, Sneana Marinkovi4

(1,2,4 Faculty of Civil Engineering, University of Belgrade, Belgrade, Serbia 3 DNEC, Belgrade, Serbia)
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE BELGRADE ARENA ROOF STRUCTURE

INTRODUCTION Belgrade Arena is a sport hall for all indoor sports including ice sports and athletics, as well as cultural and social gatherings, for more than 20,000 visitors. The structural design of the roof structure of the Arena has been made at the Faculty of Civil Engineering of the University of Belgrade. The Authors of the paper together with late professors Milorad Ivkovic and Zivota Perisic are the main designers of the roof structure. The main contractor is the Consortium of construction companies Energoprojekt and Napred from Belgrade. The main architect of the Arena is Vlada Slavica from the Company Energoprojekt. The construction of the Arena began in 1992 and it was planned to be the venue of the 1994 World Basketball Championship in Belgrade. Unfortunately, because of the disintegration of the former Yugoslavia and the sanctions imposed by United Nations to the new Federal Republic of Yugoslavia, construction of the Arena was practically interrupted for several years. Now the structure of the Arena is completely nished and tested. The Belgrade Arena, among many other events, was the venue of the European Basketball Championship in 2004. BASIC DATA ON THE HALL AND THE ROOF STRUCTURE The Arena has a rectangular base with rounded corners. The spans between the axes of the main columns in facade walls are 132.70102.70 m in both directions. The surface of the roof is somewhat larger than 15,000 m2. The main columns are 26.30 m high and the height of the structure is slightly over 36 m, Figure 1.
Figure 1. Longitudinal section of the Arena
SPOFA 2009
Mirko Ai, Aleksandar Pakvor, Vanja Alendar, Sneana Marinkovi
The Hall roof structure and the main columns are structurally completely separated from other parts of the building the structure of the stands, the entrances, communication spaces and the facade structure by an expansion joint along the entire perimeter of the structure. The whole main structure is founded on Franki piles 600 mm, 10-12 m deep. The roof structure is supported on 14 columns over 14x2 neoprene bearings. The wind and earthquake actions on the roof structure are transmitted to the columns by neoprene bearings. The displacements of the roof structure are limited by steel stops on columns. The roof structure is symmetrical in two axes and composed of main roof girders, secondary roof girders and purlins, Figure 2. The structure has a shape of a prestressed shallow lens made of double-chord orthogonal grillwork of 7 externally prestressed reinforced concrete girders 3 in the longitudinal direction of the Hall, with the span of 132.7 m and 4 in the lateral direction, with the span of 102.7 m. The upper, compression chords of the main roof girders are made of reinforced concrete. They polygonally follow the convex paraboloidal surface with the elevation in the middle of the roof structure of + 8.0 m over the horizontal supporting plane. The lower, tension chords are formed of prestressing tendons which are free in space, outside of concrete cross-section, and polygonally follow the concave paraboloidal surface with the sag of - 4.0 m under the supporting plane, Figure 2.
Figure 2. Layout of the Arena roof structure with main roof girders on the mounting level on temporary scaffolds, and on the nal level on the top of the main columns Except in anchor blocks, where the axes of compression and tension chords of roof girders intersect in both vertical and horizontal supporting planes, in 12 internal cross points - crosses of the grillwork of the main roof girders, the constant distance between
SPOFA 2009
the chords is provided by pyramid-shaped chairs, each composed of 4 reinforced concrete columns with square sections 35/35 cm, Figure 3. The reinforced concrete deviator blocks at the end of the chairs accept the deviation forces due to change in vertical direction of tendons, ensure the bypassing of tendons of two orthogonal girders and provide longitudinal movement of tendons with minimum friction.
Figure 3. Reinforced concrete chair between the two chords and the deviator block The reinforced concrete chords of all 7 main girders have the same cross-section, constant along the entire span, composed of twin girders of the rectangular cross-section 140 cm high and 40 cm wide, at the clear spacing of 80 cm. The twin girders are mutually connected by reinforced concrete diaphragms on the places where they are supported by chairs, Figure 3, and at the locations of secondary roof girders supports, approximately in one-thirds of the spans. The total surface of the compression chord cross-section of each main girder is 2 0.401.40 = 1.12 m2, so that the weight of girders amounts to somewhat more than 28 kN/m. The supporting parts of the girders, at the length up to 5.0 m from the supports, are full rectangular sections, 1.60 m wide, shaped as anchor blocks for prestressing tendons of the lower chord. The concrete in the main girders is C55, the required impermeability V-6, and frost-resistance M-100. The girders are symmetrically reinforced with ribbed steel bars grade 400 MPa and the longitudinal reinforcement ratio is between 1.08 and 1.80%. The lower chords of all the main roof girders are composed of 9 prestressing tendons each. The tendons are formed of 11 Neptun grade S (Super) strands 15.80 mm, with the nominal steel area of 150 mm2 and tensile strength of 1,860 N/mm2, made of low relaxation steel, protected by grease in hard polyethylene sheaths. The deviator blocks, Figure 3, are also made of reinforced concrete, 180180 cm in base and 130 cm high, designed to accommodate guides for tendons and to transfer deviation forces to columns of the "chairs". The weight of a deviator block is about 5 t. Between the deviators, as well as between the deviators and the anchor blocks, the strands are free in space. Within the deviator they have special steel guides. To decrease friction inside the
SPOFA 2009
guide each strand is conducted through a hard polyethylene double tube sheath. Between the deviators all the tendons are in the same horizontal level, on axial spacings ranging between 16.0 cm and 19.0 cm, so that the total axial distance between external tendons is 134.0 cm. With a view of easier accomodation in the anchor block, and especially facilitating the simultaneous tensioning of a larger number of tendons from the same end of the girder, the tendons are anchored in two rows by height. Gradual transition from one-row to two-rows layout of tendons is realized between the last deviator and the anchor block, Figure 3. All the strands of one tendon are conducted through the anchor block in a unied bunch with double sheath, which enables the protection of the anchor part of the tendon and the anchor by injecting with grease. They are designed in such a way that the later posttensioning and replacement of tendons are possible, if necessary. The applied anchors were of the SPB type the Strands Prestressing System developed by the Institute for Testing of Materials of the Republic of Serbia IMS in Belgrade. Fire protection of the tendons was carried out according to a separate design. On the external vertical sides of the main roof girders, at the locations of the diaphragms, reinforced concrete corbels were designed to support the secondary girders which follow the same surface as the upper edge of the main girders. The secondary roof girders are also two-chord reinforced concrete systems, with the spans of 23.08 m and 27.80 m. They have a polygonal compressed chord designed also as two parallel rectangular sections 2x15/45 cm, at the clear spacing of 30 cm. The lower chord is a polygonal reinforced concrete tie, while the verticals between the both chords are compressed reinforced concrete elements. Due to considerably greater load and different function requirements, the secondary girders along the edge of the roof are different from the secondary roof girders over the internal part of the roof structure. They were designed as standard reinforced concrete trusses, Figure 8. The main columns which support the roof structure are designed as two separate reinforced concrete wall-anges of C 40 concrete, with rectangular cross-section 2x50/220 cm at the clear spacing of 2.0 m, which provides the free space for the supporting part of the main roof girders, whose total width is 1.60 m, and for the lifting of the grillwork of roof girders to the top of columns in the construction stage. After the lifting of the roof structure to the tops of columns the anges of the columns were permanently interconnected on the stand storey levels by twin reinforced concrete struts with the cross-section of 2x35/85 cm. On the top of columns the prefabricated reinforced concrete beams with the dimensions of 90/160 cm and the weight of around 12 t where mounted, Figure 6. They were designed to support the whole roof structure over two neoprene bearings with the dimensions of 450600174 mm. Between neoprene bearings the space for special hydraulic jacks to lift the roof structure in case of control or replacement of bearings has been left. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION CONCEPT OF THE ROOF STRUCTURE Out of several analyzed construction alternatives the adopted solution was the prefabrication and low level mounting of the roof structure with the temporary supporting plane on the initial mounting level of + 5.90 m above the oor of the Hall, Figure 2. The main girders were divided into the total of 43 prefabricated elements which were temporarily supported on 4 light steel tube scaffold towers around each of the 12 chairs and, in axes of the main columns, on two temporary neoprene bearings on the level of + 5.90 m above the Hall oor.
SPOFA 2009
After the concreting of the joints between the precast reinforced concrete members of the main roof girders, chairs and deviators, prestressing strands were inserted and tendons of the lower chord of the spatial system formed, after which the rst prestressing stage was carried out. PRESTRESSING OF THE ROOF STRUCTURE The prestressing of the grillwork of main roof girders was designed to take place in three stages. In the rst stage, while the main girders were still temporarily supported on scaffolds, the tendons were tensioned up to the level of approximately 60% of the total force, whereupon the main girders were gradually self-lifting from their temporary supports on scaffolds. This rst stage of prestressing had to be carried out in three steps: rst, approximately onehalf of the rst stage forces were introduced into all girders, while the other half was introducted in two steps. Had it been done otherwise, the introduction of the total force of the rst prestressing stage only in one pair of symmetrical main girders would have exceeded the ultimate limit states, not only in these girders, but also in other girders of the roof grillwork, as they would be exposed to high bending moments without corresponding normal forces. That is why, in each step of prestressing, all 3 symmetrical pairs of roof girders had to be tensioned successively. At the end of the rst prestressing stage the structure was elevated from in-eld scaffold supports, remaining only on 28 neoprene supports on 14 main columns.
Figure 4. Roof structure after the rst prestressing stage and removal of scaffolds, on the initial + 5.90 m level After the rst stage of prestressing the roof structure was lifted on the top of main columns, to the nal design position. The construction of the roof structure was afterwards continued by mounting the secondary roof girders and purlins and a part of the equipment hung on the roof structure, Figure 8. After that, the second stage of prestressing was carried out whereby the roof structure in the central part was elevated up to 16 cm above the designed mean level. After the
SPOFA 2009
mounting of the roof cover and the remaining equipment it was anticipated that under the total permanent load the roof surface in the middle will be about 10 cm above the design mean level. The aluminium roof cover with the required insulations layers is the BEMO system, Germany. Since the deection due to snow and wind in the center of the roof is only about 18 cm, that is, about L/600 of the shorter span, under the external live load the roof structure will maintain the level very close to the mean designed one. The nal, third prestressing stage has been envisaged only for possible ne corrections of the geometry of the roof structure. By inspection of the roof structure geometry it was established that the design geometry had been achieved so the third stage of prestressing was not required. High sensitivity of the system as a whole to tensioning of individual tendons is characteristic for such structural systems. Because of the deformability of the system, elastic losses (losses in prestressed tendons due to subsequent tensioning of the succeeding tendons) can exceed by many times the elastic losses in traditionally prestressed girders with tendons inside the concrete cross-section. That is why the prestressing of the grillwork of main roof girders was carried out simultaneously with 16 hydraulic jacks (SPB system, type S-180), so that in each step of prestressing all the tendons of two symmetric roof girders were tensioned at the same time (except for the middle longitudinal girder whose tendons were separately tensioned with 8 jacks). By simultaneous tensioning with 16 jacks the equal forces were obtained in all tendons of the two symmetric roof girders which were prestressed at the same time, by which the effect of elastic losses in those girders was eliminated. The effects of the interaction of tendons remained rather considerable, but only for the tendons of the girders which were not tensioned in that step of prestressing, and was always the same for all tendons of one girder, namely, of the symmetric pair of girders. Thus it was ensured that the equal forces were introducted in all the tendons of the same girder. In the rst stage 4 tendons were tensioned from one end, and 4 tendons from the other end of the girder, in order to introduce the symmetric force of prestressing into the system, regardless of the fact that the losses due to friction were very small. The ninth cable, anticipated at the beginning of the design and construction as a reserve to be mounted and tied later on during the exploitation, if necessary, was introduced into the system before the construction of the roof cover due to the expansion of the purpose of the Hall and the increased weight of equipment. LIFTING OF THE MAIN GIRDERS GRILLWORK TO THE DESIGN POSITION The lifting of the main roof girders grillwork from the temporary mounting level of + 5.90 m to the top of main columns on the level of 26.0 m was carried out with 96 special hydraulic jacks of the Byging system, by pulling the whole grillwork from the tops of the columns, where temporary platforms were formed for the equipment, Figure 5. The individual loadbearing capacity of the jacks was about 40 t, and the one lifting step 20 cm. During the lifting the structure was held, immediately close to columns, by steel cradles hung on steel bars with square cross-section of 60/60 mm. The bars passed through the system of hydraulic jacks and they were shortened by cutting after each 9 m of lifting of the structure. The total weight of the main girders and the equipment for lifting amounted to some 3,400 t. Complete hydraulic lifting equipment was connected into a system which was monitored and controlled by computers, and which, at any moment, ensured that the differences of the level of individual supports from the mean horizontal plane were below 2.0 cm.
SPOFA 2009
Figure 5. Roof structure in the lifting stage The lifting speed was 0.8 m/h. However, the operation of the lifting of the roof structure lasted 8 days because of the necessity to place, on three levels by the height, temporary demountable bracings of the main columns anges, which were not yet joined by the foreseen reinforced concrete struts or the supporting beams on the top of the columns, as free space had to be left for lifting the girders between them, Figures 5 and 6. After the lifting to about 10 cm above the nal position, the prefabricated reinforced concrete supporting beams were inserted through the openings on the top of a columns and the entire roof structure was lowered on neoprene bearings. The insertion of a supporting beam was carried out in less than 30 minutes, Figure 6.
Figure 6. Insertion of a supporting beam through openings on the top of column anges
SPOFA 2009
STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS, ACTION EFFECTS AND COMPUTATION MODELS The computation models had to follow the stages of the construction and represent in each subsequent stage total stresses and strains. Thus, the rst computation model included the behaviour of the prefabricated elements supported on the temporary scaffolds, before they became monolith, without tendons and without the selfweight of chairs, deviator blocks and tendons. The next model already represented a joint, monolith structure of the grillwork of the main roof girders with tendons, still supported on scaffolds, on which the rst prestressing stage had to be carried out. The structure was then supported on 192 temporary supports within the span and 28 supports in the axes of 14 columns on two neoprene bearings. The tensioning of tendons of any two symmetric main roof girders resulted in gradual redistribution of reactions on the supports so that, in each further step of prestressing, the reactions on scaffolds decreased while the reactions on the supports on main columns were increased. Towards the end of the rst prestressing stage gradual lifting of the structure from some internal supports started, due to which in every further step of prestressing the computation model was transformed into a new structural system with less supports. At the end of the rst prestressing stage the structure was completely lifted from all the supports on scaffolds and the model was transformed into the nal system of spatial grillwork, supported only on 14 main columns. The SAN computation program, the author of which is Bojan Tepavcevic, an associate of the Faculty of Civil Engineering in Belgrade, were applied. Automatic control of the ultimate load-bearing capacity and stability of individual structural elements, was carried out by SLOMS program, the author of which is Vanja Alendar, one of the Authors of this paper.
Figure 7. Roof structure of the Arena in the nal position at the column tops
SPOFA 2009
Figure 8. View of the mounted roof structure with secondary structural elements Preliminary analyses, as well as former experiences with similar linear two-chord systems with large spans (Ivkovic, 1986), have shown that the effects calculated according to the Second Order Theory only slightly deviate from those calculated without taking into account the deformation of the system. This is clear when it is kept in mind that vertical displacements of the roof lens as a whole have no importance as the external loading is mainly gravitational, the depth of the lens remains practically constant and the axial forces travel within the system, remaining axial in the deformed system, too. A similar conclusion also refers to the effects of creep. The basic denition already clearly shows that a structure which can be suitably load-balanced - so that from the main part of the permanent load there are no signicant elastic deections - will have no important deections due to time-dependent deformations of concrete, as well. This certainly does not refer to the concrete shrinkage, but due to the precasting of the structural system (and also due to slower rate of construction), most of the shrinkage was ended before the structure became monolith. The concrete creep was also reduced because of increased age of concrete at the moment of loading in the rst stage of construction. Tendons made of low relaxation steel were applied, so the effect of relaxation could also practically be neglected. Very detailed computation models of the structural system in individual stages of its gradual constituting to the nal design model, made it possible to determine the optimum shape of the lens surfaces and the most rational sequence and intensities of tensioning in construction stages. These analyses enabled that all main girders have the same cross-section, constant along the entire span, as well as the equal number of tendons. Beside obvious technological advantages this solution also kept the total consumption of materials very close to the optimum one.
SPOFA 2009
10
MONITORING OF THE ROOF STRUCTURE IN THE CONSTRUCTION STAGE The complexity of the roof structural system, its sensitivity to relatively small changes of forces in prestressing tendons, and especially constant reconstitution of the system during the rst prestressing stage, required detailed controls of the behaviour of the system during construction.
Figure 9. Inside view of the Arena The forces in prestressing tendons were controlled by registering the pressure in jacks and by measuring the pulled-out length of strands in all the steps of prestressing. However, it should be taken into account that the elongations of tendons in this case could give relatively reliable information on the forces in tendons only before the structure started self-elevating from the temporary internal supports on scaffolds. After that, the elongations of tendons were not only the result of the change of stress in tendons but, even more, the result of the change in the geometry of tendons, due to deformation of the structure and the displacement of the supports in the horizontal plane. The friction was measured directly on tendons. The loss of force due to friction along the whole span was only 5 to 8%, which conrmed the results of the preliminary laboratory tests.
Figure 10. The view of the Belgrade Arena
SPOFA 2009
11
Figure 11. Belgrade Arena by night The deformations of the structure were geodetically surveyed in detail. There was the total of 354 measuring points on main roof girders and main columns, and the displacements were monitored in 3 coordinate directions. Deectometers hung on roof girders on characteristic crosses were also used for direct monitoring of the structure displacements during prestressing, after the lifting from temporary supports on scaffolds. During the decisive phases of construction the strains were also continually monitored on all main elements of the structure. The monitoring results conrmed with great accuracy the preliminary structural analyses and enabled the implementation of the planned building procedure of the structure with full reliability, in spite of the unforseen very long interruption in construction. CONCLUSIONS The applied double-chord spatial system for the roof structure of the Belgrade Arena the universal Sport Hall in Belgrade, taking into account its large spans is a very lightweight, rational and economical structure. By external prestressing with high eccentricity of prestressing tendons, both the dead and live loads were resisted by relatively small forces in tendons. In such structural systems the deformations due to dead load can be easily governed by suitable geometry of the system and the choice of intensity of additional prestressing forces, while the deformation caused by the live load remains signicantly below admissible limits. The total snow and wind deection in the middle of the roof of the Hall is lower than 18 cm, namely, about L/600 of the smaller span. Despite the great interaction of forces in girders during prestressing, considerable changes of the structural system in the course of construction and high sensitivity to small variations of additional prestressing forces, it has been proved that the applied computation models can estimate the stress and strain states with high reliability, as well as the behaviour of such structures in the course of construction and service. The roof structure was completely prefabricated and it was relatively quickly and easily mounted and constructed. It covers the area of more than 15,000 m2 with the equivalent thickness of concrete in the main roof girders of only some 8 cm/m2, the weight of prestressing tendons of about 6.5 kg/m2 and the weight of the reinforcement lower than 12 kg/m2.
SPOFA 2009
12
References Ivkovic, M. at all (1984). Concrete Structures with Steel Elements outside the Concrete Section. 12th IABSE Congress, Vancouver BC., Canada, September 3-7, 1984. Ivkovic, M. at all (1985). Demountable Concrete Structures with Steel Elements outside the Concrete Section. International Symposium - Demountable Concrete Structures: a Challenge for Precast Concrete, Rotterdam, May 30-31, 1985. Ivkovic, M. at all (1986). New Prestressed Concrete Hangar at the Belgrade International Airport. X FIP Congress, New Delhi, February 16-20, 1986, also: FIP notes, 1986/4. Ivkovic, M. at all (1994). Design and Construction of the New Sports Hall Roof Structure in Belgrade. IABSE Symposium, Places of Assembly and Long-Span Building Structures, Birmingham, Sep. 7-9, 1994. Ivkovic, M. at all (1994). Design and Construction of the Belgrade Arena - the New Sport Hall Roof Structure in Belgrade. XII FIP Congress, Washington, USA, National Report of Yugoslavia. Proceedings IMS, Vol. XXI, No 2 (1994), pp. 7-26.
SPOFA 2009
13
J. Petric-Gray1, C. Galn-Marn2, C. Rivera-Gmez2, R. Rodrguez-Garcia2

1 2
Department of Environmental Engineering, University of Strathclyde, Glasgow Departamento Construcciones Arquitectnicas I. University of Seville
CLAY-BASED COMPOSITE MATERIAL STABILISED WITH NATURAL POLYMER AND FIBRE AND ITS RELEVANCE TO ECOLOGICAL BUILDING AND PREFABRICATION
ABSTRACT This paper highlights the importance of traditional and renewable materials to a more sustainable built environment. It reports on research into properties of claybased composite building material stabilised with alginate and wool, carried out in collaboration between University of Strathclyde in Glasgow and University of Seville.
Keywords: clay-based composite, polymer, bre, sustainable, locally sourced.
1. INTRODUCTION Building with earth dates back to the earliest forms of human dwellings and settlements. In the animal world, species such as termites build their sophisticated nests by combining polymer from their natural secretions with soil. Imagine if humans could have at their disposal a building material that has all the properties of one that termites use for their nest-building. We imagined just that and combined a natural polymer derived from seaweed, with wool of hardy Scottish sheep and with local soil. Our aim was to capture essential, natural qualities of traditional materials through research into enhanced combinations of its components (alginate, wool, soil), all presently under-explored for their potential as building materials that respond environmentally, contain no synthetic toxins, and present desirable aesthetics that may be employed through conventional as well as advanced technology and design. This research has been envisaged as collaboration amongst material scientists, engineers and architects from the Universities of Strathclyde and Seville, and Centres for advancement of current ecological approaches to sustainable building materials and technologies. The feasibility study was conducted with the aim to explore the potential of our composite material to be used both structurally and for surface nishes. It is important to note that building with earth continues to be widespread in the less afuent parts of the world, typically in arid climatic zones, where people build their own dwellings with cheap, locally available materials. In recent times there has been a re-
SPOFA 2009
14
J. Petric-Gray, C. Galn-Marn, C. Rivera-Gmez, R. Rodrguez-Garcia
newed interest in building with earth in the afuent countries throughout the world, as the ecological awareness grows among lay people as well as building professionals. 2. RESEARCH CONTEXT AND OBJECTIVES Our particular interest lies in earth building for wet and temperate climatic zones such as those in UK and northern Europe. Our aim is to create an earth-based composite material which is responsive to climatic changes, yet resilient to water penetration and erosion and has no man-made pollutants added to it. Currently many approaches for earth stabilisation are based on mixing soil with cement, tar and synthetic sealers, all of which change soils ability to act as a phase-change material and hence negate the natural qualities of traditional earth construction. Our composite material aims to retain all the intrinsic characteristics of natural earth, yet to have polymer and bre reinforcement that is potentially relevant for prefabrication. In this feasibility study we conducted experiments with number of alternatives (in terms of proportions) for mixing the components such as alginate, wool and three different soil types all sourced in Scotland. The cast and hardened mixes were tested in the material laboratories for their mechanical properties, in order to select the best mixes that we would use in future investigations of the environmental performance of such composites. The cast and hardened mixes were tested for their mechanical properties in the material laboratories, at the University of Seville. To create our composite mixes we combined soil with alginate. Alginate paste that we used was locally produced on the West Coast of Scotland and was a derivative of the rst stage of extraction of alginate from brown seaweed. To this mix of soil and alginate we added a small proportion (0.25% 0.5%) of raw, unprocessed wool cut to 10mm long bres, to form a composite stabilised against erosion, with enhanced binding force and increased compressive strength.
Figure 1: Materials used - alginate, lignum, wool and soil
SPOFA 2009
CLAY-BASED COMPOSITE MATERIAL STABILISED WITH NATURAL POLYMER AND FIBRE AND...
15
In the feasibility study we focused on creating samples of composite materials containing different proportions of alginate, wool and soil and then progressed to test the mechanical strength of these mixes. 3. MATERIALS USED IN THE COMPOSITES The materials used in our composites were as follows: Alginate: This is a type of natural polymer that is abundant in the cell walls of brown algae. Commercial varieties like the one we used are extracted from brown seaweed. Wool: The wool was used as added reinforcement in the composite. It was taken from Scottish Blackface Sheep and was used, untreated and straight from the animals eece. This meant that no articial additives were introduced. Lignum Sulfonate: This treacle-like resin is extracted from tree bark, and is added to improve the workability of soil. Soils (3): Soils from Errol, Ibstock and Raeburn, were supplied by Scottish brick manufacturers. These soils had different colour, texture and particle sizes. We tested all three soil compositions and examined their bonding with alginate and wool.
3.1. ALGINATE
In our research we used alginate, a natural polymer, which is locally produced in Scotland and in particular the alginate paste which is a product of the rst stage of extraction of algin from seaweed. Natural polymers are used in nature by both insects such as termites and by birds that mix their polymer secretions with soil to build their nests. Macrocystis Pyrifera, the brown seaweed, which is a major source of algin, has growth characteristics that make it an ideal raw material for environmentally sensitive harvesting. Macrosystis is a perennial plant and thus can be harvested on a continuing basis; its rapid growth permits up to four cuttings per year. Brown seaweed, which is processed in Girvan plant on the West Coast of Scotland, is harvested off the coasts of Iceland and Tasmania. Previously their supply used to be harvested off the coast of Ireland. In the seaweed, the algin is present as a mixed sodium and/or potassium, calcium and magnesium salt. It is possible to extract sodium alginate from seaweed with a strong solution of a sodium salt. Alginate as a bio-polymer derived from seaweed, is a natural polysaccharide consisting of a linear chain of (1-4)-linked residues -D-mannuronic acid (M) and L guluronic acid (G) in different proportions and sequential arrangements (Ouverx 1998). The biological functions of alginates in a seaweed include preventing dessication, maintaining the integrity of the cells and providing mechanical strength. Ion-exchange functions are also important. Alginic acid from various brown algae contains three kinds of polymer segments. It has been shown, using spectroscopy and computer modelling, that alginic acid salts, such as sodium alginate, in aqueous solution are highly hydrated polyelectrolytes in the extended ribbon conformation. Effectively, as alginates are polyelectrolytes, the selective binding of certain alkaline earth metal multivalent cations as Ca2+ lead to gel formation. The high selectivity between similar ions from the alkaline earth metals (in the order Mg < Ca < Sr < Ba) is explained by the structural features of the Block GG where ions take place by chelation.
SPOFA 2009
16
This phenomenon, called egg-box model, suggests a possible binding site for Ca2+ ions in a single alginate chain (Grant et al. 1973). Alginates are used in a wide range of applications, particularly in the food, industrial and pharmaceutical elds, because of their capacity to hold water, form gels, and form and stabilize emulsions (McLachlan 1985). One of the most important and useful properties of alginates is the ability to form gels by reaction with calcium salts. These gels, which resemble a solid in retaining their shape and resisting stress, consist of almost 100% water (normally, 99.099.5% water and 0.51.0% alginate). Alginate is also used in calcium phosphate cements for implanting of prostheses (bones and teeth). In this instance alginate is added to improve the setting behaviour, the consistency and the mechanical properties of these bio-cements. Friedemann et al. (2006) tested the use of alginate in building materials. They obtained excellent results when they used alginate for internal post-curing of concrete with respect to compressive strength and to its frost de-icing salt resistance in high performance concretes. Alginate was tested for its water-retention properties in post-curing and on temporal moisture requirements of cement during hydration period. Alginates, in common with other hydrophilic polysaccharides, absorb moisture. Sodium alginates with some residual calcium content start to gel at pH of 5. Sodium alginates with minimum calcium content do not gel until the pH reaches 3 to 4. In chemical reaction with calcium or magnesium alginate forms water-insoluble, three-dimensional matrix that can act as reinforcement. Alginate used in our research, was supplied by FMC BioPolymer, Girvan, Scotland (UK), under the name seaweed extract, containing sodium alginate, sodium carbonate, and inorganic salt.
3.2. WOOL
Wool - a natural animal bre is available in abundance in Scotland, but it is no longer widely used in textile industry and carpet manufacture. In our mixes we tested the feasibility of using these animal bres in conjunction with a soil matrix to produce composite material suitable for the local climatic conditions. Our specimens have been prepared with an addition of a small amount (0.5-0.25%) of animal bre (raw, unprocessed wool). Wool supplied directly from Scottish Blackface Sheep was used, untreated and straight from eece. This breed of sheep was locally available and appropriate for our experiment since all our materials were locally sourced in Scotland. Our feasibility study of the natural, non-toxic and locally sourced composite material, was supported by one year funding from the Scottish Government via SUST initiative. Scottish Blackface Sheep is one of the most important breeds in the British Isles. Some thirty percent of all sheep in the UK are Scottish Blackface. The Blackface epitomizes the mountain sheep. It has long coarse wool that shields it from water and biting winds. It is able to survive the harshest winters in the most extreme parts of Great Britain. Blackface wool has a robust resilience, which resists high-pressure footfall and is highly retardant to re without any need for additional treatments.
SPOFA 2009
17
3.3. LIGNUM SULFONATE
In our mixes we used 0.5% of Lignum Sulfonate (under name of Additive A, Traffaid 45), a treacle-like resin extracted from wood that was added as dispersing agent (to improve the workability of the soil), as recommended by the Errol brick manufacturer. Lignin is the binding agent in wood and is extracted during the production of cellulose. Lignosulfonate and lignin products are thus based on a natural raw material. Lignum Sulfonate, used in our experiments, was supplied by Borregaard LignoTech, which specialises in woodbased chemicals.
3.4. SOILS
Any soil is a mixture of mineral particles (solids), air and water, and is dened by parameters such as Atterberg Limits (measurement of plasticity), clay content and chemical composition. The three soils, which we used in our experiments, were supplied by Scottish brick manufacturers, namely Errol (from Perthshire), Ibstock (from Glasgow), and Raeburn (from Glasgow). All three soil samples were dried and sieved before they were used in the mixes. Alluvial soil from Tay estuary (on the East Coast of Scotland) has been used by Errol to manufacture unred and red bricks since 1850. Local Errol bricks have been made from estuarine clays laid down in the carse after the last Ice Age. Both Ibstock and Raburn brick manufacturers, based in Glasgow, have used soils sourced in the West of Scotland to manufacture red bricks only. Physical Characteristics. Clay, (like cement in concrete), acts as a binder for all larger particles in the soil. Silt and sand constitute the lters in the soil and they are simply aggregates lacking binding forces. Depending on which of the three components is dominant, we speak of a clayey, silty and sandy soil. Errol soil is classied as clayey as it has signicantly higher clay content than Ibstock and Raburn soils. Ibstock soil is classied as silty-sandy and Raburn soil is classied as sandy. (Table 2) Plasticity of each soil type is dened by Atterberg Limits. Any soil can have four states of consistency: liquid, plastic, semisolid and solid. The limits of these states were dened by the Swedish scientist Atterberg. The liquid limit (LL) denes water content at the boundary between liquid and plastic states. It is expressed as a percentage. The plastic limit (PL) is the water content, expressed as a percentage, at the boundary between plastic and semisolid states. The difference between the liquid limit and the plastic limit is called the plasticity index (PI). After the results of soil tests were compared, we realised that the three soils showed a remarkable variation in their index of plasticity (Table 3). The parameters obtained during the tests of the Atterberg Limits explain the difference in behaviour of the Errol soil compared with Ibstock and Raeburn soils. The drier Errol soil has signicantly higher plasticity index. Chemical Composition. We observed higher content of Calcium and Magnesium Oxide in Errol soil compared with two other soil types. (Table 5)
SPOFA 2009
18
Table 2: Physical characteristics of the three soils Physical Characteristics Sand Content Silt Content Clay Content Classication of Soil ERROL 22,50% 45,00% 32,00% Clayey IBSTOCK 27,50% 47,50% 25,00% Silty-Sandy RAEBURN 35,00% 40,00% 25,00% Sandy
Table 3: Plasticity and liquid limit based on Atterberg tests CHARACTERISTICS LIQUID LIMIT PLASTIC LIMIT PLASTICITY INDEX Table 4: Soil analyses Contents Organic material content Soluble salt content Soluble sulphate content (SO3) Lime content (CaSO4.2H2O) Hydrogen potential (pH) Calcium Carbonate (CaCO3) Soluble Chloride content (Cl-) Electric conductivity ERROL 0% 0,43% 0% 0% 8,0 12,4% 0,027% IBSTOCK 2.1% 0,32% 0% 0% 8,2 0% 0,027% RAEBURN 2.5% 0,30% 0% 0% 8,4 7.5% 0,027% Method UNE 103-204 + Err NLT 114 UNE 103-201 + Err NLT 115 pHmeter, electrometry UNE 103-200 UNE-EN 1744-1 IBSTOCK 25,9% 16,4% 9,5% ERROL 34,8% 19,1% 15,7% RAEBURN 25,9% 16,8% 9,1%
554,00 S/cm 904,00 S/cm 911,00 S/cm Conduct 25C Arithmetic calculus RAEBURN 60.32 0.96 18.30 5.87 0.32 1.81 3.47 0.45 0.13 0.01 0.06 0.05
Total dissolved solids 355,00 mg/l 579,00 mg/l 583,00 mg/l Table 5: Chemical composition of three soils (samples dried at 110C) Composition (%) Silicon Dioxide (SiO2) Titanium Dioxide (TiO2) Aluminium Oxide (Al2O3) Ferric Oxide (Fe2O3) Calcium Oxide (CaO) Magnesium Oxide (MgO) Potasium Oxide (K2O) Sodium Oxide (Na2O) Phosphorus Pentoxide (P2O5) Chromium Sesquioxide (Cr2O3) Manganese Oxide (Mn3O4) Zirconium Oxide (ZrO2) ERROL 54.70 0.97 19.70 8.63 0.93 3.55 3.90 1.78 0.17 0.02 0.12 0.03 IBSTOCK 62.83 0.98 18.49 5.93 0.38 1.86 3.41 0.38 0.12 0.01 0.07 0.05
SPOFA 2009
19
RAEBURN 0.01 0.04 0.00 5.53
Composition (%) Zinc Oxide (ZnO) Barium Oxide (BaO) Strontium Oxide (SrO) Loss on ignition at 1025 C
ERROL 0.03 0.08 0.00 5.04
IBSTOCK 0.01 0.06 0.01 5.57
Figure 6: Preparation and testing of specimens 4. PREPARATION OF COMPOSITE MATERIAL SPECIMENS Before the specimens were prepared, the ingredients were collected and weighed, and all the measurements were done precisely using a scale. For the reasons of efciency we collected all the weighed ingredients such as Alginate in 880.0gr bottles, Lignum Sulfonate in 22.5gr test tubes and the Soil in bags weighing 3577.5gr before we started producing the specimens. The wool was hand-cut, by trimming the top 1cm strand of hair as any longer would be too long to create a homogenous mix. Once preparations were completed, the ingredients were placed in a metallic bucket and put into a mortar-mixing machine, thus assuring that each batch had consistently mixed ingredients, giving more homogeneity to the specimens. The mixtures were then compacted into sample trays, measuring 40x40x160mm, before being placed in an Oven at 50C to dry. To test the mechanical properties of the composite material we prepared the prismatic specimens, using standard moulds and the facilities available in the laboratories of the Escuela Tcnica Superior de Arquitectura in Sevilla, Spain. The proportions that were used in composite mixes were the same as ones used for the specimens prepared in the University of Strathclyde, Glasgow.
Table 7: Proportions used (in weight)
SPOFA 2009
20
Proportion 01ERROL 02ERROL 03ERROL 04ERROL 05ERROL Soil
J. Petric-Gray, C. Galn-Marn, C. Rivera-Gmez, R. Rodrguez-Garcia Alginate 19.75% 19.5% 19.5% Lignum 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% Wool 0.25% 0.50% 0.25% Water 19.5% 0.25% 19.75% 0.50% 0.25%
80.0% Errol 79.5% Errol 79.5% Errol 79.0% Errol 79.5% Errol
5. TESTING OF COMPOSITE MATERIAL SPECIMENS To test the inuence of addition of three different elements into the mix, the ve different proportions of these ingredients used with each soil type were named and listed (Table 7). Before adding either alginate and/or wool, the initial tests were carried out on the blank specimens, made with soil, water and lignum sulfonate only. In subsequent mixes, wool and/or alginate were added and two different proportions of wool bre (0.5% and 0.25% respectively) were tried respectively, as shown in Table 7. The cast and hardened mixes were tested for their mechanical properties. Tests deployed were density, bending strength and compressive strength. Density remained very similar in all the tested samples. Blank samples with soil only generally have the highest density. When alginate and/or wool were added, density decreased, but not signicantly. Bending strength was determined by using the three-point test on the specimens, in agreement with the specications of EN 83-821-925 Spanish standards for the determination of bending strength of mortars used for rough castings and mortar linings, and in the absence of UNE standards for this type of mortars. Compressive strength was determined in both halves of each prismatic specimen, after breaking them in a three point bending test strength test. The apparatus used was a Codein S.L., MCO-30/139 compression tester (Figure 6). This test complies with the EN 83-821-925 Spanish standards for the determination of compressive strengths in mortars used for rough castings and mortar linings, being made with lime or hydraulic conglomerate, in the absence of specic UNE standards for this type of mortars. In agreement with the specications, the charge velocity used was 0,5 MPa/s. Tables 8, 9 and 10 show average values of results for the compressive and three-point bending test for all three soil types used in the production of test samples. Note that the same procedure was repeated for all the three soil types tested in our laboratory. Each value represents the average of a total of 7-14 specimens. The number and series of specimens were according to these standards and depending on the number of different mixes (proportions) tested, with a minimum of ve specimens per batch. Typical stress-strain curves exural and compression tests, done on 4 x 4 x 16cm prismatic specimens are shown in Figure 11 (as illustrated for Errol soil samples). Each graph represents the results of all the specimens and shows the homogeneity of the results.
SPOFA 2009
21
Table 8: Errol soil - density and mechanical tests of the ve different mixes
Density g/cm3 ERROL 01 ERROL 02 ERROL 03 ERROL 04 ERROL 05 1,82 1,84 1,80 1,79 1,79 Compressive strength MPa 2,23 3,77 3,05 4,37 4,44 Flexural strength MPa 1,12 1,06 1,10 1,05 1,45
Table 9: Ibstock soil - density and mechanical tests of the ve different mixes Density g/cm3 IBSTOCK 01 IBSTOCK 02 IBSTOCK 03 IBSTOCK 04 IBSTOCK 05 1,88 1,80 1,82 1,79 1,78 Compressive strength MPa 2,06 2,50 1,89 3,43 3,59 Flexural strength MPa 0,97 0,98 0,96 1,28 1,60
Table 10: Raeburn soil - density and mechanical tests of the ve different mixes Density g/cm3 RAEBURN 01 RAEBURN 02 RAEBURN 03 RAEBURN 04 RAEBURN 05 1,85 1,75 1,84 1,74 1,80 Compressive strength MPa 2,44 2,26 1,88 2,69 3,75 Flexural strength MPa 1,12 1,14 0,93 1,02 1,24
SPOFA 2009
22
6. DISCUSSION OF THE RESULTS Comparison of Compressive Strength test results shows that adding alginate increases compressive strength only for Errol soil. Ibstock and Raeburn soils show similar results with and without alginate. Adding just wool increases compressive strength only for Errol soil. In fact compressive strengths of Raeburn and Ibstock soils decrease slightly when only wool bres are added to them. Adding wool and alginate improves signicantly doubles - compressive strength of Errol soil. Better results were obtained with reduced quantity of wool (0.25%). With addition of wool and alginate Ibstock soil specimens improve their compressive strength from 2,0 MPa to 3.5MPa, while Raeburn soil specimens improve their compressive strength from 2.4MPa to 3.75 MPa. So, the best results are obtained with less wool, while wool without alginate (most likely due to its hard workability) does not improve compressive strength. Comparison of Flexural Strength test results shows that adding only alginate or only wool, without combining them, does not improve exural resistance at all. Adding wool and alginate increases exural resistance only when 0.25% of wool is added, but the increase is not signicant, except in Ibstock soil specimens, where exural resistance changes from 0.97MPa to 1.60MPa.
Figure 11: Stress strain curves for compressive tests of the ve different mixes prepared with Errol Soil
SPOFA 2009
23
7. CONCLUSIONS AND FUTURE DIRECTIONS One of the signicant effects of the inclusion of natural bres in the soil matrix was the prevention of visible shrinkage cracks due to the drying process. The failure mode of the specimen made with soil and water only was very quick and almost without warning. In contrast, in the case of a composite which contained bres, after the ultimate load was reached, the specimens still deformed and ne cracks could be seen on the surface. This was the case for all the composite material specimens. It can be observed that the stress-strain relationship is linear for all the test series up to maximum load. For the specimens made with soil only, the nal failure occurs immediately after the ultimate load. However, in tests on soil with natural bres, softening can be seen. This may be explained by considering the redistribution of internal forces from the soil matrix to the reinforcing bres. After nal failure, the soil-bre composite did not disintegrate completely in contrast with soil-only specimens. Also it must be mentioned that both alginate and bres hold soil matrix together and no rupture of bres occurred although a loss of bre bond was observed. The bonding between the soil and the wool bres will be examined in the future research at the microstructure level to establish the factors that inuence this. Density remained very similar in all the tests. Blank samples, made with soil and water only, have the highest density. When adding alginate or wool, density decreases but not signicantly. Tests showed that adding alginate increases compression strength and adding only wool also increases compression strength. But the addition of both, wool and alginate improves quite signicantly (doubles) Errol soil resistance. Better results were obtained with a lower quantity of wool. Test results have shown that for the Errol soil, the optimum wool/soil ratio, needed to produce a high-strength soil matrix, is just 0.25%. As expected, adding alginate or wood alone does not improve exural resistance at all. Mixing wool and alginate increases slightly exural resistance only in case of 0.25% of wool, but not as signicantly as with compression strength. There are sufcient di and trivalent cations, namely calcium, magnesium, aluminium and iron present in all three soil types to effect precipitation of the soluble sodium alginate in the paste extract to an insoluble salt form. In other words, alginate bonds with calcium and magnesium (from the soils) to form a water-insoluble three-dimensional matrix that adds reinforcement to the specimens. It is likely that the differences in compressive strength associated with the different soils, are more to do with soil composition (i.e. clay content). Alginate holds water very well during the curing period and clay needs water. The clayey soil has a lamellar structure of the various clay minerals with their internal electrical attraction, which is activated only by water and movement (Minke 2006). In this phase of research, we introduced randomly wool bres (10mm long) throughout the composite specimen. In the future we will investigate different bre lengths in order to establish the optimum length for maximum strength. The effect of bre orientation inside the matrix should also be studied. Furthermore, in order to understand better the bond between soil matrix and bre, a study at the microstructure level is needed. At this stage, our research has focused on mechanical properties of polymer-stabilised earth. Further tests such as thermal conductivity, air permeability, moisture absorption
SPOFA 2009
24
and desorption and resistance to water are being developed at the moment in order to asses the composite material applicability to temperate climatic zones. 8. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The authors wish to acknowledge the nancial support in the form of a research grant from The Scottish Executive awarded through the Lighthouse Trust and SUST, Glasgow, Scotland. References ATZENI, C., PIA, G., SANNA, U., SPANU, N., 2008. Surface wear resistance of chemically or thermally stabilized earth-based materials. Materials and Structures, 41, pp.751758. BAHAR, R., BENAZZOUG, M., KENAI, S., 2004. Performance of compacted cement-stabilised soil. Cement & Concrete Composites, 26, pp.811820. BOUHICHA, M., AOUISSI, F., KENAI, S., 2005. Performance of composite soil reinforced with barley straw. Cement & Concrete Composites, 27, pp.617621. BUI, Q., MOREL, J.C., HANS, S., MEUNIER, N., 2008. Compression behaviour of non-industrial materials in civil engineering by three scale experiments: the case of rammed earth. Materials and Structures. FENORADOSOA, T.A., ALI, G., DELATTRE, C., LAROCHE, C., PETIT, E., WADOUACHI, A., MICHAUD, P., 2009. Extraction and characterization of an alginate from the brown seaweed Sargassum Turbinarioides Grunow. Journal of Applied Phycology, Springer Netherlands. FRIEDEMANN, K., STALLMACH, F., KRGER, F., 2006. NMR diffusion and relaxation studies during cement hydrationA non-destructive approach for clarication of the mechanism of internal post curing of cementitious materials. Cement and Concrete Research, 36, pp.817826. GHAVAMI, K., TOLEDO-FILHO, R., BARBOSAC, N.,1999. Behaviour of composite soil reinforced with natural bres. Cement and Concrete Composites, 21, pp.39-48. GRANT, G.T., MORRIS, E.R., REES, D.A., SMITH, P.J., THOM, D., 1973. Biological interactions between polysaccharides and divalent catons: The egg-box model. FEBS Letters, 32, pp.195-198. HALL, M., DJERBIB, Y., 2004. Rammed earth sample production: context, recommendations and consistency. Construction and Building Materials, 18, pp.281 286. HOSSAIN, KMA., LACHEMI, M., EASA, S., 2007. Stabilized soils for construction applications incorporating natural resources of Papua New Guinea. Resources, Conservation and Recycling, 51, pp.711731. HOUBEN, H., 1994. Earth construction: A comprehensive guide. Intermediate Technology Publications Ltd., ISBN 9781853391934.
SPOFA 2009
25
ISIK, B., TULBENTCI T., 2008. Sustainable housing in island conditions using Alker-gypsum-stabilized earth: A case study from northern Cyprus. Building and Environment, 43(9), pp.1426-1432. JIMNEZ-DELGADO, M.C., CAAS-GUERRERO, I., 2006. Earth building in Spain. Construction and Building Materials, 20, pp.679690. MCLACHLAN, J., 1985. Macroalgae (seaweeds): industrial resources and their utilization. Plant Soil, 89, pp.137-57. MINKE, G., 2006. Building with Earth - Design and Technology of a Sustainable Architecture. Birkhauser, Basel/Berlin. MOPT. 1992. Bases para el diseo y construccin con tapial. Centro de Publicaciones Secretaria General Tcnica. Ministerio de Obras Publicas y Transportes. (1992) Madrid. MOREL, J.C., PKLA, A., WALKER, P., 2007. Compressive strength testing of compressed earth blocks. Construction and Building Materials, 21, pp.303309. NGOWI, A., 1997. Improving the traditional earth construction: a case study of Botswana. Construction and Building Materials, Vol.11, No.1, pp.1-7.0 OLOTUAH, A.O., 2002. Recourse to earth for low-cost housing in Nigeria. Building and Environment, 37(1), pp.123129. OUWERX, C., VELINGS, N., MESTDAGH, M., AXELOS, M.A., 1998. Physicochemical properties and rheology of alginate gel beads formed with various divalent cations. Polymer Gels and Networks, 6, pp.393-408. PRABAKAR, J., SRIDHAR, R.S., 2002. Effect of random inclusion of sisal bre on strength behaviour of soil. Construction and Building Materials,16, pp.123131. RAEL, R., 2009. Earth architecture. Princeton Architectural Press, New York, ISBN 121110094321.
SPOFA 2009
27
Majeri M.1, van M.1 and Kolenc M.2

1 2
University of Ljubljana, Faculty of sport, Ljubljana, Slovenia Public institution Izziv, Ljubljana, Slovenia
ESTABLISHING THE E-COMMUNITY IN THE FIELD OF SPORT

ABSTRACT The present article presents the ndings of an analysis of establishing a pilot elearning community in the eld of sport. In the course of using web logs (blogs) the users could acquire, develop and exchange professional and other competencies, related to sport, thus helping to accomplish an idea of developing own knowledge by sharing it with others. Continuing development of e-learning community in the eld of sport could potentially facilitate its accelerated advancement in all forms and at all levels. Key words: knowledge, learning organisation, sport, management, WEB 2.0, blog, sportfolio, INTRODUCTION An ever increasing ow of information in everyday life forces the society to change into a learning community. Learning societies of the 21st century are being built on the equality, open information, low degree of hierarchy, wide extent of control and on organisational culture, which encourages adaptability and team work (Dimovski et al., 2005). Current circumstances in the society and on a market compel the companies as well as sports organisation to transform into knowledge-based organisations. Organisations, which are able to react quickly to the market needs and are acknowledged to be a step ahead of competition, do so as a result of superior informational and knowledge management. These organisations use the knowledge acquired by their workforce, from the lowest member of staff to the top management, and even by the customers or users of their products to their advantage, demonstrating a great extent of knowledge management. Holsapple and Singh (2000), also Tiwana (2002), dene knowledge management as a way of managing the information among the employees and in the organisation with the help of an informational technology. The production and distribution of information and knowledge are the main sources of capital of organisations in the knowledge-based economy, which is comprised of learning organisations. They include learning teams into their work processes, the characteristic of learning teams being self-initiative learning individuals, who acquire silent or implicit knowledge through work experience. Particularly a transfer of silent knowledge from the individual to the teams and onwards up the organisational structural capital is of key importance for the development of a learning society or knowledge-based economy (Dimovski et al., 2005).
SPOFA 2009
28
Majeri M., van M. and Kolenc M.
Organisations in the knowledge-based economy generate competition advantages on the distinctiveness of network connections, created with suppliers, distribution channels and nal consumers (Kubr, 2002; Frans and Raymond, 2003). Undoubtedly, the modern organisational models, the business transformations and restructuring demand changes in the organisational culture (Philip and McKeown, 2004). It is a quality of learning societies to be able to accelerate communication and cooperation between the members or individuals in a way that every individual is involved in recognition and solving of the problems, allowing them to constantly experiment and improve the capabilities of the organisation. Their characteristics are equality, information accessible to everyone, low degree of hierarchy and a culture, which encourages adaptability and cooperation, thus generating ideas in all the employees. It is a task of the management in learning organisations to enable the employees to accomplish their own goals and by doing so also the goals of the organisation itself (Dimovski et al., 2005). In addition to the management, which has a task of creating conditions for accomplishing goals in a learning organisation, use of a suitable information communication technology (ICT) is required for the implementation of network connections. ICT is becoming the most important supporting environment for the management of knowledge in the learning organisation, with a modern WEB 2.0 internet holding a particular importance. WEB 2.0 has become a basic foundation of these organisations and blogs (blog = web log), some kind of personal internet diaries of individuals, are its building elements, which in the economy of knowledge can help establishing learning organisations. Individuals do not need knowledge of programming (as required in WEB 1.0 internet) in order to set up a blog, the process is quick and the use of it simple. Blogs can be used to publish various posts in form of text les, photographs, pictures, video and audio les, internet connections to other blogs etc. The copyright of blogs can be protected with a CC licence (http://creativecommons.si), which has turned into a global movement for protection of internet ownership with a respect for national legislature in the eld. Nevertheless, the majority of e-learning organisations use a principle of self regulation in order to protect authorship, resulting in users having a possibility to stop the publishing of inappropriate contents with own comments. In this way the users who post inappropriate contents or who do not respect the rules of learning organisation can be banned from publishing. Comments are an important constituent of blogs, as the readers can write them on individual posts; comments allow communication between the individuals in the learning organisation. The format of blog is standardised across the globe with two- or three- column page set up, comments on the posts and a RSS (Really Simple Syndication). How can blogs full the concept of learning organisation? Blogs help the organisations to gain advantages over the competition on the basis of the individuality of social networking, which is created within the organisations, with the suppliers, distribution channels and nal consumers. Blogs facilitate and accelerate communication and cooperation between the members in a way that every individual is involved in recognition and solving of the problems, allowing them to constantly experiment and improve its capabilities. Thus blogs encourage equality, access to information for everyone, low degree of hierarchy and culture that encourages adaptability and cooperation and the initiation of ideas in all employees. Over 120.000 new blogs are being created daily on the World Wide Web. There were more than 90 million blogs existing in April 2008, indicating the importance of knowledge management and the use of suitable and modern technology due to the increasing
SPOFA 2009
29
amount of data and information. The time of a launch of a new WEB 3.0 is getting nearer with even more user friendly features in store. Kolenc and Majeri (2007) have found that sports organisations are in general too slow when reacting to changes, which occur as a result of the knowledge economy. Furthermore, sports organisations do not utilise sufciently the possibilities offered by a modern technology for setting up learning organisations. These possibilities for using numerous opportunities have been conrmed with encouraging results of a pilot project sportfolio. si, carried out in 2007 at a Faculty of sport as an attempt of setting up the rst e-learning organisation in the eld of sport (Majeri and Kolenc, 2007). The results and some of the ndings from the project will be described in the present article. METHODOLOGY A project Model of practical pedagogical training of students at the Faculty of sport was carried out by the University of Ljubljana, Faculty of sport. Project was partly nanced by the EU European social funds and the Ministry of education and sport, ending in September 2007. Within the project, a pilot project sportfolio.si has been carried out with the use of 2.0 internet and personal blogs, consequently creating an e-learning society in the eld of practical pedagogical training of students. The community itself based on a theory of learning organisation. The foundation of the project was an open method of modication, which the European Council in Lisbon (2000) dened as a way of developing examples of good practice that can be used to full strategic goals in the area of education and training in the EU until 2010 (Education and training in Europe, 2002). In this way, a new culture of behaviour with knowledge has been set up, based on the idea that own knowledge can be developed when shared with others (Majeri in Kolenc, 2007). The results of a pilot project are very encouraging and the acquired experiences will help future similar projects in the eld of sport. The purpose of the project sportfolio.si was to set up an e-learning community, consisting of the teachers at the Faculty of sport, mentors in primary, secondary and high schools and nal year university students, attending practical pedagogical training. The aim of the project was to improve cooperation and connection of theory and practice and to enable the exchange of knowledge in the area of education. Within the e-learning community, participants used blogs in order to exchange examples of good practice (different experiences, reection on realised lessons, lesson preparations, teaching materials etc.) and have therefore acquired, developed and exchanged professional competencies in the area of physical education (Majeri and Kolenc, 2007). Learning organisation at the Faculty of sport has been set up in three phases. The rst phase was carried out in September 2006, when a supporting environment and the sportfolio.si system have been set up, enabling the members of the community to create and manage blogs. The second phase comprised of training and setting up of a suitable organisational culture. For better understanding of learning organisation, a workshop for mentors at primary schools, high schools and universities has been carried out in order to improve team building. Further two workshops for teachers were organised on the use of WEB 2.0 and sportfolio.si system, whereas the presentation of WEB 2.0 and its use for students has been carried out during the practical training. The third phase consisted of implementation, whereupon the members of learning community created their own blogs and used them until July 2007. The users of learning community have,
SPOFA 2009
30
in addition to publishing video material on a sportfolio.si system, also used other WEB 2.0 internet services (YouTube, slideshare, ickr) in order to publish multimedia contents. Supporting environment has enabled the members of a learning community to use RSS services (really simple syndication), publishing posts with tags and comments. A survey with the use of a questionnaire has been carried out among the participants of the learning community at the end of the Model of practical pedagogical training of students at the Faculty of sport project. The results of the project (Majeri, 2007), related to the learning community and the WEB 2.0, are shown in the present article. A questionnaire has been returned by 53 teachers mentors at primary and high schools out of a total 62 teachers and 108 nal year students at the Faculty of sport, who have been in the 20062007 academic year included in the practical pedagogical training. In the stated academic year 184 students attended a programme physical education teacher at the Faculty of sport. Data were collected in June 2007 within the analysis by Majeri (2007). SPSS for Windows has been used for data analysis, which included the calculation of simple parameters of descriptive statistics. RESULTS Table 1 shows that almost 85% of students and mentors use internet on a daily basis or at least several times a week. Table 1: Frequency of the internet use
mentors % YES, daily YES, several times a week YES, once a week YES, several times a month YES, once a month YES, once every half a year NO, never Missing value Total 67,92 16,98 7,55 1,89 3,77 1,89 0,00 0,00 100,0 students % 62,96 23,15 8,33 0,93 0,93 2,78 0,00 0,93 100,00
It is characteristic for the students that they have used blogs in the sportfolio.si community more often than the mentors. More than a half of the students have read blogs one or more times a week, whereas mentors have read the blogs one or more times a month (see Table 2). By reading blogs it is considered that measured subjects used them in a way characteristic of WEB 1.0, mostly browsing the internet similar to the book format without the RSS use (see Table 6).
SPOFA 2009
31
Table 2: Frequency of the reading of information and the use of forms, published at www.sportfolio.si
Similar to reading, students were ahead also in writing blogs, although less frequently when the two categories are being compared. Students have published posts on blogs one or more times a month, whereas mentors read the blogs more often than they wrote them. Almost a third of mentors have not published a single post on their blog and another third of mentors published it only once in six months (see Table 3).
Table 3: Frequency of writing own blog at www.sportfolio.si

Both mentors and students evaluated their knowledge of using blogs as above average (see Table 4). However, the results of the understanding and the use of RSS (see Table 6), which is a basic functional feature of blogs, indicate the opposite. This discrepancy could be explained by both students and mentors still considering and treating blogs as a normal web page for publishing news. This feature was characteristic of WEB 1.0, whereas the new WEB 2.0 enables the user friendlier cooperation in internet communities.
SPOFA 2009
32
Table 4: Evaluation of knowledge for using blogs

Mark 1 (very bad) 2 % 22,64 39,62 32,08 3,77 1,89 100,0 mentors SV 2,17 SD 0,83 % 4,63 22,22 60,19 12,96 0,00 100,00 students SV 2,81 SD 0,71
3
4 (very good) Missing value Total
*4-level measuring scale has been used, with 1 describing very bad and 4 very good.
Results in Table 5 reveal that nal year students at the Faculty of sport and their mentors at primary and high schools show low culture of reading other blogs on the internet outside the sportfolio.si community. It is interesting to see that students read other blogs less often in comparison to their mentors at schools. Table 5: Reading other blogs on the internet
mentors % YES NO Missing value Total 15,10 79,21 5,70 100,0 students % 10,19 87,04 2,78 100,0
Despite the information provided about the use of RSS technology, both mentors and students did not utilise key benets of WEB 2.0, as can be seen in Table 6. Better understanding of RSS would result signicant improvement and easier transfer of information between students and mentors. Table 6: Understanding and the use of RSS (Really Simple Syndication)
mentors % YES NO Missing value Total 5,70 94,30 0,00 100,0 students % 3,70 95,37 0,93 100,0
Both students and mentors developed a strong agreement that participation in e-learning organisation is benecial, particularly for acquiring and exchanging various professional information, new ideas for professional work, nding answers to different problems, business connections and for establishing social contacts and new business opportunities (see Table 7).
SPOFA 2009
33
Table 7: Benets of acquisition and exchange of professional experiences, knowledge and competencies among the physical education students and mentors in learning organisation, such as sportfolio.si
mentors % I think it is benecial 77,40 students % 89,81
FINDINGS Blogs enable the setting up of e-learning communities (organisations) and are quickly spreading in Slovenia among the internet users albeit with a few years delay. Blogs have a capacity to contribute to acceleration of communication, cooperation and exchange of various information and knowledge in the eld of sport and all its forms. Findings in the present article conrm the latter statement, as both the students and mentors have developed a strong agreement that it is benecial to participate in e-learning community (organisation) due to the possibility for acquiring and exchanging various professional information, new ideas for professional work, nding the answers to different professional problems, acquiring professional connections and establishing social contacts and new business opportunities. All this presents a major challenge for the development of sport in future, with a possibility for the Faculty of sport playing an important and crucial role in this development. In future, the management of the Faculty of sport and management of other sports organisation, which aim to introduce learning organisation, should attempt to introduce suitable culture and acquisition of adequate knowledge about the use of modern informational communication technology at all levels. This will help the users of learning organisations to utilise the benets, brought about by the concept of learning organisation and the technology, in an easier and more productive manner. As a result, users will be able to perform better in the knowledge economy. All this will cause the establishment of a culture of knowledge management in the eld of sport, which will be based on the idea that own knowledge can be developed when shared with others. Finally, it can be deducted on the basis of the present analysis that a gradual development of e-learning communities in the eld of sport could facilitate its acceleration in all forms and on all levels. References Frans A.J., Raymond Van den Wijk (2003). Creation of managerial capabilities through managerial knowledge integration: a competence based perspective. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Dimovski V., Penger S., kerlavaj M., nidari J. (2005). Uea se organizacija, ustvarite podjetje znanja. [Learning community, create a company of knowledge] Ljubljana: GV Zaloba. Dimovski V., Penger S. (2004). Creating the Knowledge Based Organization trough Learning Implementation Framework: Conceptual Model of Slovenian En-
SPOFA 2009
34
terprises. The 2004 European College Teaching & Learning and Applied Business Research Conferences. Scotland. Firestone, J & McElroy, M 2003, Key issues in the new knowledge management, Butterworth Heinemann, New York. Iprom.si (2007). V Sloveniji blogajo predvsem mladi in najbolj spletno pismeni. [In Slovenia mostly young and internet alphabets use blogs.] Acquired from http:// www.iprom.si/press.html?id=126 Kolenc, M., Majeri, M. (2007). Slovenska portna industrija v ekonomiji znanja primer vzpostavljanja uee se organizacije na Fakulteti za port. [Slovenian sports industry in the economy of knowledge an example of setting up the learning organisation at the Faculty of sport] port (55)3, 5-11. Kubr M. (2002). Management consulting, A guide to the profession. 4th ed. International Labor Organization, Geneva. Majeri M., Kolenc M. (2007). Sportfolio.si vzpostavljanje e-skupnosti za razvoj poklicnih kompetenc in vseivljenjsko uenje uiteljev portne vzgoje. [Sportfolio. si creating e-community for development of professional competencies and lifelong learning of PE teachers] port (55)2, 5-12. Majeri M. (2007). Vrednotenje in analiza enoletnega izvajanja projekta Model praktinega pedagokega usposabljanja tudentov Fakultete za port. . [Evaluation and analysis of one-year pilot project Model of practical pedagogical training of students at Faculty of sport] Ljubljana: Univerza v Ljubljani, Fakulteta za port. Izobraevanje in usposabljanje v Evropi: razlini sistemi, skupni cilji za 2010 (2002). Delovni program o ciljih za prihodnost sistemov izobraevanja in usposabljanja. [Education and training in Europe: various systems, common goals for 2010 (2002). Working programme about the goals for the future of systems of education and training.] Bruselj: Generalni direktorat za izobraevanje in kulturo, Evropska komisija. Philip G., McKeown I. (2004). Business transformation and organizational culture: The role of competency, IS and TGM. European Management Review. Sifry D. (2007). The State of the Live Web, April 2007. Technorati. Pridobljeno iz http://www.sifry.com/alerts/archives/000493.html Tiwana A. (2002). The Knowledge Management Toolkit, Orchestrating IT, Strategy and Knowledge Platforms, Prentice Hall. New York.
SPOFA 2009
35
Goran irovi 1, Zorica Petrovi2, Milivoj Dopsaj3

(1 associate professor, Ph.D., M.Sc.Civ.Eng., B.Sc.Civ.Eng., cirovic@sezampro.rs, Faculty of Sport and Physical Education, Blagoja Parovica 156, Belgrade, Serbia 2 full professor, Ph.D. M.Sc.Eng.Arch., B.Sc.Eng.Arch, dragoslavp@ikomline.net, Faculty of Sport and Physical Education, Blagoja Parovica 156, Belgrade, Serbia 3 assistant professor, Ph.D., M.Sc., B.Sc., milivoj@eunet.rs, Faculty of Sport and Physical Education, Blagoja Parovica 156, Belgrade, Serbia)
TECHNICAL TECHNOLOGICAL BASES FOR SPORTS FACILITIES CLASSIFICATION, CATEGORIZATION AND STANDARDIZATION
SUMMARY The problems that arise during sports facilities registration, analysis, classication, categorization and standardization are described in the paper. It has been emphasised that a new approach is essential, the approach which will be able to evaluate particular facility categories comprehensively, not only regarding generally adopted legal norms such as current regulations on general classication of facility types, but also essential requirements concerning sports rules, size and structure of accessory premises. Also, analytics and diagnostics in sport have been emphasised, as well as estimation of athlets preparations. Possible trends in this methodology development have been dealt with, and new practical suggestions have been considered. Key words: sports facilities, classication, categorization, standardization.
1. INTRODUCTION The experts dealing with records, analysis, planning and valuation of sports facilities apply techniques and methods presenting nal indicators related to these problems in various ways. Also, either people who use these sport services, or the audience, or services connected with the jobs related to sports facilities, support different viewpoints on this matter, since different approaches and different levels of recording and classifying procedures are involved. Obviously, some reections are also a result of peoples accumulated experience, owing to the fact that sport and sports facilities timely and essentially thread civilization. The objective of this paper is to raise some issues related to classication, categorization and standardization of sports facilities, as well as to call attention to the signicance of comprehensive examination of these problems to classify and categorize sports facilities not only according to pure parameters of construction structures, but also according
SPOFA 2009
36
Goran irovi, Zorica Petrovi, Milivoj Dopsaj
to characteristics that should be met in order to be completely applicable for the particular sport elds or universally usable for several sport activities or disciplines. Classication (classicatio in Latin) [26] designates separation, disposition, sorting; categorization (a word of Greek origin ) indicates organization, arrangement (by kinds, vocations), and implies quantitative and qualitative concepts and the relations among them per se; and standardization (English word) means model, pattern, typical (of the same type). Categorization [13] is the process in which ideas and objects are recognized, differentiated and understood. Categorization implies that objects are grouped into categories, usually for some specic purpose. Ideally, a category illuminates a relationship between the subjects and objects of knowledge. Categorization is fundamental in prediction, inference, decision making and in all kinds of environmental interaction. Classication is used on category pages to show the hierarchy of the category. Classications have two main purposes: (1) they help users understand how the category relates to other categories; and (2) they help users jump up to higher levels on the hierarchy. Standardization is the process of developing and agreeing upon technical standards. A standard is a document that establishes uniform engineering or technical specications, criteria, methods, processes, or practices. Some standards are mandatory while others are voluntary. Voluntary standards are available if one chooses to use them. Some are de facto standards, meaning a norm or requirement which has an informal but dominant status. Some standards are de iure, meaning formal legal requirements. Formal standards organizations, such as the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) or the American National Standards Institute, are independent of the manufacturers of the goods for which they publish standards. The goals of standardization can be to help with independence of single suppliers (commoditization), compatibility, interoperability, safety, repeatability, or quality. 2. CLASSIFICATION OF SPORTS FACILITIES Many authors have dealt with classication of facilities, on the base of various parameters. Some of them are quoted in the References of this paper [1-6, 12, 14, 15, 17-19, 25, 29]. In order to conduct classication of facilities, it is essential to establish classication of users needs for the appropriate facilities rst. Users needs are most conveniently classied according to the users age and categorization of activities. Thus, the basic activity for children (age categories up to 3 years, from 3 to 6, from 6 to 14) anticipates a game. Physical education in schools involves primary school (aged from 7 to 11 and from 11 to 15), and schools of higher education (from 19 to 25 years of age). Free physical exercising of children, youth, adults and the third age category is related to all the relevant age categories. Sport is predominantly oriented to the category of youth and adults, although childrens sport or third age sport can also be considered. Physical exercising with medical-therapeutic objectives can also be practised in all age categories, and it occurs as preventive, therapeutic or rehabilitation exercising. Conscripts physical exercising as a specic manifestation is practised through basic (compulsory) and free activity.
SPOFA 2009
TECHNICAL TECHNOLOGICAL BASES FOR SPORTS FACILITIES CLASSIFICATION, CATEGORIZATION...
37
According to this categorization, facilities can be basically classied as it is stated below:
childrens playgrounds and halls for pre-school children,
school facilities for physical education of school children and youth, facilities of community centres, sport-recreation centres, for youth, adults, the third age facilities at companies, or in the function of companies for the employed, sports facilities for competition sports and sport events, special facilities at hospitals and rehabilitation centres for the sick and injured persons, facilities for conscripts at barracks and military institutions. Depending on other indicators, facilities can also be classied according to: their objectives and assignments, the location in regard to settlement zones, construction pattern, the activities they are intended for, city planning permanence. The classication according to the objective and assignment implies classication of facilities into: facilities for school physical education, facilities for sports activities, facilities for mass utility, free areas. Facilities for school physical education are located in schools as their integral part, and are completely dened by the appropriate legal provisions. Facilities for sport activities are most frequently located on green areas in settlements or in suburban zones. They are built according to specic regulations and norms dened by rules of each activity (norms can vary depending on the level of competition). Taking into consideration their primary assignment, i.e. sports competitions, everything within a facility (the method of construction, the selection of material for space treatment, the choice of equipment etc.) should provide as good conditions as possible for maximum results obtaining. Facilities in sport-recreation and community centres and on similar places are anticipated for mass utility. As a rule, these are facilities which must meet basic principles and norms of the activity they are intended for (dimensions, equipment). However, taking into consideration their basic function mass utility they are made from enduring and less expensive materials with possible reductions of basic dimensions.
SPOFA 2009
38
Free areas can be situated in all settlement zones. According to their main function, they need not be anticipated for physical culture activities, but are considered as physical culture facilities if they are used for these activities (a meadow on which football is played becomes a physical culture facility when it is used for this game). However, certain spaces arranged for some activities, i.e. walking paths, climbing paths, trim-paths and the like, are also included into this category since interventions for their arrangement are minimal. When using these spaces, the attention must be paid to users safety and minimal hygiene conditions (drinking water and toilets). According to the location in relation to settlement zones, the facilities are classied into: facilities in residential areas, facilities in work zones, facilities in town and suburban greenery zones, facilities in specic zones of a settlement. Facilities intended for pre-school and school-age children, spaces within community centres, as well as those intended for the third age people, are situated in residential areas. Facilities intended for workers recreation before, after or during working hours are located in work zones. Sports facilities, facilities of sports-recreation centres, facilities intended for various categories of participants in recreational activities, are situated in town and suburban greenery zones. Facilities needing some specic natural conveniences (water areas or watercourses, certain terrain conguration, wooded areas, and the like, are arranged in specic settlement zones. According to construction pattern, facilities can be classied into: outdoor facilities, indoor facilities, half-indoor facilities, facilities which can be transformed, complex-type facilities. Outdoor facilities are arranged for various activities, as well as for various categories of users. The main advantages of outdoor facilities are: benecial impact of the sun, air, surrounding nature and the opportunity for a large-scale use. Taking into consideration that, as a rule, the construction and maintenance costs of such facilities are lower, their efciency is also involved into advantages. On the other side, disadvantages involve special conditions of the location; they cannot be used in all seasons or weather conditions. Maintenance also depends on weather, it is not possible to control all the operational conditions of these facilities (lighting method, air circulation speed, noise level, air temperature, etc). Eventually, it must not be forgotten that certain activities require only outdoor facilities, while others can be performed in both, outdoor and indoor facilities. For indoor facilities the advantage is the opportunity of a complete control over microclimatic conditions, protection from weather conditions, they can be used in all seasons, their location does not depend on external conditions, it is possible to have absolute control over the conditions under which the activity is being performed. However, they do not have the advantages of outdoor facilities as regards staying in natural surround-
SPOFA 2009
39
ing, and, as a rule, larger investments are essential for their construction and use. Halfindoor facilities are arranged as outdoor ones, but from the topside they are sheltered with a shed, so that unfavourable effects of an outdoor facility are avoided. Certainly, their construction is recommended in the regions with mild climate in order to be used as long as possible during a year. Besides sheds, movable wall boards can be used for the protection against wind. Facilities which can most frequently be transformed include so called balloon halls or other constructions similar in type, which are erected in such a way that they provide indoor space in unfavourable weather conditions (in winter), while in favourable conditions (in summer) they are removed creating the same conditions as at outdoor facilities. A group of complex-type facilities includes the facilities in which both, outdoor and indoor spaces can be used as a space of basic functional unit, both can be used depending on weather conditions. Facilities can be classied into several groups according to the activities that take place in/on them: facilities for sports games, facilities intended for athletics, facilities for gymnastics, facilities for martial arts, facilities for aquatic activities, facilities for activities on snow and ice, facilities for shooting and archery, facilities for cycling and automobile and motorcycle racing facilities for equestrian sports, etc. Classication of the facilities into temporary and permanent is made according to city planning permanence, depending on whether a facility has obtained a permanent or a temporary building permit.
2.1 CLASSIFICATION OF TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION IN SERBIA SPORTS FACILITIES
For the needs of ofcial statistics, the Statistical Ofce of the Republic of Serbia issued Classication of Types of Construction, Methodology and Standards in 2005 [16]. This constitutes an integral part of the instruments for particular statistical research conducting from the eld of construction industry statistics. This classication of construction types has been created based on the adequate Classication of Types of Construction in the European Union [8]. Namely, the statistic system of the European Union (Eurostat) has created Classication of the Types of Construction based on temporary Central Classication of Products CCP [7] published by the United Nations Statistic System in 1991. In section 52 Construction, Central Classication of Products differentiates two main elds of construction, Buildings and Other structures, which are also two basic elds in Classication of Types of Construction, as follows:
SPOFA 2009
40
The structure of classication of sports facilities types 12 Non-residential facilities 1265 Sports halls 24 Other not mentioned facilities 241 Facilities for sports and recreation 2411 Sports terrains 2412 Other facilities for sports and recreation 24121 Ports in marinas 24122 Other facilities for sports and recreation Sports halls (1265) This subclass involves: buildings for sports that are taking place indoors (basketball and tennis courts, swimming pools, gymnastics halls, skating rinks and ice-hockey pitches, etc.) and that have spaces for spectators (stands, landings, terraces, etc.) as well as for participants (showers, cloakrooms, etc). Sports terrains (2411) This subclass involves: terrains and amenities (except buildings) intended for outdoor sports, such as football, baseball, rugby, aquatic sports, running, track-and-eld events, athletics, automobile, cycling or horse races, outdoor tennis courts, outdoor swimming pools. Other facilities for sports and recreation (24122) This subclass involves: amusement parks and other outdoor facilities, including facilities on mountainous terrains (ski pistes and lifts, sit-down ski-lifts, etc.), golf courses, sports runways, hippodromes, facilities used mainly in aquatic sports, beach equipment (as well as public and botanical gardens, parks, and zoos). Statistical Yearbook of Serbia 2007 [27] in the chapter Culture and Sports deals with sources and methods of data collecting data on institutions and enterprises in the domain of culture, information and sports have been collected by means of regular annual and perennial statistical reports. Coverage: Statistical reports on cultural, artistic, informative and sporting organizations or enterprises activities cover the eld 92 of the Classication of Economic Activities: Recreational, sporting and cultural activities. The ve-year report covers professional and amateur sports clubs activities (associations, sections, etc.) registered by competent physical culture agencies. Although classication of construction and sports facilities in Serbia was innovated according to the European Union and the United Nations requirements 3 years ago, it does not completely cover all facilities and all situations. Evidently, there is no ideal classication, but such a segmentation and method of data collecting is general in its character and does not provide a precise and clear observing e.g. statistics globally describes construction completion in nancial value. Table 1presents values of the completed sports facilities during 2008 (values of other structures are not shown in the table in detail). Total value also contains the value of works relating to demolition, terrain exploration by drilling and trial excavation, as well as the value of construction machinery renting along with operators in cases when this value cannot be spaced on a particular type of structure.
SPOFA 2009
41
Table 1 The value of completed construction works of new building development in 2008
Construction (in thousand RSD)
Obviously, besides being concluded that investments in sports facilities are small, single indicators cannot be found out from the presented statistical record, but only the global ones. The formulation of new Registry on Sports Facilities1 on state level is in progress classications of sports and accessory facilities and ancillary persons so, a more detailed insight into distribution of funds relating to sports facilities construction and maintenance is expected, as well as detailed results documentation. This record is expected to provide a large-scale and up-to-date data base on sports facilities (type, size, condition, ownership, covered sports ...) and their owners, managers, users, lessees and other legal entities and private persons related to them. This also implies cooperation with state cadastre. Namely, the development of sports infrastructure is dened through the Strategy of Sports Development in the Republic of Serbia for the period from 2009 to 2013 [28], as one of the main sport system improvement priorities. Aiming at implementation of new facilities systemic construction planning, as well as at existing sports facilities maintenance and function preservation, the Ministry of Youth and Sport has formed a software The Registry of Sports Facilities in the Republic of Serbia, in which records of sports facilities have been systemically organized for the rst time in Serbia. The project conception implies active participation of local communities in creating data base on sports facilities. With the purpose of correct and efcient data input, the Department for Project Management in the Ministry of Youth and Sport, in cooperation with the Republic Institute for Sport, will hold project presentations and free training to representatives of local communities units that will conduct electronic data input on sports facilities. The realization of presentations and training is planned in the second half of September 2009 in Belgrade, Nis and Subotica. In the Strategy of Sports Development in the Republic of Serbia for the period from 2009 to 2013 [28], it has been stated that sports facilities are mainly in bad condition and that they are neglected. This diminishes opportunities for children and youth to be engaged in sport, as well as for top-level sports development, and at the same time it discourages
1 Registry of sports facilities is a project managed by the Ministry of Youth and Sport.
SPOFA 2009
42
citizens to include into recreational exercising programmes. There is no proper sports development without adequate space for playing and training, and sports facilities represent heritage left to future generations as an incentive to be engaged in sport. Therefore, it is essential to start with planned and systemic investing in sport infrastructure renovation and construction throughout the Republic of Serbia, as well as with clear determining property rights in this domain. Thus, sports facilities take priority in the Strategy of Sports Development in the Republic of Serbia. First of all, state strategic orientation is to revitalize the existing facilities where this is possible and appropriate, and then to build new sports facilities. The money of the citizens of the Republic of Serbia will not be invested in oversized sports facilities, which are being built for a long time and which are too expensive to maintain. Through rational construction of sports facilities the possibility for a sport to become a burden to social community will be avoided. Small sports halls and terrains will be within easy reach to a large number of children, active sportsmen and people who recreate. Therefore, the directive arising from this strategy is to build a large number of small sports facilities instead of building a small number of large ones. Economic crisis has resulted in decreased investing of state and economic entities into sport, sport workers education and into constructing and maintaining sports facilities. In time, living standards of employees in sports organizations have steadily decreased; infrastructural, technical and human resources that serve to maintain and develop the system have been diminished, rst of all through the decreasing number of sportsmen and citizens who take part in sports activities regularly or occasionally. Not only owing to this, but also owing to impacts of other limitating factors, a large number of people has stopped practicing exercise and dealing with sports in their leisure time and has devoted themselves to less healthful activities, which caused noticeable increase in the number of patients from cardio-vascular and respiratory diseases, as well as in the number of alcohol and drug addicts. In order to formulate the Strategy, in 2008 the Ministry of Youth and Sport conducted research on the condition of sports facilities in primary and secondary schools in the Republic of Serbia, in which data were obtained that 559 schools, i.e. 36.5%, have a large schoolhall with the area of less than 450 m2, and 230 schools, i.e. 15%, have a large school-hall with the area of more than 450 m2. Furthermore, the research shows that 1,190 schools, i.e. 77.6%, do not have a small school-hall, while 239 schools, i.e. 15.6%, possess a small school-hall with the area of less than 150 m2, and that 104 schools, i.e. 6.8%, possess a small school-hall with the area larger than 150 m2. Concerning swimming pools, only 12 of the total of 1533 schools have it, at which ve schools are from Belgrade, two from Sumadija, and one from Pec, Srednji Banat, Zlatibor and Bor Districts. From this number, seven pools are equipped according to standards, but 5 pools are not. It is accepted that a sports facility per se does not provide sport improvement, but also that sports programmes, which are conducted in it, classify sports facilities into resources for achieving sports results as sports products. Modern and functionally organized infrastructure of sports facilities is one of the essential preconditions for progress and success in all sports elds. The existing sports facilities are mainly unreachable to sportsmen with disabilities because of architectural barriers. The consequences of this are that there are neither specialized, nor at least adapted sports facilities and centres, nor the necessary sports equipment and accessories for training and preparations of sportsmen with disabilities.
SPOFA 2009
43
Also, regulations that should establish more efcient mechanisms for the existing sports facilities protection in relation to the existing legal mechanisms, as well as regulations that should provide faster development and construction of new sports facilities, are missing in the Law on Sport [30]. Some of the objectives of the Strategy are systemic planning and maintaining construction, and establishing legal mechanisms for preserving the existing sports facilities function, as well as for creating sports facilities registries. The measures for achieving these objectives are presented in Table 2. Table 2 Measures for achieving objectives in the domain of sports facilities
OBJECTIVES ACTIVITIES To possess modern and Conducting needs analysis for the number and size of sports facilifunctionally constructed ties and outdoor sports terrains in the Republic of Serbia; and maintained sports Completing date base on sports facilities and outdoor sports terinfrastructure. rains. To determine priority to Dening criteria for priorities in maintaining and constructing sports maintaining and con- facilities; structing sports facilities and outdoor sports ter- Completing construction and maintenance plans in accordance with previously conducted analyses and diagnostic study. rains. To reconstruct the existing sports facilities and outdoor sports terrains Planning the required funds in the budgets of the Republic, includaccording to previously ing nancial resources of NIP, autonomous provinces and units of prepared reconstruction local community and dening mutual relations, rights and obligaplans and programmes tions for all the participants in the process of reconstruction of the and to construct new existing sports facilities and outdoor terrains which meet internasports facilities which tional standards. meet international standards.
3. SUGGESTIONS FOR THE IMPROVEMENT Evidently, from the global insight on sports facilities data, we should change to new methodology which can comprehensively perceive these problems from various aspects. The estimation of the existing, i.e. the completed, should be run more precisely, namely in relation to quantitative and qualitative indicators. The essence is that classication implies sorting and categorization in its essential meaning has the ideas of quantity and quality, and certainly their possible relations. Quantitative indicators are relatively easy to be presented and analysed, while qualitative ones contain some attributes that are sometimes impossible to describe precisely and resolutely (they have a dose of subjectivity in the description, depending on the personality of those who describe the given facility). Also, both aspects quantitative and qualitative have their own composition (the order of indicators by importance) and structure (which indicators are there), so that, besides spent funds, a ranging/scaling can also be made in relation to the following examples:
SPOFA 2009
44
1. QUANTITATIVE INDICATORS:
in relation to the type of the facility indoor, outdoor, combined in relation to the ownership structure state, private, mixed ownership ... in relation to sport sports games (halls), aquatic sports (swimming pools, lakes for rowing, athletics (athletic stadiums and tartan tracks), halls for weightlifting in relation to competition level for instruction and training (beginners, juniors, seniors, elite...), for competitions on national, international, European, world competitions, for the Olympic Games ... in relation to users level only sportsmen (sports-training and competition camps), combined (town centres) in relation to compatibility multifunctional, specialized ...
2. QUALITATIVE INDICATORS:
according to construction type prefabricated, summer, winter, combined, temporary, permanent ... according to service quality with overnight, health and rehabilitation segments... according to cost effectiveness factor expensive but not usable, cheap but not usable, expensive and averagely usable, cheap and averagely usable, expensive and top-class usable, cheap and top-class usable ... etc... A special branch relating to sports facilities is an opportunity to conduct analytics and diagnostics in sport, as well as evaluation of sportsmens preparedness. The essence is that from such data various scores can be made (even if complicated statistics are used), and that everything can easily be ranged / scaled. 4. STANDARDIZATION When dealing with sports facilities, particular types of standards can be formulated: Spatial-construction standards a specic purpose / function a sports / sportsrecreational facility amenities built-in equipment Hygiene standards Organizational standards controlling and managing over the facilities a method of nancing Programme standards A programme sports / recreational scheme.
SPOFA 2009
45
Sports facilities standards are related to: designers parameters safety, security, accessibility sanitary spaces amenities (changing rooms, accessory rooms, requisite rooms, rooms for experts) communication halls between changing rooms and sports halls). A facility satises the requirements (according to the Law [30] and Regulations [22, 23]) if it has: primary premises (halls, ...) amenities ( changing rooms, ...) installation-technical apparatus rst aid accessories and instruments sports kits (equipment) measures providing risk prevention Necessary resources: The requirement of standards (SRPS) ISO 9001 item 6 Resource Management orders to an organization to dene and provide all the necessary resources (in French: resource instrument / means) to full users requirements, and the term resources also implies human resources and infrastructure (buildings, equipment, etc) and work environment. Quality requirements: Standard (SRPS) ISO 9001:2000 (2001) 7.2.1 Dening requirements relating to product, decrees that an organization must set all the requirements from the regulations and other normative documents relating to a product, the requirements that a user has stated and the requirements that a user has not stated, but that are necessary for the intended use. When dealing with facilities, this can be: water and sewage systems, machine installations (heating, ventilation), electric installations, re protection, noise protection, atmospheric impacts protection, lighting, safety at using them. When having in mind sports facilities, equipment, apparatus and requisites, the signicance of standardization can be illustrated with the example of the following developed standards: ISO /TC 83 Sports and recreational equipment, CEN/TC 136/SC 1 Playground equipment for children, EN 1177:1997 Impact absorbing playground surfacing - Safety requirements and test methods EN 12197:1997 Gymnastic equipment - Horizontal bars - Safety requirements and test methods.
SPOFA 2009
46
The complexity and necessity are illustrated with the example of standards relating to sports facility and equipment safety SRPS EN 1176-1 2007 by the Institute for Standardization in the Republic of Serbia (EN 1176-1:1998/A1:2202) Playground equipment for children, Part 1: General Safety Requirements and methods of Testing, prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 136, Playground equipment for children and other recreation equipment, whose Secretariat comes within the competence of DIN: Designing and completion Facility strength - Protection from falling - Accessibility for adults - Handrails Protecting fences Barriers Requirements for rmness Requirements for holding Conditions for holding Final equipment processing Mobile parts - Protection from being stuck Already adopted standards (JUS, now SRPS) by the Commission for Sport and Recreation (the Commission designation KS D083) of the Institute for Standardization, are related to 97.222 sports equipment and facilities concretely, to standards for apparatus and requisites: gymnastics apparatus - bar, parallel bar, pommel, vaulting horse, ... Those already adopted standards can be classied into two groups: 30 standards for gymnastics apparatus (bar, parallel bars, rings, ropes, pommel, vaulting horse, balance beam, etc), through which the construction and dimensions of gymnastics apparatus are set, as well as the quality of the material they have been made of, and terms for testing; 15 standards for sports requisites (goals and nets for football, handball, volleyball and waterpolo; basket for basketball, table for tennis table. etc.) through which shapes and measures, materials and design, method of testing and labels are set. The subject and eld of work of the Commission KS D083 is: Standardization of sports equipment and terrains, playground equipment for children and other recreation equipment; Standardization from the aspects of terminology, technical requirements for safety and functionality, methods of testing, labelling, maintaining built-in equipment, etc.; Working out and adopting new Serbian standards and similar documents, as well as reconsidering and revision of the existing ones; Attending to the work of technical committees Of the International Standardization Organization ISO/TC 83, Equipment for sport and recreation and the European Standardization Committee CEN/TC 136, The equipment for sport, playgrounds and other recreation equipment, including the work of Subcommittee SC 1, Equipment of playground for children.
SPOFA 2009
47
When dealing with standards, the owner is obliged to maintain sports facility in such a way that it is technically serviceable, to provide security of sportsmen, other participants and spectators, to provide the appropriate sanitary-hygiene conditions, and to be responsible for the damage that appears to participants, spectators and third persons. Therefore, the organization of facilitys programme contents must be held relating to the facility category, users and respecting the appropriate standards. A control here implies: to notice the differences between planned actions and achieved results, managerial action to minimize these differences, to establish standards that should be met by particular types of sports facilities with the aim to satisfy direct users wishes and users pleasure with the results of facility functioning. 5. DISCUSSION AND DEVELOPMENT TRENDS At rst sight it can seem that the proposed methodology is bulky, very broad and probably more comprising than it is required by instant needs and comprehension. It implies much harder work than this so far, which must be put in collecting and processing data that a broader procedure dictates. However, if once the procedure is set, it can probably be broader in data collecting and processing, but much more efcient in interpretation. Certainly, it should not be forgotten that modern mathematical techniques and information procedures require much less time for any data processing, and the benet is in fast opportunity to interpret data for various needs and hierarchy levels. 6. CONCLUSION The problems from the domain of sports facilities is directed towards realization of one of the material conditions necessary for sporting activities practice. The importance of expertness and study in this eld is undeniable. However, a range of difculties (negligence and problems) arises which we meet every day while using sports facilities. There are various reasons for this. One of them is that a large number of facilities has been built, or is being completed, without any broad cooperation of experts from various elds, who contribute to the facilities completion, and without complete cooperation of all interested parties, from the stage of planning to the stage of realization and exploitation. It is necessary that sports experts, representatives of potential users, designers, constructors, administrative bodies, and nancial institutions take part in all the stages from conception to usage of a sports facility. Not mentioning the reasons for the emergence and existence of such a condition (which certainly does not satisfy contemporary requirements at realizing activities in various elds of our civilization) it is necessary to dene broadly conditions and standards, to answer miscellaneous questions related to the domain of sports facilities. Therefore, the classication that inevitably follows sports facilities development will also experience its qualitative improvement, especially because harmonization with new regulations and safety aspects developing in this eld is a necessity.
SPOFA 2009
48
References Ammon, R. Jr., Southall, R., Blair, D. (2004): Sport Facility Management: Organizing Events and Mitigating Risks, Fitness Information Technology Inc. Morgantown, USA Antonelli, V. et all (1993): Sports Facilities Management, Spaziosport no 3, CONI, Roma, p 43-144 Antonelli, V. et all (1999): Sports Facilities Management, A Topic, Spaziosport no 3, CONI, Roma, p 2-4 Bellioni, M. (1999): Facilities Management in Relation to Playing Levels, Spaziosport no 3, CONI, Roma, p 21-27 Bokovi, B., Bokovi, P. (1992): The Technology of Business and Maintenance of Sports facilities, PP Dr Bokovi, Novi Sad Ceki, N. (2004): Sports facilities, mimeographed course notes, The Faculty of Civil Engineering and Architecture, Ni Central Product Classication CPC, (1991), United Nations Classication of Types of Construction CC, nal version, (1997), Eurostat irovi, G. (2007): Sports facilities State, Planning and Perspectives, Journal MODUL, no. 43, pages 33-36 irovi, G. (2007): Management of Sports Facilities State and Perspectives, Proceedings on Management and Contemporary Functioning of Sport Centres, The Association of Sport Centres in Serbia, Zlatibor irovi, G., Mitrovi, D., Jovanovi., J. (2008): Standards of Sports facilities, the third expert convention Management and Functioning of Sport Centres Standardization and Categorization of Sports facilities, The Association of Sport Centres in Serbia Farmer, R. Mulrooney, A. Ammon, R. (1996): Sport Facility Planning and Management, Fitness Information Technology, Inc. Morgantown, USA http://www. wikipedia.org. Ili, S (1998): Sports facilities, Belgrade Jubenville, A. Twight, B. Becener, R. (1987): Outdoor Recreation Management, Venture Publishing Classication of the types of construction, methodology and standards, The Statistical Ofce of the Republic of Serbia, Belgrade, 2005. Maldini, S. (2004): Encyclopaedia of Architecture, second volume, authors edition, Belgrade Mitrovi. M. (1981): Sports facilities, Belgrade Olson, J. (1997): Facility and Equipment Management for Sport Directors, Human Kinetics, Champaign, USA Petrovi, Z. (2004): Physical Culture Facilities School Facilities, Belgrade Petrovi, Z. (2005): Management of Sport and Sport-recreational facilities, the Faculty of Sport and Physical Education, Belgrade Regulations on Establishing Detailed Criteria for Dening General Interest in Sport (The Ofcial Gazzette of the Republic of Serbia, no. 39/2006)
SPOFA 2009
49
Regulations on Conditions for Presenting Sport Activities (The Ofcial Gazette of the Republic of Serbia, no. 30/99) Sotgia, A. (1999): Management as a Project, Spaziosport no 3, CONI, Roma, p 5-6 Tomi, M. (2001): Management in Sport, Second edition, IPAstimbo, Belgrade Vujaklija, M. (1954) The Dictionary of Foreign Words and Expressions, Prosveta, Belgrade Statistical Yearbook of Serbia (2007), Statistical Institute of Serbia, Belgrade The Strategy of Sports Development in the Republic of Serbia for the period from 2009 to 2013 (The Ofcial Gazette of the Republic of Serbia, no. 110/08) Walker, M., Stotlar, D. (1997): Sport Facility Management, Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Sudbury, Massachusetts, USA The Law on Sport (The Ofcial Gazette of the Republic of Serbia, no. 52/96 i 101/2005) and other laws
SPOFA 2009
51
Professor Milenko Stankovic, Ph.D., B.Arch.

University of Banja Luka, Faculty of Architecture and Civil Engineering, Architectural Design Chair, lecacuturer
Srdjan Stankovic, B.Arch.
NEW EDUCATIONAL PROFILE BUILDER IN BANJA LUKA - A REASONABLE INVESTMENT IN THE FUTURE OF SPORT AND HEALTHY LIFE
1. INTRODUCTION Already for many years by building settlements, sports and recreational buildings, on the researched territory, is not guided enough to account for their integration into nature. Sports buildings for its specicity continuous challenge to the builders, as a good training ground for the application of new structural systems and technologies. Recreativly and healthy sport of modern man today is the need and imperative. Therefore, the emphasis given to the work of energy efcient and passive construction of these buildings1 and training new prole builder in Banja Luka. Professional obligation is to meet the professional public how to gain economical and acceptable construction of sports buildings in the lodgment, that provide a sustainable investment, which is careful and detailed planning, and daily repaid. In a century of knowledge, claims to innovation, wisdom: How to improve the whole process and to achieve the maximum effect of savings, to ensure a healthy, successful and integrated mass sport in the settlements?2 Implementing the professional obligation school builder, we opted to form a new professional prole, and create a recognizable identity of the school. Respecting tradition, nature and modern achievements, has been tted distinctive prole of the modern architect, who afrms the conditions for a healthy persons life. He is aware that the construction, sport, culture and nature have become inextricably linked in many and unexpected ways, and the reasonable use synergetic effects and ensure a certain future. Searching for acceptable forms of teaching, improving communication with students in the teaching process, gradually introduce it in a creative eld of architecture.
1 European Parliament resolution of 31.1.2008. under the number 2007/2106 (INI), stipulates that public
buildings and buildings for rent, which is 01.01. 2011th city in the EU should apply the standard of passive energy efcient houses 2 When it comes to optimization in the planning, design and implementation of passive and intelligent buildings is necessary to include important elements that affect the quality and costs, over which designers often have no control and therefore often confuse investors. Development of optimization methodology from the point of materialization and costs, with the help of articial minds is the priority activity that we want to achieve in the next step.
SPOFA 2009
52
Milenko Stankovic, Srdjan Stankovic
We are engaged in experimental research TEMPUS (Trans-European mobility scheme for university studies) CD_JEP-15012-2000 BH Archicur3 which is implemented in the Architecture Faculty of Civil Engineering University of Banja Luka (Tempus, 2004-2008). The objectives of the project BiH Archicur were multiple: to enable the modernization of curricula, improve communication between the content of teaching and professional practice, didatikih methods, practical issues and approaches in architecture, and promote regional cooperation. Reviewing its own opportunities and market dynamics, we considered that the new concept is exible enough for rapid development, but also for actively monitoring the achievements in science, engineering and technology. We avoid copying foreign models, enhance the mutual cooperation of faculty and promote new and distinctive form builder education, as a contribution to diversity in the development of the region. Respecting the principles of the Bologna Declaration, we have reviewed their own work and university education in the Serbian architects comply with European countries. We have created a good basis for successful cooperation between the participants of the Project, with respect for the specic regions, traditions and practices, ie razmijenjujemo valuable experience with the Faculty of Architecture of Europe. We have formed an association of the architectural faculty of the Balkans and the Agreement on joint organization and execution of international doctoral studies.4 Gained experience in the implementation of Department programs - architecture (rst and second cycle), we analyze and dene a common acceptable method of teaching. Partnertski intention is to establish a relationship and dialogue with the student, ie, to create innovative teaching methods, which is subject to constant review and improvement. Introducing new values and ways of behavior that provide the model of humane life, that is to educate and train a new professional prole - which creates a distinctive identity of the school. Specically, we created a student all the essential requirements to easily and efciently discover knowledge and shape them into the creative process. We have learned it to sharpen their own view of the way through the unknown, and actively applying knowledge from harmonizovanih lectures and exercises, ie to ensure that in a gradual way to successfully observe, recognize, record, investigate, facing its own way and creates the creativity, experience and acquire security. 2. METHODS Theoretical thought about energy efcient construction, health, sport and recreation today, it is very current, and the EU accession process gets more and more signicant. Exploring changes in the architecture, disintering and understanding the importance of architecture of space to carry out certain activities, the subject of research is focused on analyzing, recognizing and noticing timeless value. Modied model of consciousness and life of modern mans request to highlight the new approach in building human habi3 During the project Study program-architecture associated with the seven institutions of higher education in the elds of architecture, from H (AGF BL and AFS) and the European Community / polytechnic Milano (Italy), Technical University Graz (Austria), Brandenburg Technical University Cottbus (Germany) Barcelona (Spain) La Cambrai and Brussels (Belgium) 4 Protocol on the Establishment of Architectural Association School Balkan region, made in collaboration with the Faculty of Architecture, University of Belgrade Faculty of Architecture, University of Podgorica, and the same was signed in Banja Luka, on 2nd November 2007. The aforementioned faculties are on the same day in Banja Luka and the Agreement signed on joint organization and implementation of international doctoral studies. Architectural Association School of the Balkan region, joined the Faculty of Architecture in Ljubljana, on 26.03.2009.
SPOFA 2009
NEW EDUCATIONAL PROFILE BUILDER IN BANJA LUKA - A REASONABLE INVESTMENT IN THE FUTURE...
53
tats in which have to be integrated sports buildings, or deal with perceived crisis manenvironment-space (Stankovic, 2004). The need to ensure conditions for a comfortable life and a healthy sport with the use of environmentally friendly materials. This was the basis for the evaluation of this complex task, with emphasis on the features and benets of the educational process in designing the new prole of the modern architect, who creates innovative sports buildings, that ensures a successful recreation, pleasant and healthy sport. The goal isn`t to make a chronicle of the past, but look, identify, investigate a comprehensive, documented, and arguments to determine, understand and evaluate the characteristics of the educational process and compare them with the experience of the area. Distinctive prole builder, has been tted to create a common area of sports structures that encourage and inspire. The community got a builder, who traces the new - a sustainable development path, that ensures the future of a certain mass recreation and sport in the function of healthy and prosparitetne nation. 3. SEARCH Following contemporary trends and implementing them in the educational process, we have created the conditions for student which provide possibility to effectively communicate with the teacher, textbook and practice through interactive teaching, therefore to give a try in the competition in the domestic, European and world market. Throu synchronized lectures and exercises, continuous checks of knowledge through dialogue and workshops, student make choice of own path, quickly comes to knowledge, with saving his own time. The architecture does not have any advanced decision, because of its constantly exposition to changes, so architecture is connecting seemingly insoluble tensions of opposites and searching for a sense of architectural works. Theory and practice, science and art, general and individual, abstract and material are inconsistent and unclear circumstances in the creative process and our awareness, when we should realize their unity without instructions. Learning architecture is never equal with the number of years of study, but by proling analytical and synthetic methods for students to connect contrary, avoiding the trap where technique become a guide, and the art is beeing cognized as decorating. Emphasis is given to a healthy life and innovation, as well as the necessary prior knowledge of modern engineering education. With students, we encourage a sense of responsibility, stimulate and encourage creativity, require the recognition of architectural interpretation of the space. Student must nd unity of feelings and opinions, through mistakes and achievements, repetition and practicing, with the problem more, because technology is progressing rapidly, and the art is changing. Uncertainty, repetition and audit the unity of opposites in architecture must always be, but when you ask yourself, there is developmental, variable, and if it is elusive, than you know that you are in the right way. Therefore, a new building of Faculty of Architecture and Civil Engineering in Banja Luka is being planed, designed - intend to build a system without active warming by fossil fuels and air conditioning, with controlled ventilation5, the principles - passive building (Saint5 For successfully conducting the teaching process is necessary to provide up to 30 m3 / h fresh
vaduha per student, which is currently technically not possible without a system of controlled ventilation. The project is supported by the University of Banja Luka and the Serbian Government. Signicant support and assistance in the form of donations offered are world renowned manufacturers of materials, Passivhaus Institut Darmstadt - Dr. Wolfgang Feist (PHI), and others. Good business cooperation, we ensure donor funds (possibly from increased value of building), passive construction in relation to the conventional.
SPOFA 2009
54
Gobain ISOVER, 2008). According to our knowledge, this is the rst school of building who plans to build on these principles in Europe. The goal is its own example of a visionary and to step boldly into the future, contribute to and signpost in building practice. Build in the high standard in the educational process, as a measure for the future, to enable students and practice the way of progress. Therefore, our school of building become more accountable and more prestigious, because modern architect, educated in this institution would be further inspired by the high comfort of the building, and during the process of education should be actively introduced the application of modern technology, further inspired to continue exploring and creating creative progress. We believe that the transfer of knowledge and modern technology, promote science in the right conception for the future (in proclaimed principles of practical sustainability). 4. DISCUSSION
4.1. ENERGY SUSTAINABLE BUILDING
To create buildings that are energy efcient, healthy, comfortable and exible in use, designed for long life (Foster and Partners, 1999)6
Sustainable building is a priority theme of the third millennium. Rapid development of a new generation of builders consciously force the model to preserve a healthy life. Sustainable design in architecture using modern scientic knowledge, technical and technological capabilities. Changes in environmental conditions imposed by the new settings, urgent correction in all aspects of life, require innovative technologies and healthy materials (Stankovic, 2007). If we accept the architecture as a ecosystem within the sustainable building, the standard design, construct, use and removal of buildings must be environmentally acceptable. Since architects are expected to design healthy, comfortable and energy efcient buildings, exible in use, and conceptually designed to last for long and pleasant life (Stankovic et al, 2009). Sustainable building today,is correct path in the future, as it seeks to: - To reduce heat loss from the house of improving external thermal protection elements and correct relationship area and volume; - Increase the heat gains favorable orientation of the house and using solar energy; - Use renewable energy in homes (sun, wind, biomass, etc.); - Increase the energy efciency of thermal systems. A signicant segment of the general accepted the philosophy of sustainable development is sustainable construction, which includes: - Use of building materials that are not harmful to man and his environment; - Energy efciency of buildings; - Waste Management of the process of construction, exploitation and removal of buildings.
6 Edwards, B.;Turrent D.:Sustainable Housing.USA,Canada,2000. p.125
SPOFA 2009
55
We should not be a construction expert that we have found a lack of energy efciency in buildingsin BiH, and poor representation of the builders education, in proportion to its signicance. Professional obligation in a period of intensive construction (reconstruction and development), is to professional public know about technological progress in the eld of construction and emphasize the importance of the educational process of architect on researched territory.
4.2. TRADITION AND BIOCLIMATIC ARCHITECTURE
Smarter household than the nature does not exist ... Build effectively protecting resources. (Otto Frei)
Climate changes have signicantly inuenced in all presein thinking about the development of life based on Bioclimate principle, by use of renewable energy from nature. This concept in professional circles is known as bioclimatic architecture, and reects the human desire to establish a balance with the environment (Pucar and others 1994). Connecting the place of life and natural processes, a man returns to nature, of which has substantially alienated. Analysis of trends in contemporary life, resulting in the fact that many architects in solving human needs accept bioclimatic principles. Healthy, comfortable and exible house or sport building in harmony with the environment, is the dream of many people around the world (Stankovic, 2003). Scandinavian model of housing for decades apply environmentally safe natural materials for construction, light colors, with simple lifestyle in accordance with environmentalism. Minimal use of energy, climate and conditions of the environment has enabled the comfort and thermal comfort in interior space, extended life and secure economic gains, a protected nature (Stankovic, 2008). There are numerous examples bioclimatic, passive or active solar houses, environmental - zero and green bulding, construction made of alternative and available materials:dirt, sugar cane, bamboo, etc., which are successfully implemented worldwide. Rich experience of the people of this area in applying of the bioclimatic principles in traditional architecture is a constant inspiration and targeted transformation of contemporary creativity. Culture of living in a traditional house of this area offers ovjekomjeran, rational, but exible, transparent, pleasant and healthy place to live, in terms of timeless human values architecture. Professor Zlatko Ugljen was founded and successfully transformed imperishable values of traditional architecture in wood and adapt to the language of creativity. Unfortunately, the creation of a successful author, isn`t preserved in large part, that is not available to the expert community today. This paper seeks to get it from oblivion and to remind the public to a successful expert work of the author on researched territory, which successfully resisted the international modern style. Emphasizing the positive examples from the environment, we want to point to the actuality, legitimacy and urgency of the application of bioclimatic architecture, but also emphasize the need to introduce a logical passive education standards in the modern builders (Pucar, 2006).
SPOFA 2009
56
4.3. PASSIVE STANDARD
Only the full interaction of the architectural work - environment - nature - a man can provide quality of life worthy of human beings. (Rajvosa.net/lib/sv043.htm)
On the territory of BiH, is currently questioning the quality of construction. Changes and news are hard to accept. Wartime events, the transition, the decline in standards, lack of knowledge, awareness and responsibilities of relevant institutions and individuals, are resulted poor quality energy and environmental building in BiH. The question is: Why passive standard? (Stankovic, 2008b). The answer is simple, therefore that: - Never in the history man has not been so drastically alienated from nature, people and buildings that has built himself; - The initial investment in the passive standard maximum of 5-8% more in total investment, but they quickly pay off (consumes ten times less energy for heating and cooling of the house that currently build, is less than <15 kwh/m2 year) ; - Provides the ability to without draft and pollution ensuring the necessary amount of fresh air and light in space, thus creating the preconditions for the inspiring and creative work - a healthy life; - Is cost-effective, energy efcient, environmentally friendly; - Offers a new dimension of comfort in life and architecture, better comfort with extremely low energy costs By signing the Kyoto7 Protocol, better known to the public as well as agreement on climate protection, most countries in the world (where Bosnia and Hercegovina is a member)8, committed themselves to drastically reduce CO2 emissions into the atmosphere. Passive House is an active climate protection and the practical application of the Kyoto Agreement, because it is economical, energy efcient, affordable fast, environmentally acceptable, and users do not expose energy losses. It ensures a pleasant climate throughout the year, without usual heating system or air-conditioning ( hot and cools passive). The basic principle of passive construction implies: - isolate from outside, - keep the heat inside, - ensure a comfortable interior temperature throughout the year, - controlled ventilation to provide sufcient fresh air and layer houses do air impermeable (absolute tightness)9.
7 The Kyoto Protocol was signed at the third session of the Conference of the member states of the
United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, held 1.-10.12.1997. in Kyoto, Japan. The Protocol entered into force until 16.02.2005. previous ratication of the Protocol by the Russian Federation 18th 11.2004. The importance of the entry into force of the Kyoto Protocol is that it is the rst internationally binding document that Contracting Parties have incorporated into their legislation and respected as postulated in the making of national economic plans and programs. 8 Bosnia and Herzegovina has ratied the Kyoto Protocol, Decision of the Council of Ministers on 22.04.2008. (Ofcial Gazette No. 3 / 08) 9 Air nepropust building is necessary to check before processing the internal space, and by the end of the facade, to any air permeability could sanirati. Experiences from practice show that this is not a problem to achieve the required value of 0.6, because in practice the values obtained from 0.3 to 0.4. Are important details and precision performance. The building is obligatory passive measurement of
SPOFA 2009
57
Current research to promote the passive house advantage for all: - Investors: because the buildings permanently better, the likelihood of occurrence of damage is minimal by removal of thermal bridges; - User: because maintenance costs are reduced to a minimum, the price offered comfort and privacy with a minor, and ensures a high degree of comfort and signicantly improves quality of life; - for contractors: it requires a high quality performance, and it is more prestigious (better paid); - for society and the economy: it increased the demand for long-term used goods leads to stable and additional employment in the country. Passive construction and reconstruction of existing buildings, creating a comfortable, creative and healthier living conditions in sports buildings and settlements. On explored territory, there is noticed the problem of lack of knowledge, knowledge of technologies and materials of appropriate quality, that meet the parameters of the passive construction. Investing in increased energy efciency is the correct approach and a possible way of modern architecture, with the active application of natural materials, protection and preservation of nature. (Stankovi i dr. 2009b) Standby standard meets the needs of users in extreme conditions, allows the creation of successful physical framework for a healthy life and work, ie. needs, demands and habits of modern man today and in the future. The Faculty has a software package for calculation of passive houses (Faist, 2008). Key solutions to the problem is in the education of modern engineers-builders, who can ensure healthy life and creative work of the user by his creation, with continuous pleasant temperature and humidity inside the architecture building.10 5. CONCLUSION
The rights of nature, value and cost of human life on earth is determined basically, its geographical position, it means his relationship to the sun and the sun attitude towards him. (Ivo Andric, signs along the road)
From the analysis in the paper, can be undoubtedly concluded that the way that education of builders,is now an imperative in the creation, from ecological, economic, sports, health and aesthetic aspects. For process of education of great importance is environment in which it is made. Comparative advantage here is that we use the synergy effect of integrated University, creating a creative environment. Work requirements of the community active support in the educational process of the modern architect, for her to turn ensures rapid technological progress, that offers new creative potential and design. Suggests professional public of territory studied to use the comparative advantage of school builder, and to assist in introducing new values in the education process, behaviors, and provide
air throughput, so called. Blower Door Test. Test result must be <0.6 changes (60% of indoor air must pass through the permeable facade seats) per hour at a pressure of 50 Pa, EN 13829th 10 The warm temperatures in the continuous space of 20-23 C, relative humidity 30-50%, the difference in temperature of the wall and the air pleasant 0,5-1 C, and the difference in temperature of air and glass 1-2 C. In addition to interior temperature does not fall under the ever 17 C, ie. No moisture, mold, etc..
SPOFA 2009
58
a model humane life. Distinctive prole experts, the distinctive identity of the school building, which investigated the territory closer to Europe and the world. New educational prole builder makes a persons life more comfortable and izvjesnijim, that enables progress throughout the community, because it is successful and prestigious in the environment. Engineering education is a vital lever of higher education, ie the development and future of the territory explored in many ways depends on the quality of education of engineers. Work is a good basis for dening priority actions in the Strategy of development of education and sport, that is the message the experts, K.N. Sulc interpreted the words: ... We need to nd out where we are and who we are, to our existence that could make sense. Answer at these issues is largely the task of this paper. 5.1. CLOSING REMARKS
It is enough that only a good man doing nothing, and to overcome evil. (Edmund Bruk, Irish politician)
Serve the words eminent protagonists of architectural modernism, Adolf Losa, who says: When it comes to your home, youre right. You and no other (...) Your home will be created at the same time when you, yourself, you will create simultaneously with it. Listen to reason, do not let enthusiasm for education school builder break up and disappears primordial relationship builder, sport and nature in the Serbian and BiH. References Tempus, BH Archicur (2004-2008), Proceedings of the Seminar on Project: Relation: River-Castle-Town, Architecture and Civil Engineering, University of Banja Luka, ISBN 978-99938-616-9-0, Banjaluka (p. 1-140). Stankovi, M. (2004), Spatial - territorial sustainable development and LEAP, manual, Publisher of the Republic of Serbian Literary Association, ISBN 9993833-19-3, Banja Luka (pp. 1-164) Saint-Gobain Isover, (2008), Isover - House with more comfort, Zagreb (pp. 1-145) Stankovi, M. (2007), edition experience builders, a book titled Harmony and conict in space, Issued by Faculty of Architecture, press Grafomark Earthquakes, Banjaluka ISBN 978-99938-616-7-6, (pp. 1 -- 302) Stankovi, M. et al (2009), Energy sustainable building in an effort to protect the health of man and his environment, Proceedings of the scientic and professional conference with international participation, on the theme Protection and Health at Work and Environmental Protection, Institut Publisher protection, ecology and informatics, Banja Luka, (pp. 57-67) Stankovi, M. (2003), edition experience builders, a book titled People of Western architecture in the Republic of Serbian Krajina (end of 19th and beginning of the 20th century), Publisher of the Republic of Serbian Literary Association, the press Grafomark Earthquakes, Banjaluka ISBN 99,938 -3307-x, (pp. 1 to 276)
SPOFA 2009
59
Pucar, M. et al (1994), Bioclimatic planning and design - The zoning parameters, IP Testament, Belgrade, Stankovi, M. (2008), bioclimatic architecture-need-a new paradigm in the Serbian and BiH, Proceedings of the scientic and professional conference with international participation, on the topic Modern technologies for the sustainable development of cities, Issued by the Institute of Protection, Ecology and Informatics, Banja Luka (pp. 41-55) Pucar, M. (2006), bioclimatic architecture - ovjek spaces and passive solar systems, the Institute for Architecture and Urban Planning of Serbia, ISBN 8680329-41-X, Belgrade, (pp. 1 to 245) Stankovi, M. (2008b), Passive-building imperative and a great chance, Technology, Journal of the Association engineers and technicians, Serbia-Our building, number 5, Beograd (str. 1-9) Stankovi, M. et al (2009b), Energy sustainable building in Bosnia-need-vision-an imperative, Proceedings of the fth science - of the conference, with international participation, Publisher Division of building in Banja Luka (pp. 75-88) Feist W. (2008), Passive House Planning Package 2007 - PHPP2007, softerski package, Requirements for Quality Approved Passive Houses, Pasisiv Haus Institut Dr. Wolfgang Feist, Darmstadt. Sources on vebu: www. igpassivhaus.at, www.greenbuilder.com, www.austriasolar.at, www.sto.at, www.daviddarling.info / encyclopedia, www.solution.at / meine-Solaranlage, www.linz.at / solarcity, www. eurosolar.at, www.buildinggreen.com, www.arch.mcgill.ca, www.austriasolar.at, www.arch.mcgill.ca, www.geocities.com, www.aiatopten.org, www.emmingskude.dk. www.msa. ac.uk, www.solarserver.de, www.expeditio.org.
SPOFA 2009
61
Dragica Jevti1, Aleksandar Savi2

(1full professor, Ph.D. B.Sc.M., dragica@imk.grf.bg.ac.rs, 2 teaching fellow,B.Sc., sasha@imk.grf.bg.ac.rs, Faculty of Civil Engineering, Bulevar kralja Aleksandra 73, Beograd, Serbia)
CONCRETE MIX DESIGN FOR AN OPEN AIR SPORT FACILITIES
SUMMARY The mix composition and own experimental investigation results, conducted as preliminary investigations of concrete properties for an open air swimming pool, are presented in the paper. The results include data concerning both compressive and tensile strength, water permeability and shrinkage deformation. In addition, the concrete technology details are presented. Key words: experimental results, strength, concrete technology, water permeability, shrinkage, swimming pool, reinforced concrete.
1. INTRODUCTION Open air swimming pool is 25,58 m wide and 50,61 m in length. From the construction point of view, the pool consists of perimeter (surrounding) reinforced concrete wall structure (containing overow U canal) with its own strip foundation, and a lower slab, fastened to the wall using adequate reinforcement bars (rebars). Lower slab is reinforced with steel wire mesh reinforcement, while the walls are reinforced with smooth rebars. Below all the walls, i.e. their strip foundation, a sub-base made of low grade concrete (concrete class C12/15 and 5 cm thick) is provided. The technology concerning the lower slab includes a sub-base made of low grade concrete (concrete class C12/15 and 7 cm thick) on top of which is reinforced concrete slab (class C30/37, 8 cm thick). Above this slab a hydro insulation system is built and covered with protective layer of low grade concrete (concrete class C12/15 and 5 cm thick). The nal reinforced concrete slab (class C30/37, 10 cm thick) comes on top of this protective slab. Strip foundation is made of concrete class C20/25, and walls from concrete C30/37, according to technical description.
SPOFA 2009
62
Dragica Jevti, Aleksandar Savi
1.1. STARTING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CONCRETE MIX DESIGN
The concrete within walls and reinforced lower slabs has to meet following conditions: minimal class C30/37; water permeability according to DIN 1048: h=4cm; exural strength as high as possible, but not less then fs=2.5 MPa; shrinkage deformation as small as possible. Besides class C20/25 concrete, for the strip foundations and low grade sub-base concrete, no other conditions have to be fullled. Component materials dosage for construction of wall and reinforced lower slab concrete should be chosen according to these conditions: cement has to be either pure Portland cement (CEM I) class 42.5R, or cement based on Portland cement clinker, with maximum 15% of slag; cement dosage must not exceed 360 kg/m3, in order to minimize the effects of concrete shrinkage phenomenon, but, at the same time, to achieve the targeted conditions respecting physical and mechanical properties of concrete, dened above; water dosage must be performed in a way to produce water-cement ratio of approximately 0.40, while constantly controlling the humidity of all fractions of aggregate; targeted consistency of fresh concrete should be achieved by use of admixture type superplasticizer, in addition to the use of prescribed quantity of water, and according to the specic procedure of placing and compacting of fresh concrete; mix composition should be designed in a way to gain the fresh concrete mix, which guarantees that one layer of concrete can be securely placed before the start of binding process in the previously placed concrete; it is advised to wait 3-4 hours before binding process starts, so admixture type retarder also can be used, if needed. 2. PRELIMINARY TESTS
2.1. MIX COMPOSITION AND THE TEST RESULTS
Laboratory tests were conducted on following component materials: - Cement PC 20S 42,5R; - Riverbed type aggregate, divided in three (or four) standard size fractions (0/4; 4/8; 8/16; 16/31 mm); - Superplasticizer admixture; - Waterproong admixture; - City water supply water; There were two mix types of concrete made for this sport facilities swimming pool structure. Concrete type 1 was designed with all four size fractions of aggregate (the largest grain size is D=31mm), while the type 2 concrete had aggregate consisting of three fractions (D=16mm).
SPOFA 2009
63
The consistency of fresh concrete was targeted to be equivalent to consistency of concrete suitable for pumping. Simultaneous use of two chemical admixtures was necessary, in order to achieve conditions given earlier in the paper, regarding compressive and tensile strength, water permeability and maximum quantity of shrinkage deformation. One superplasticizer and one waterproong admixture were used. These two admixtures were compatible with each other, and the chosen type of cement. Concrete mix composition of these two types of concrete is shown in Table 1, and their mechanical properties are shown in Table 2. Both admixtures used in presented mixes were liquid. Their quantities are shown in Table 1, too. As it can be observed from this Table, uid/cement ratio is shown; this ratio represents liquid phase (water + admixtures) in comparison to cement mass. Table 1. Mix composition of two mixtures of concrete suitable for pumping Component Cement PC 20S 42,5R (kg/m3) Aggregate (kg/m3) 0/4 4/8 8/16 16/31 Water Water/cement ratio Admixtures (sum - kg/m3) Superplasticizer Waterproong admixture Liquid phase Fresh state concrete density (kg/m3) Slump test result (cm) Table 2. Compressive strength test results Concrete type 1 Average 2 Average Compressive strength (MPa) 7 days 28 days 38.2 49.5 39.0 49.9 38.1 50.5 38.43 49.96 36.2 54.5 37.0 53.9 36.8 53.8 36.67 54.05 Strength ratio Type 1 360 1968 590 354 394 630 130 0.36 12.25 5.25 7.00 0.406 2470 9-10 Type 2 380 1895 769 493 606 152 0.400 13.3 5.7 7.6 0.435 2440 10-11
0.770
0.678
SPOFA 2009
64
It is obvious that, although these were concrete mixes with slump values between 9 and 11 cm (which is the requirement for concrete suitable for pumping), these mixtures showed high mechanical properties (compressive strength 50-54 MPa) with the use of reasonable quantities of cement (360-380 kg/m3). Water penetration levels, according to DIN 1048, were 2.2 cm (in specimens made of concrete type 1) and 2.1 cm (concrete type 2), which are much lower values then the required ones. Water penetration height is shown in Fig. 1.
Figure 1: Water penetration height measurement Average values of exural strength were 7.3 MPa (type 1 concrete specimens) and 6.7 MPa (type 2 concrete specimens) according to the Serbian standard SRPS U.M1.010. Shrinkage deformations were examined on prism shaped (12x12x36cm) specimens, cured according to SRPS U.M1.029 standard. It means that these specimens were cured in humid space, during rst 24 hours, and in water, during next 48 hours. After this period (72 hours) specimens were taken out of the water. After 28 days, shrinkage deformation amounted to 0.38 mm/m for the type 1 concrete, and 0.42 mm/m for the type 2 concrete.
SPOFA 2009
65
3. CONCRETE WORKS The concrete works should be done in a way to: enable the execution of the whole lower slab in one piece, with no discontinuities, starting from the central part (shorter axis of symmetry) and make progress on both sides simultaneously; within this activity, the lower parts of the walls should also be executed, according to the Fig. 2 (hatched parts concrete class C35/45); enable the simultaneous execution of the foundation strips and walls of the swimming pool, starting from the one corner and proceeding in both directions with the same pace; enable the execution of all of the concrete works in phases, i.e. layers, dened in Fig. 2 and Fig. 3; extensions of concrete works must enable good connection between the old and new concrete layer, whereby adequate coatings should be applied, declared for such purpose; in particular places, shown in Figures 2 and 3, preformed joint seals must be used, which imply adequate preparation of the old concrete surface, before the application of new concrete. Curing of the concrete must be done by intensive wetting, during at least 14 days. After the end of concrete works on lower slabs and walls, curing water should be poured in a tub made that way. 4. NECESSARY CONSTRUCTION MEASURES In order to eliminate the presence of cracks from shrinkage deformation of reinforced concrete walls of the swimming pool, a prestressing measure is strongly recommended. With respect to this, in every wall 5 cables 67mm (IMS prestressing system) should be tightened. This implies putting adequate protective tubes together with cables, as well as their xing in positions dened in Figure 4, all before the start of concrete works. These are all linear cables, ending with type C outer anchors, as shown in quoted Figure. Tension of the cables is done in phases, starting already after 3 days after the end of concrete works in walls. 5. CONCLUSION Based on laboratory investigations, it can be concluded that concrete mixes designed for this sport facilities swimming pool construction satisfy all the necessary conditions, both in fresh and hardened state. Therefore, this concrete may be used in structure elements of open air swimming pool, where water permeability is of key importance. This refers to both type 1 and type 2 concrete.
SPOFA 2009
66
Simultaneous use of two admixtures one superplasticizer and one waterproong admixture enabled achieving consistency convenient for pumpable concrete. Selecting the proper aggregate curves, then quantities of cement and water for concrete, with respect to the basic rules of theory and concrete technology, predetermined desired properties of concrete for this swimming pool structure can be achieved, as it is presented here. Correct concreting procedure, in phases, is high priority in structures of this kind, in order to avoid appearance of cracks, and other defects in concrete. In this paper, particular attention is paid to these problems. References M. Muravljov, M. (1991). Osnovi teorije i tehnologije betona, Graevinski fakultet, Graevinska knjiga, Beograd. ivkovi, S., Muravljov, M., Jevti, D. (1997). Design of concrete mixes and concrete works for water tower Letnjikovac in Sabac, 7th International Symposium of the Macedonian Association of Structural Engineers, Ohrid, Macedonia, Proceedings, Volume 3, pp. 29-1-29-8. Muravljov, M., Jevti, D., Zaki, D. (1999). The inuence of thermo-hygrometric curing conditions on certain mechanical properties of concrete, International Symposium MASE, Ohrid, Makedonija, Ohrid, Zbornik radova, BK20-BK26, Volume 1. Muravljov, M., Jevti, D. (2000). Properties of fresh concrete depending on type of cement, presence of superplasticizer and temperature, 2nd International Conference of the Chemical Societes of the South-Eastern European Countries, Chemical Sciences for Sustainable Development, book of abstracts, Halkidiki, Greece.
SPOFA 2009
67
Figure 2. Swimming pool - concrete works phases
SPOFA 2009
68
Figure 3. Layout of concrete works order within phase IV (and I)
SPOFA 2009
69
Figure 4. Prestressing cables in the X and Y directions
SPOFA 2009
71
Gregor Jurak
University of Ljubljana, Faculty of Sport, Ljubljana, Slovenia
EFFECTS OF THE NATIONAL PROGRAMME OF SPORT ON CONSTRUCTION OF SPORTS FACILITIES IN SLOVENIA

INTRODUCTION Lifestyle changes in developed countries are manifested in increased skin fold (Strel et al., 2004a), larger number of overweight people (Strauss & Pollack, 2001; Wedderkopp et al., 2004; Currie et al., 2004; Strel et al., 2004a) and in the decrease of the motor potential of population, particularly in endurance and strength (Beunen et al., 1992; Strel et al., 2004a). Increased body mass in past years has not resulted in a proportionate increase of aerobic capacity (Armstrong & Welsman, 1994); consequently the ndings also reveal decrease of results in activities, which require body mass movement (Wedderkopp et al., 2004; Strel et al., 2004a). These trends add to the risk factors for cardiovascular diseases, which are one of the most frequent reasons of mortality. Several longitudinal studies (Andersen, Henckel, & Saltin, 1989; Kemper et al., 1999) point to an important mutual inuence of the effects of risk factors, whereas the effect of isolated factors is smaller (Brettschneider et al., 2004). One of the very important risk factors for cardiovascular diseases and lifestyle in general is sports participation of population (Brettschneider et al., 2004; Strel et al., 2004a). Research ndings reveal a range of correlations between sports participation and a variety of factors, one of them being material environment. Sallis, Prochaska &Taylor (2000) have reviewed many comparable studies and found that there is a consistent positive inuence of possibilities for sports activity onto sports participation. In keeping with the afrmed inuence of material environment, the strategies for the encouragement of physical and sports activity should include measures from the sphere of sports facilities management. Slovenia has in 2000 endorsed a ten-year National Programme of Sport, which has included planning and construction of new and renovation of existing sports facilities and their management and maintenance as one of the priority developmental tasks. The initial starting points of the national programme of sport dene that a suitable sports activity in the clubs and schools require more suitable standards and norms, prescribing the construction of sports facilities, their maintenance and equipping. This will underpin the planning of sports-technological development, which will ensure quality sports facilities and consequently more modern sports supply. National programme of sport paid particular attention to the construction and managing of multi-purpose sports facilities and supporting infrastructure. National programme of sport emphasised the utilisation of sports facilities in schools, also for the needs of pupils, parents and clubs outside of school working days, particularly at weekends and
SPOFA 2009
72
Gregor Jurak
during the holidays. Namely, this would create connection in the sport of family, school and clubs. Sports recreational facilities should be available to all categories of population. Accordingly, the entire sports representation and sports awareness should also transpire in the organized natural space for sports purposes. The use of nature as the largest sports area requires not only the attitude towards the built facilities, but also to naturally given area. On the basis of starting points of the national programme of sport, short term (until 2001), medium term (until 2004) and long term (until 2010) guidelines in the eld of sports facility construction have been identied (see Tables 1-3). These guidelines should have been fullled with the following expert tasks in the eld of planning and construction of new and renovation of existing sports facilities and their management and maintenance (National programme of sport, 2000, pp. 52-53): spatial planning and regulation for sports activities being a full part of the National Spatial Planning of the Republic of Slovenia, introduction of standards, principles and recommendations for the planning, construction, equipment and maintenance of sport facilities advisory work in the area of investments in sports facilities and their equipment introduction of Sports Facilities Network, construction of sports facilities adequate for all categories of users, development of sports assets and equipment, offering advice and assistance in the management of sports facilities covering sports services, maintenance and running of the facility, maintenance of the functional premises, protection of residential environment and all related services, maintenance of public sports facilities. For the planned annual construction of 25.000 m2 of sports facilities, the funds in the amount of 9.000.000 EUR should have been provided from the following sources: budgetary funds of Ministry of Education and Sport (MOES) planned for sport in the amount of 4.000.000 EUR, budgetary funds of local communities for the construction of sports standard in the amount of 5.000.000 EUR, budgetary funds of MOES for the investments into school sports standard, investment funds of the Foundation for Sport1 budgetary funds of local communities for school sports standard, other sources. The approaching end of the ten-year National programme of sport (year 2010) sets questions to the decision-makers about its success and efciency. The answers are particularly important for the preparation of the future national programme of sport. Therefore, the present article presents an analysis of the realisation of the national programme in the area of sports facility construction, which is nearing its nal stages.
1 Foundation for sport manages the concessionary gambling taxes.
SPOFA 2009
EFFECTS OF THE NATIONAL PROGRAMME OF SPORT ON CONSTRUCTION OF SPORTS FACILITIES...
73
METHODOLOGY In relation to the problem in hand, both qualitative (verifying measures) and quantitative (verifying effects) methods were used. The realisation of strategic measures was analysed on the basis of carried out activities, which are recorded in several documents (Regulations about keeping the registry of sports facilities, 1999; Regulations about the criteria for nancing the realisation of annual sports programme on a national level, 2005 2009; Auditory report Who and how fulls public interest in the eld of sport, 2006; After auditory report about correctional measures of the Ministry of education and sport, 2007; Regulations about keeping registry according to the Law of sport, 2008; Realisation of annual plans of sport 2004 2007, 2009) and own knowledge of the topic. The effects of national measures were analysed on the basis of data from Ministry of education and sport and all the local communities about the investments into sports facilities (Registry of sports facilities, 2009), data about the Gross Domestic Product (Statistical Ofce of RS, 2009) and the ndings about sports activity of the population (Petrovi et al., 2001; Sila, 2006; 2009) and expenditure of population for sport (Bednarik, Jurak, Kolenc, & Kolar, 2008). Simple statistical parameters of these data were used to present summary results. Limitations to the analysis derive from established measures and collected data about the effects of these measures. Namely, some of the measures do not have clear goals and as such are not measurable. Data about the effects are limited with the quality of collected data, as certain data were not systematically collected and analysed throughout the entire period. RESULTS Table 1: Short term guidelines of the National Programme of Sport in the area of sports facility construction until 2001 and their realisation
Guideline To increase the dynamic of sports facilities construction for 10%. To introduce the standardisation of sports facilities and sports equipment. To adopt new standards for school sports facilities. Realisation It was not possible to assess a goal, as the initial status was not known. It was not realised on the level of regulation. It was not realised on the level of regulation in the eld of sport, but on a level of recommended sports standard within the criteria for nancing from national sports budget. The regulation about criteria (2009) sets 0.3 m2 of indoor sports facility and 3 m2 of outdoor sports facility per person. Ministry keeps the Registry of sports facilities (Regulation about keeping of registries, 2008), however, it is not utilised to the point of allowing analytical review of the network of sports facilities, which would allow the formation of suggestions for construction of suitable sports facilities and surfaces. Mostly realised through the procedures of public nancing.
To set up the network or sports facilities and to respect the standards of international and national sports federations.
To implement the graded control over the projects and sports-technological examinations based on qualied standards.
SPOFA 2009
74
To determine the ownership or sports facilities.
Gregor Jurak
To implement the real amortisation and efcient management of the facilities.
To revitalise sports facilities.
Non-existence of registries resulted in the risk of non-realisation of goal as well as in risk for privatisation of sports facilities not being in accordance with the regulations (Auditory report Who and how fulls public interest in the eld of sport, 2006). The most disputable was a privatisation of the real estate of former club Partizan Slovenije (After auditory report about correctional measures of the Ministry of education and sport, 2007), which was carried out before the implementation of the Law of sport (1998). Not realised on the level of regulation or systematic measures. There are no data about the efciency of facility management; the examples of deterioration of facilities indicate the risk that the goal was not achieved. No suitable data for assessing the realisation of goal.
Table 2: Medium term guideline of the National Programme of Sport in the area of sports facility construction until 2004 and their realisation
Guideline To implement a rational network of sports facilities providing possibilities of quality and complete sports preparation and training. Realisation Goal cannot be assessed, as there is no a complete review of the network of sports facilities. There is a risk that a goal has not been realised, as the majority of national programmes are being realised by local communities (see Figure 2) mainly according to the own local interests. Suggestions are given with limitations of working of the Registry of sports facilities. A summary review of indoor and outdoor sports facilities has been done according to regions and local communities (see Table 4). The realisation of guideline could not be assessed.
To prepare the proposal of sports facilities construction based on the network of sports facilities and sports spaces.
To take care of a sensible organisation of areas dedicated to sports activities with the help of the responsible ministries and other ecologically aware individuals and groups. To construct and reconstruct 25,000 m2 of sports facilities annually (0.0126 m2 per capita).
Goal is achieved (see Table 4).
SPOFA 2009
75
Table 3: Long term guideline of the National Programme of Sport in the area of sports facility construction until 2010 and their realisation
Guideline The usage of nature as the biggest sports area. Realisation The realisation of goal could not be assessed; there is a possibility that the goal was achieved. This is implied by the increase of sports participation of the population, particularly in a non-organised way, which has doubled in the period 20012008 (see Table 4). Goal has been achieved for outdoor sports facilities, but not for indoor sports facilities (see Figure 1).
The establishment of sports facility network and sports areas for the purpose or all categories of population (providing 0.5 m2 of indoor and 3 m2 of outdoor area for sports activities per capita).
Gradual construction in Slovenia has by 2008 formed a network of sports facilities, which ensures 0.33 m2 of indoor and 3.48 m2 of outdoor sports facilities per capita (see Figure 1).
Figure 1: Sports facilities per capita in Slovenia (2002-2008) Source: Registry of sports facilities, 2002-2008
SPOFA 2009
76
Gregor Jurak
Table 4: Increase of sports facilities in Slovenia

Indoor facilities Outdoor facilities Total increase in m2 increase in m2/ capita 1.07 0.64 0.18 0.05 -0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01
Year
m2
m2/capita 0.09 0.22 0.27 0.3 0.31 0.31 0.32 0.32 0.33 0.33
m2 2.796.046 4.575.725 5.833.069 6.122.564 6.182.007 6.156.576 6.180.392 6.209.900 6.221.772 6.225.748
m2/capita
m2
m2/capita 1.5
1975 179.219 1991 426.183 1995 537.360 2002 593.979 2003 613.779 2004 612.664 2005 628.454 2006 640.414 2007 647.905 2008 655.107
1.41 2.975.265 2.35 5.001.908 2.94 6.370.429 3.09 6.716.543 3.12 6.795.786 3.11 6.769.241 3.12 6.808.847 3.14 6.850.315 3.15 6.869.678 3.15 6.880.856
2.57 2,026,643 3.21 1,368,521 3.39 3.44 3.42 3.44 3.46 3.47 3.48 346,114 79,243 -26,545 39,606 41,468 19,363 11,178
Source: Leskovec, 1999; Registry of sports facilities, 2002-2008
An average annual increase of the area of sports facilities between 2002 and 2008 amounted to 27.386 m2 or 0.014 m2 per capita (see Table 4). Despite the increased public nancing of indoor facilities (see Figure 3), the increase of the area of indoor and outdoor facilities is similar (see Figure 1). Discrepancy in the values of 2003 is a result of lump sum of special facilities (hippodromes, military facilities) in the mentioned year.
Figure 2: Financing of sports facility construction from the National Programme of sport
SPOFA 2009
77
In year 2007, 65,133 million EUR were spent for the construction of the network of sports facilities (see Figure 2). Local communities have contributed 78.6% of the money, 10.9% of the money came from European structural funds, whereas Foundation of sport and the state budget for sport contributed 6.1% and 4.4% respectively. In recent years, local communities have signicantly increased the expenditure for construction of sports facilties. In the 2005 2007 period in average 1,992 EUR of public nances has been spent on a square meter of sports facilities.
Figure 3: Public nancing of sports facilities according to the purpose of facility in the period 1994 2003 Approximately a half of public nances were intended for investments into sports halls and gyms (see Figure 3). The gure clearly reveals the intention for increased public nancing of indoor sports facilities, related to the educational system.
SPOFA 2009
78
Gregor Jurak
Figure 4: A comparison of the changes in the area of sports facilities and sportingly active population The proportion of sportingly active population and the area of sports facilities have been increasing in similar fashion, which points to the correlation of these two variables (see Figure 4). The identical direction of correlation with sports facilities has also been noticed with non-organised regular sports recreation, which has been to a great extent carried out on natural sports facilities.
Figure 5: A comparison of the changes in the volume of sports facilities and the GDP per capita Positive correlation has also been noticed between the area of sports facilities and the GDP per capita (see Figure 5) and with the expenditure of population for sport.
SPOFA 2009
79
DISCUSSION General evaluation of the success of the National Programme for Sport, related to the sports facility construction, can be seen as positive. Planned goals were mostly achieved and were in the nancial terms signicantly exceeded. An estimated annual construction of 25.000 m2 of sports facilities was achieved (see Table 4); nevertheless, approximately six times the expected amount of public nances, which was planned at 9 million EUR, has been required. All public sources have contributed additional nances, particularly the local communities, who were also bearing the largest investment share. One of the reasons for the increase of construction in the local communities in the recent years is also drawing of funds from European structural funds. Beside the positive effects, this can also have negative effects, when the investments are not thoroughly calculated from the aspect of all risks. Namely, such sports facilities could represent a large burden on local budgets for decades to come. Differences between the planned and realised investments can be explained with a too low initial evaluation of investments in the national programme and with a signicant increase of the construction costs in the studied period. The latter arguments should lead to discussion about the rationalisation of costs through standardisation of sports facility construction of certain types, e.g. school sports halls, sports halls, outside sports for all islands etc. At the end of the ten-year period it can be assessed that decent infrastructure conditions for sports activity, particularly within the primary education, have been provided. Correlation between the increased number of sportingly active population and the area of sports facilities indicate that the measures of sports facility construction, intended to full strategic goals for increased number of sportingly active people, have been well set. Unfortunately, data do not allow the examination of the effects of the measures of sports facility construction on the goals from the elite sport segment. Some analysis by individual sports disciplines (Jurak, Kova, Strel, 2002; Registry of sports facilities 20022008) indicate that certain sports have gained suitable training facilities (i.e. swimming, handball, football), whilst others did not (gymnastics). The review of implementation of guidelines (see Tables 1-3) indicates the weakness in the realisation of measures, which dene qualitative aspect of sports facility construction: spatial planning in the environment, setting the initial norms for construction, equipment and maintenance of facilities etc. The reasons mostly lie in the difculties for cooperation of building and sports profession. From the informational point of view it can be concluded that the Registry of sports facilities does not provide sufcient analytical data for the formation of suggestions of suitable sports facilities. The important reason can be seen in the disintegration of informational system due to the termination of Slovenian Public Institute for Sport. It is of essence to set up basic informational infrastructure, which will allow the monitoring of the implementation of goals of the future national programme. According to the presented analysis (see Tables 1-3), the goals and measures will have to be more clearly set as well as measurable and will require initial values, which will enable the evaluation of progress. On the basis of the present national programme it is suggested that the strategic goal of the new national programme in the area of sports facility construction is following: up-
SPOFA 2009
80
Gregor Jurak
grading of the network of sports facilities and surfaces. This goal should be, according to the measures presented in the rest of the study, evaluated with the following indicators: the area of indoor and outdoor sports facilities utilisation of sports facilities length of marked pathways in nature energetic inefciency of sports facilities the number of Olympic and regional sports centres and sports centres per discipline the amount of voluntary work in the clubs at the construction and renovation of sports facilities the proportion of sportingly active people the proportion of professionally trained managerial staff of sports facilities. The starting points for determination of public interest of sport in the area of sports facility construction is presented below. The increase of the number and quality of sports facilities, available free of charge. This starting point is important for several reasons. Firstly, sports infrastructure, available near the place of residence and free of charge, is a foundation for the sports participation of people. The proportion of sportingly active women in Slovenia is signicantly increasing. This increase in the sports participation of women has an important effect on the participation of children in sport, as Slovenian women have a dominant inuence on the formation of a family pattern of sports activity (Doupona, 1996). The formation of such pattern depends on the conditions for its creation and the available sports facilities play an important part; this argument is supported by data, revealing that the proportion of sportingly active people increases particularly due to non-organised types of sports participation (Kova et al., 2005; Sila, 2009) and with the amount of sports facilities (see Figure 4). Secondly, the availability of sports facilities is a social corrective, enabling all social segments to participate in sport. Thirdly, socialising role of sport in modern multicultural society is important, as Slovenia will in future have to face increased economic migration due to favourable economic forecasts. The free of charge availability of sports facilities could contribute to faster socialisation of immigrants. Fourthly, regarding the sports participation of high school pupils, a worrying decrease has been noticed (Jurak et al., 2003; Strel, Kova, & Jurak, 2004). Namely, these young people wish to practise without adult supervision late in the afternoon or in the evening hours (Jurak et al., 2003) and the tutorial type of practising can be carried out on precisely such sports facilities. Upgrading such infrastructure are professionally led programmes of higher quality that ensure regular sports activity. Cooperation between educational system in the construction and the use of sport facilities. The largest proportion of sports programmes in Slovenia is carried out in educational system (66%). Slovenia is at the top of Europe, when considering the volume of mandatory sports programmes (Hardman, 2002), and when considering the quality of curricular and extracurricular programmes (Jurak et al., 2003; Strel et al., 2004). Particularly the construction of multi-purpose sports facilities requires careful planning for the inclusion of school programmes, as it ensures the stability of income for such sports facilities. When constructing school sports facilities, it has to be understood that these facilities represent
SPOFA 2009
81
a foundation for out of school sports participation. Therefore, the mechanisms, encouraging the facility construction in accordance with sports standards2, have to be set in place. Furthermore, it has to be understood that school sports facilities are being used by pupils, parents and clubs also outside of school working days. In this way a suitable utilisation of sports facilities and consequently their economic efciency will be ensured. Spatial planning of sports facilities and paths to school. The increase of real estate prices in larger cities and towns has resulted in at times thoughtless construction, which has worsened ease of access to sports facilities. The increase of trafc has due to protective behaviour of parents additionally decreased everyday mobility of children, also on sports facilities. Accordingly, the cooperation with competent body for spatial planning and trafc safety should lead to strategic inclusion of sports facilities and paths to school into the construction plans of local communities. Particularly paths to school should guarantee safe walking, cycling, roller skating or push biking. The improvement of planning possibilities for training and competitions of Slovenian sportsmen, as the elite sports results have positive effects on sports activity of people (Bednarik, Petrovi, 1998) and the national identication of Slovenian people (Kova et al., 2005). The residents of Slovenia rarely nd time to visit sports competitions (Kova et al., 2005); therefore, this type of income of sports organisations is relatively low in comparison to other countries (Bednarik & Kline, 1997; Jot et al., 1999). As a result, from the point of view of public nances, it is more reasonable to nance Olympic and regional sports centres as well as sports centres for specic sports. They should be sensibly connected with existent sports facilities of educational system and other facilities. Introduction of sustainable management of sports facilities. Although there is no review of energetic inefciency of sports facilities available, the experience of maintenance and the development of energetic solutions indicate that there are considerable possibilities for more sustainable maintenance of facilities. Examples of good practice reveal that suitable knowledge of management (Fisher, Carty, 2008; Jurak, Kolar, Hren, Bednarik, Plestenjak, 2008) and incentives from the system enable the set up of such management of sports facility, which beside the economic aspect also includes social development and environmental protection. New legislature on construction of facilities (Regulations about the efcient use of energy in buildings, 2008) places Slovenia among the countries with strong care about the efcient use of energy in buildings. Management of sports facilities sets practical requirements for the use of energy-efcient equipment, efcient insulation of buildings as a primary measure and the inclusion of mandatory use of reusable sources of energy in order to ensure suitable energetic portfolio of the building. However, establishing such management requires development of such human resources. In relation to sustainable management, an improvement of the construction quality and sports technological equipment of sports facilities is also required. At the moment the construction, renovation and the investment maintenance of public sports facilities are too often inuenced by the lowest bid, which often does not follow trends of long lasting development. Frequently, sports technological equipment of sports facility becomes an issue, as poor cooperation of building and sport profession result in numerous non-functional solutions.
2 In this case the requirements of international sports federations rae not the most important, but rather the adequate size and quality of sports surfaces, equipment, tools and apparatus.
SPOFA 2009
82
Gregor Jurak
Encouraging private investments into the construction of sports facilities. Forecasts report that after the current crisis 4-5% growth of Slovenian GNP will continue. Due to larger number of regularly sportingly active people, a market for sports services will continue to expand in various forms and connections with other branches (tourism, health, education, entertainment). Before the economic crisis, the share of sportingly active tourists in Slovenian has risen from 8% to 13% of all tourists (Slak, 2007). This will facilitate a variety of business opportunities, related to investments in sports facilities, which will be realised only with suitable models of private-public partnerships due to insufcient public resources. Such partnerships should help in construction of sports facilities for fullling public interest. Resolve the ownership of sports facilities. Some sports facilities are deteriorating, as the ownership situation has not been resolved yet, thus preventing future investments. Table 5: Suggested activities within of the measures of future national programme for sport the increase of the number and quality of free of charge available sports facilities
Project or activity 1. to set up efcient overview of the network of sports facilities and surfaces 2. to establish coordination between competent bodies for sport, education and spatial planning in order to solve the problem of spatial inclusion of sports facilities and school roads 3. To standardise construction of some sports facilities and to encourage their construction with public co-nancing (sport for all islands, running paths etc.) Deadline for realisation 2011 Expected amount of nancial resources 2011: 50.000 Relation between co-nancers M sport 100%
2011-2020
2011: 10.000 2012-2020: estimated annual growth of 5 percentage points
M sport 34% MOP 33% M primary education 33%
2011-2020
2011: 250.000 (standardised projects) 2012: 2 million EUR (construction) 2013-2020: estimated annual growth 20 percentage points 2011: 30 million
M sport 9% ESS 8% FO 8% Local communities 75%
4. co-nancing of various types of free of charge available sports facilities in urban areas
2011-2020
2012-2020: estimated annual growth of 5 percentage points
Local communities 78% M sport 4% ESS 4% FO 4%
SPOFA 2009
83
5. to set up evaluation of voluntary work in construction and renovation of sports facilities of clubs and to recognise this share in public nancing 6. development of workforce for enduring management
2011: 10.000 2011
M sport 50% FO 50%
2011-2020
2011: 20.000 2012-2020: estimated annual growth of 5 percentage points
M sport 9% ESS 8% FO 8%
Abbreviation key: M Ministry of education and sport; MOP Ministry of the environment and spatial planning; FO Foundation of sport; ESS European structural funds
On the basis of described starting points, a proposal for strategic plan for the creation of a new national programme for sport for the period 2011-2020 in the area of sports facility construction has been prepared. Table 5 presents a segment of the planning for one of such measures the increase of the number and quality of free of charge available sports facilities. References Andersen, B. L., Henckel, P., & Saltin, S. (1989). Risk factors for cardiovascular disease in 16 19 year-old teenagers. Journal of Internal Medicine, 225, 157 163. Armstrong, N., & Welsman, J. (1994). Assessment and interpretation of aerobic function in children and adolescents. Exercise and Sport Sciences Reviews, 22, 435476. Bednarik, J. & Petrovi, K. (1998). Transparentnost funkcije sporta za gledatelje i za aktivno ukljuene u sportsku rekreaciju (Sluaj Slovenije). [Transparency of the function of sport for spectators and participants in sport (example of Slovenia)] Zagreb: Kineziologija 30 (1), 51-54. Bednarik, J., Jurak, G., Kolenc, M., Kolar, E. (2008). Analysis of the income structure of sports organisations and the expenditure of the Slovenian population for sport as a possible research approach to economic aspects of sport. In D. Milanovi, F. Prot (eds.), Proceedings book of 5th International Scientic Conference on Kinesiology, Zagreb (pp. 320-329). Zagreb: Faculty of Kinesiology, University of Zagreb. Bednarik, J., Kline, M. (1997). Gibalna dejavnost ter nekatere znailnosti TV gledalcev in obiskovalcev portnih prireditev - dogodkov. [Motor activity and some characteristics of TV viewers and spectators of sports events] V B. Sila, F. Ambroi (ur.). Gibalna aktivnost odraslih prebivalcev Republike Slovenije (pp. 26-50). Ljubljana: Fakulteta za port, Intitut za kineziologijo. Beunen, G., Lefevre, J., Claessens, A. L., Lysens, R., Maes, H., Renson, R. et al. (1992). Age-specic correlations analyses of longitudinal physical tness in men. European Journal of Applied Physiology and Occupational Physiology. 64, 538545.
SPOFA 2009
84
Gregor Jurak
Brettschneider, W. D., Naul, R., Armstrong, N., Diniz, H. A., Froberg, K., Laakso, L. et al. (2004). Study on young peoples lifestyle and sedentariness and the role of sport in the context of education and as a means of restoring the balance. Final report. Paderborn: EC, Directorate-General for Education and Culture, Unit Sport. Bruto domai proizvod, letni podatki [Gross domestic product, annual data] (2009). Statistini urad RS. Retrieved September 10, 2009 from: http://www.stat. si/tema_ekonomsko_nacionalni_bdp1.asp Currie, C., Roberts, C., Morgan, A., Smith, R., Settertobulte, W., Samdal, O. et al. (2004). Young peoples health in context. Health behaviour in school-aged children (HBSC) study: international report from the 2001/2002 survey. (Health policy for children and adolescents, no. 4). Copenhagen: World Health Organization Regional Ofce for Europe. Doupona, M. (1996). Socialno demografska struktura mater in oetov oloobveznih otrok in njihov odnos do porta. [Socio-demographic structure of mothers and fathers of children in compulsory education and their attitude towards sport] Doktorska disertacija, Ljubljana: Fakulteta za port. Fisher, K., Carty, C. (2008). Sustainable Purchasing Practices in Sports Facilities; guidelines for tendering, ordering, handling products and services. Kildare: ILAM Ireland. Hardman, K. (2002). European Physical Education/Sport Survey. Report on Summary of Findings. 16th Informal Meeting of European Sport Ministers, Warshaw, Poland, 12-13 September 2002. Strasbourg: Council of Europe, Committee for the Development of Sport. Jot, B. et al. (1999). Analiza spremljanja portnih panog v Sloveniji. [An analysis of monitoring sports in Slovenia] Ljubljana: Fakulteta za port. Jurak, G. et al. (2003). Sports Activities of Slovenian Children and Young People during their Summer Holidays. Ljubljana: Faculty of Sport. Jurak, G., Kolar, E., Hren, T., Bednarik, J., Plestenjak, M. (2008). Construction, redevelopment, modernization - sustainable planning of investments in sports facilities. Ljubljana: Olimpijski komite Slovenije. Jurak, G., Kova, M., Strel, J. (2002). Bazenska kopalia v Sloveniji. [Swimming pools in Slovenia] Ljubljana: Zavod za port Slovenije. Kemper, H. C., Post, G. B., Twisk, J. W., & Van Mechelen, W. (1999). Lifestyle and obesity in adolescent and young adulthood: results from Amsterdam Growth and Health Longitudinal Study (AGAHLS). International Journal of Obesity Related Metabolic Disorders, 23 (Suppl. 3), 3440. Kova, M., Starc, G., Doupona Topi, M. (2005). port in nacionalna identikacija Slovencev. [Sport and national identication of Slovenian people] Ljubljana: Fakulteta za port. Leskovec, B. (1999). port v prostoru [Sport in space]. Ljubljana: Ministrstvo za okolje in prostor, Urad RS za prostorsko planiranje. National Programme of Sport in the Republic of Slovenia. (2000). Ljubljana: Ministry of Education and Sport.
SPOFA 2009
85
Petrovi, K., Ambroi, F., Bednarik, J., Beri, H., Sila, B., Doupona Topi, M. (2001). portnorekreativna dejavnost v Sloveniji 2000 [Sports-recreational activity in Slovenia for year 2000]. port, 49(3), 1-48. Porevizijsko poroilo o popravljalnih ukrepih Ministrstva za olstvo in port [After auditory report about correctional measures of the Ministry of education and sport] (2007). Raunsko sodie RS. Retrieved September 10, 2009 from: http://www. rs-rs.si/rsrs/rsrs.nsf/I/K58AA0A7169CFD9C0C1257302004A94BD?openDoc ument&appSource=91F2455D38551D7CC1257155004755A7 Pravilnik o merilih za sonanciranje izvajanja letnega programa porta na dravni ravni [Regulations about the criteria for nancing of realisation of annual sports programme on a national level] (2009). Uradni list RS, t. 120/2005, 6/2007. Pravilnik o uinkoviti rabi energije v stavbah (2008). [Regulations about the efcient use of energy in buildings] Uradni list RS, t. 93/08, 47/09. Pravilnik o vodenju razvida portnih objektov [Regulations about keeping the registry of sports facilities] (1999). Uradni list RS, t. 50/1999. Pravilnik o vodenju razvidov po zakonu o portu [Regulations about keeping registry according to the Law of sport] (2008). Uradni list RS, t. 108/2008. Realizacija letnih programov porta od leta 2004 do 2007 [Realisation of annual plans of sport 2004 - 2007] (2009). Ljubljana: Ministrstvo za olstvo in port, Direktorat za port. Revizijsko poroilo Kdo in kako uresniuje javni interes na podroju porta [Auditory report Who and how fulls public interest in the eld of sport] (2006). Raunsko sodie RS. Retrieved September 10, 2009 from: http://www.rs-rs.si/rsrs/rsrs. nsf/I/K6839064D85DC587BC12571A80042737B?openDocument&appSourc e=91F2455D38551D7CC1257155004755A7 Sallis, J. F., Prochaska, J. J., & Taylor, W. C. (2000). A review of correlates of physical activity of children and adolescents. Medicine and Science in Sport and Exercise, 32(5), 963975. Sila, B. (2007). Leto 2006 in 16. tudija o portnorekreativni dejavnosti Slovencev: Pogostost portne aktivnosti in dele portno aktivnega prebivalstva. [Year 2006 and the 16th study on the sport and recreational activity of Slovenians]. port, 55(3), 3-11. Sila, B. (2009). Pogostost portne aktivnosti in dele aktivnega prebivalstva v letu 2008. [Frequency of sports participation and proportion of active population in 2008] Ljubljana: Fakulteta za port, Univerza v Ljubljani. Slak, N. (2007). Primernost turistine ponudbe za povpraevanje portno aktivnega turista primer Slovenije. [Suitability of tourist supply for a demand of sportingly active tourist example of Slovenia] Ljubljana: Ekonomska fakulteta. Strauss, R. S., & Pollack, H. A. (2001). Epidemic in childhood overweight. Journal of the American Medical Association, 28452848. Strel, J., Kova, M., & Jurak, G. (2004). Study on young peoples lifestyles and sedentariness and the role of sport in the context of education and as a means of restoring the balance. The case of Slovenia. Retrieved June 30, 2004 from: http:// www.sp.uni-lj.si/didaktika/english.htm
SPOFA 2009
86
Gregor Jurak
Wedderkopp, N., Froberg, K., Hansen, H. S., & Andersen, L. B. (2004). Secular trend in physical tness and obesity in Danish 9-years old girls and boys. An Odense School Child Study and Danish sub study of the European Youth Heart Study. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine & Science in Sport, 14(3), 150155.
SPOFA 2009
87
Dr Zoran Ceki
Ministry for National Investment Plan, Government of the Republic of Serbia
PROCESS PROTOCOL OF PUBLIC SPORTS FACILITIES INVESTMENT PROGRAM

INTRODUCTION Proposals for public sport facilities investments invariably exceed the resources available. The systematic appraisal and professional management of all projects helps to ensure that the best choices are made and that the best value for money is obtained. Government institutions in charge of project portfolio management have to develop and implement a strategy for the continuous enhancement of quality of their process protocols. Process protocol sets out the main steps which should be followed in evaluating and managing sports facilities investment program: Initiation/Application, Selection/Appraisal, Planning/Approval, Implementation/Monitoring and Commissioning/Post-Project Review. Integrated databases and knowledge base could be suggested as an IT support. Development of process protocol, and the results of post-project review (whether project objectives have been met and delivered to required standard, on time and within budget), aims to assist public sector managers dealing with sports facilities projects to ensure that experience gained can be used for better project appraisal and management. Ministry for National Investment Plan NIP, Government of the Republic of Serbia, is responsible for all the phases of public projects life-cycle management: project appraisal and approval (according to development and transition impact), NIP funding (public funds, IFI soft project loans and grants), project nancing (different funding streams and structures for national, regional and local projects), procurement procedures and project monitoring (NIP and IFI procedures) and post-project review. NIP 2009 project portfolio consists of 431 projects (64% are infrastructure projects, gure 1). Figure 1 NIP 2009 infrastructure projects
SPOFA 2009
88
Zoran Ceki
According to EBRD Transition Report for 2008, Serbia needs to build infrastructure, face essential reforms in energy, transport and telecommunications sector and consider soft project loans and PPPs for infrastructure development. IFI project loans and IPA and IPF grants are new investment mechanisms and sources of nance for NIP projects. Project appraisal, selection and approval need to be redesigned according to national and IFI standards. New NIP application form is developed according to international standards. NIP public project monitoring is going to be implemented according to IFI procedures. Post-project review will give important feedback information for new NIP project cycle for 2010. Ministry for NIP organization structure is shown on gure 2. Figure 2 Ministry for National Investment Plan organization structure
THE FIVE STAGES OF PROJECT APPRAISAL AND MANAGEMENT
The ve stages of NIP projects appraisal and management process (set out in Figure 3) are: 1. Initiation and application NIP application form, Public invitation for project proposals, project proposals submitted on-line through tailor made IT application. 2. Selection and Appraisal - Preliminary Appraisal aims to assess if the project has sufcient merit to justify a full detailed appraisal, aims to provide a basis for a decision on whether to drop a project or to approve it in principle. 3. Planning and Approval - This involves detailed planning and costing of the project, no commitment to nance a project should be made until this stage is completed and a decision taken on whether to proceed is taken.
SPOFA 2009
89
4. Implementation and monitoring - This requires clear arrangements for monitoring progress and cost control, securing project standards and timely delivery. 5. Commissioning and Post-Project Review - A review to conrm whether project objectives have been met, the project has been delivered to required standard, on time and within budget and to ensure that experience gained can be used on other projects and possibly in the continued use of the new asset. Figure 3 Five stages of NIP project appraisal and management process
PROCESS PROTOCOL
There are three main elements in all denition of Business Process Re-engineering BPR: Process, Redesign and Information Technologies IT. According to Venkatranam (1991)...BPR involving the reconguration of the business using IT as a central lever. Instead of treating the existing business processes as a constraint in the design of an IT infrastructure the business process itself is redesigned to maximally exploit the available IT capabilities.
SPOFA 2009
90
Zoran Ceki
IT will only achieve a profound change if its introduction and use are linked to changes in the overall conduct of the design and construction processes. Development of appropriate Process and IT protocols can support an improved design and construction processes. Working within a process framework/process protocols context is becoming the norm in many manufacturing rms. Process protocols can be dened as a way in which the processes involved in infrastructure public investments are arranged so as to produce an efcient, effective and economical way of undertaking realization of projects. Process protocols can help in the development of their equivalent IT protocols that position the technologies which enable and support the processes involved within the business environment (Aouad et al., 1998). NIP process protocol is shown at gure 4. Figure 4 NIP Process protokol
NIP IT protocol is going to implement following IT tools: Off-shelf Computer Aided Planning - CAP software, Tailor made Project Management software, Risk analysis and What if ? analysis software, Project simulation techniques, Case retrieval and Case Based Reasoning, Multimedia software, Cost planning software, 3D and 2D CAD, Visualisation and Cost control software. Process wide IT application are: Knowledge Base, Integrated project databases, Internet/intranet and Document management.
SPOFA 2009
91
Model breaks down public investment project process into eleven distinct phases which are grouped into four broad stages. Soft and hard gates ensures that mayor decisions are assessed and evaluated. The soft gate implies that decisions could be conditional, in that public project is not stopped for one or two non-critical activities, thus ensuring concurrency and reduced timescales. The hard gate indicate rm and nal decisions regarding whether or not to proceed to the next phase within the process (Cooper et al.1998). After the study at University of Salford (Aouad et al., 1997), communications and networking will be a mayor topic in construction IT over the next ten years. IT applied in IT protocols are coordinated with results of this study, but process phases are based after NIP procedures and Serbian construction and planning low. IT tools presented in IT protocol must be integrated to provide the right mechanism for a technology push of the process and will nally result in improved interface process which will take advantage of the technology and the new ways of performing businesses (Kaglioglou et al., 1998).
IT SUPPORT FOR PROJECT LIFE-CYCLE
Government institution responsible for public project life-cycle management should collect, analyze and use relevant information for the effective management of their investment projects and programmes. The quality-related NIP Information systems - IS are expected to cover the institutions own key performance indicators to compare themselves with other similar organisations and to extend the range of their self-knowledge. Integrated public project database - IPDB is integrated database containing data from appraisal, selection, planning, approval, implementation, monitoring, commissioning and post-project review phases of public project life cycle (Figure. 5). Figure 5: Integrated public project Database
In order to preserve, spread and manage the knowledge accumulated in previously realized public projects, all IPDB can be gathered and stored in a newly created Knowledge Base KB. Knowledge Based Systems-KBS should preserve developed and rare knowledge in such form that can be efciency distributed to anyone who needs it (Dutton et al. 1996). KB, as a subsystem of industry knowledge base, is shown in Fig 6. KB is intended to be connected with NIP Information system.
SPOFA 2009
92
Zoran Ceki
Figure 6: NIP Knowledge Base
As a Decision Support in public project proposals selection, NIP is planning to implement Case Based Reasoning - CBR and Knowledge Base KB systems (Figure 7). Figure 7: CBR and KB as a Decision Support for Public project proposals selection
SPOFA 2009
93
CBR model is applied at selection phase, but the results of this application are far-reaching and continue in the next phases of project life cycle. CBR system could be based at Rogh Sets Theory (Cirovic and Cekic, 2002)
PUBLIC PROJECT LIFE-CYCLE INITIATION AND APPLICATION PHASE
Ministry for NIP has developed a new application form according to international and European Commission IPA standards applied at similar international institutions. Public invitation for project proposals for next year is sent, and project proposals are submitted on-line through NIP tailor made IT application. NIP project centre and project applicants are responsible for this stage. An important task of any public sector organisation is continually to reassess public needs and objectives. New projects should only be undertaken where there in a clearly established public need for the projects or service provided. Existing services should be reviewed to ensure that the kind of service provided is the kind of service required, and is on the appropriate scale. Project and programme objectives should be expressed in terms of the benets they are expected to provide and those whom they are intended to benet. For example, road building programmes must be seen in the light of the needs of the economy as a whole, and of the target groups for which the programmes cater. Important data from initiation and application phase have to be stored in Integrated Project Data Base of public investment project.
SELECTION AND APPRAISAL PHASE
NIP project centre, independent Appraisal Institution (for 2008, Economic Institute, Belgrade) and NIP Coordination Body are responsible for this stage. The basic purpose of systematic public infrastructure project appraisal is to achieve better investment decisions. The following step-by-step approach to the selection and appraisal of public investment projects is intended to provide operational guidance to public managers. The appraisal stage normally involves two separate tasks, preliminary and detailed appraisal. However, for minor projects, a simple assessment and a single appraisal incorporating elements of a preliminary and detailed appraisal respectively will sufce. The preliminary appraisal leads to a recommendation on whether to proceed to the detailed appraisal stage. A detailed appraisal should only be carried out if justied by the outcome of the preliminary appraisal. Detailed appraisal leads to a recommendation on whether to approve a project in principle. All public capital projects should be appraised carefully for consistency with programme and policy objectives, and value for money. There are two basic forms of economic analysis for appraisal of each non-commercial investment proposal. The general principle of cost-benet analysis (CBA) is that a project is desirable if the economic and social benets are greater than economic and social costs. Cost-benet and Cost-effectiveness analysis (CEA) are very similar. There are situations where signicant costs or benets associated with a project cannot be quantied or valued, and where this occurs cost-effectiveness analysis may have to be relied on. CEA is employed to determine the least cost way of determining the capital project
SPOFA 2009
94
Zoran Ceki
objective. All data from selection and appraisal phase have to be stored in Integrated Project Data Base of public investment project.
PLANNING AND APPROVAL PHASE
At detailed appraisal stage, it is important to select appropriate national or IFI procurement procedure to be used. The planning stage involves seven steps: establishment of project management structure, preparation of a project brief, detailed planning and design, review of proposal, using information provided by the planning process, obtaining approval, obtaining tenders for projects, review of proposal and using tender prices. Three issues should be carefully considered: management structure, persons accountable for different aspects of the project and reporting systems which should be installed. The Project coordinator is the person who is responsible for the execution, on time to the requisite quality and within budget. Information ows should be established as early as possible considering information needs at various levels of the management structure. The information system should reect the nature of the public infrastructure project but should deal with all of these points. The project brief is essentially a description of the project option which has been approved in principle, detailing the objectives and parameters to be taken into account by the planning professionals. Cost limits/targets for the project should be included in the project brief. Estimated costs for the project itself and for project planning will have been included in the detailed appraisal. When a tender price and other relevant information become available, the case for proceeding with the proposal should again be reviewed. The analysis contained in the detailed appraisal once again provides the framework for undertaking this review, and also for determining which of the available tenders is likely to be most cost effective. Data from planning and approval phase have to be stored in Integrated Project Data Base. National Investment Plan 2009 infrastructure project portfolio is shown on gure 8. Figure 8 Ministry for National Investment Plan 2009 project portfolio
SPOFA 2009
95
IMPLEMENTATION AND MONITORING PHASE
The implementation stage of a NIP project begins once nal approval for the award of a contract has been secured. The critical tasks at this stage are to manage and monitor the project to ensure that it is executed satisfactorily, within budget, to standard and on time. Implementation of the project is the responsibility of NIP project centre, Project Management Unit - PMU, Project Implementation Units - PMI, NIP Project Management Committee and NIP Coordination Body. Ministry for NIP is responsible institution for procurement procedures according to Serbian Public Procurement Law, or IFI (WB, EIB, EBRD) procurement procedures, for contracting of works, supply of goods and rendering of services. Contract Placement should arrange to procure the services of a contractor in accordance with EU and national procurement requirements. The contract should make clear the specic responsibilities of the parties. All public projects must be monitored according to NIP and IFI procedures on an on-going basis to ensure that they are being completed to the required cost, quality and time proles. Public infrastructure project progress should be kept under review so that account can be taken of changes in relevant circumstances. Regular management reports should be prepared covering all signicant developments relating to the project and its costs. Project data from implementation and monitoring phase have to be stored in Integrated Project Data Base.
COMMISSIONING AND POST-PROJECT REVIEW PHASE
A NIP post-project review aims to draw lessons for the future. A post-project review should be undertaken once sufcient time has elapsed to allow the project to be properly evaluated with sufcient evidence of the ow of benets and costs from it. There are two separate focuses of review: project outturn and appraisal and management procedures. These reviews may be undertaken at the same time or at different times, but they should be done as soon as is practicable. The aim here is to determine whether the basis on which a project was undertaken proved correct, are the expected benets and outcomes materialised, have the planned outcomes the appropriate responses to actual public needs, are the appraisal and management procedures adopted were satisfactory. Portproject review conclusions can be applicable to other project, to the ongoing use of the asset, or to associated policies. Evaluation of Procedures aims to determine whether experiences shows that any stage of the project could have been done better and any lessons applied elsewhere. Data from commissioning and post-project review phase have to be stored in IPDB.
CONCLUSIONS
Government institutions in charge of project portfolio management have to develop and implement a strategy for the continuous enhancement of quality of their process and IT protocols. Serbian institution responsible for public project life-cycle management, the Ministry for National Investment Plan, have adopted such approach. Development of process protocol, and the results of post-project review (whether project objectives have been met and delivered to required standard, on time and within budget), aims to assist public sector managers dealing with infrastructure projects to ensure that experience gained can be used for better project management. Different off-shelf and tailor
SPOFA 2009
96
Zoran Ceki
made IT tools, and Integrated project databases and public projects knowledge base, implemented in NIP IT Protocol, as a NIP process protocol IT support. The systematic appraisal and professional management of all public projects helps to ensure that the best public sports facilities project proposals have been selected and that the best value for money is obtained. References Aouad, G., Cooper, R., Kaglioglu, M. and Sexton, M. (1999). An IT-supported new process, Strategic Management of IT in Construction, (editor Martin Betts), Blackwell Science, pp 363-375 Aouad, G., Hinks, J., Cooper, R., Sheath, D., Kaglioglou, M. and Sexton, M. (1998). An IT map for generic design and construction process protocol, International Journal of Construction Procurement British Airports Authority (1994): The Project Process, BAA, London Cekic, Z. (2002).Process and IT Protocols Applied in Construction Project Process Redesign, Proceedings of the Conference Procedures, Regulations and Management in Construction, 22-24 May 2002, pp. 318-328, Arandjelovac, Serbia and Montenegro Cirovic, G. and Cekic, Z.(2002). Case Based Reasoning Model applied as a decision support for construction projects, Int. J.of Systems and Cybernetics Kybernetes, No.6, Vol.31, pp. 896-908 Cooper, R., Kaglioglou, M., Aouad, G., Hinks, J., Sheath, D. and Sexton M. (1998): Development of a Generic Design and Construction Process, European Conferece on Product Data Technology, pp 205-214 Dutton, D. M.; Amor, R. W. and Bloomeld, D. P. (1996) Knowledge-Based Systems and the Internet: A Future Perspective, W78 International Conference Construction on the Information Highway, Bled Kaglioglou, M., Cooper, R. and Aouad, G. (1999): The Process Protocol: Improving the FrontEnd of the Design and Construction Process for the UK Industry, Harmony&Prot, CIB Working Commision W92, Procurement Systems Seminar, Chiang Mai, Thailand, January 25-28 Kaglioglou, M., Aouad, G., Cooper, R. and Hinks, J. (1998): The Process Protocol: process and IT Modelling for the UK Construction Industry, Proceedings of the Second European Conference on product and Process Modelling in the Building Industry, Building Research Establishment, Walford O Brien, J. (1999). Management Information systems, Mc Graw-Hill Venkatranam, N. (1991). IT-induced Business Reconguration in the Corporation of the 1990s: Information Technology and Organisational Transformation, Oxford University Press
SPOFA 2009
97
Goran irovi 1, Darko Plamenac2

(1professor, Ph.D., M.Sc.Civ.Eng., B.Sc.Civ.Eng., cirovic@sezampro.rs, Faculty of Sport and Physical Education, Blagoja Parovica 156, Belgrade, Serbia 2 professor, Ph.D. M.Sc.Civ.Eng., B.Sc.Civ.Eng., gplamenac@sezampro.rs, College of civil engineering and geodesy, Hajduk Stankova 2, Belgrade, Serbia)
ROUGH SETS APPROACH TO OPTIMAL CHOICE OF LOCATION OF SPORT FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION

SUMMARY The problem of nding an optimal location of sport facilities construction is a frequent multi criteria problem. Rough set theory is applied in decision analysis of this kind of problem. The ve criteria, namely conditional attributes, describe each of nine considered possible locations. Both the core of attributes and decision rules are generated during the analysis. Key words: sport facilities, optimal location, decision analysis, optimal choice, rough sets. 1. INTRODUCTION Sport facilities concept and planning are inuenced by a lot of factors: sociological, economic, demographic, etc. A special aspect of sport facility planning, its construction and programme content is related to selecting location. The kind of the decision, namely its level, depends on the decision-making level strategic or operative. In the particular case, decision-making represents a choice of one alternative from several potential or suitable/satisfactory locations. Evidently, the problems are complex, since more criteria are necessary to be analysed in a decision-making process. Obviously, in this multi-criteria optimization, i.e. the choice of one from the range of offered or possible solutions, particular alternatives must be ranked - real locations for sport facility construction. The location criteria are related to the choice of a concrete area where the facility should be constructed. In addition to climatic-geographic conditions and requirements for specic natural conveniences, there are several basic location criteria which must be respected (Petrovi, 1993). Firstly, the choice of suitable terrain is related to the size of the site suitable for facility construction along with planning contingent prospective extensions. A certain quality of the terrain is required in terms of suitable land conguration, ground stability and porosity (especially when dealing with open facilities), as well as ground water level. Quality of air without pollution, direction and strength of dominant winds, area sunlighting, distance from trafc arteries, air polluters and noise creators, but also distance from structures which can be embarrassed by the noise from the facilities (hospitals, sanatoriums, etc.) have a direct impact on the decision to select a specic
SPOFA 2009
98
Goran irovi, Darko Plamenac
location. Good connections with the whole gravitation area by trafc arteries, connections of city or suburb trafc, are also included into basic location criteria. A developed infrastructural network (water and sewage systems, electricity, telephone) is vitally important from the economic aspect of facility construction. It is implied per se that the existence of free, undeveloped areas where spaces for sports activities can be organized can also have a signicant impact on making a choice for a particular location. As it can be seen, the choice of suitable location depends on valuating every possible alternative and on methodology that enables optimal decision-making the one which satises all the required criteria. However, no matter how capable the decision-maker is, he cannot simultaneously consider all the criteria qualitatively enough. Another problem that occurs in this situation is not technical in its nature. This is subjectivity, i.e. favourizing some criteria without any rational reason depending on preferences given by the person who valuates particular alternatives. Evidently, not only quantitative, but also qualitative classication, namely valuation, should be made, since some attributes are not able to be described only through quantitative categories, like distance in kilometers, or size in square meters, but also through qualitative ones that can be expressed in linguistic variables great distance, wide front towards the street, suitable parking and the like, which implies a certain dose of subjectivity, too. Also, sometimes there are not enough data about some of the indicators, or some impreciseness may occur in the description of some attributes. Therefore, in this paper, in the process of optimal decision-making relating to multi-criteria optimization, one of the methods of articial intelligence is being considered the theory of rough sets, which deals with subjectivity, impreciseness and vagueness of a real system in a satisfactory way. In order to illustrate the opportunities to apply this theory, only several from a large number of possible criteria having an impact on optimal sport facility location choice, i.e. on suitable location through more required criteria, have been mentioned in the paper. These are: distance from the location to downtown, size of the location, state of Infrastructure (energy substances, parking opportunities, connections with city trafc arteries and public transportation, etc), purchase cost of the location, and population density. Apparently, according to this methodology, other impacts, which have not been concretely considered but can inuence a location choice, can also be involved into reection. 2. PRELIMINARIES OF ROUGH SET THEORY Rough set theory, introduced by Zdzislaw Pawlak in 1982 (Pawlak, 1982), is a new mathematical tool managing uncertainty and vagueness in data sets. This emerging new technology concerns the classicatory analysis of imprecise, uncertain or incomplete information. The theory was originated as a result of a long-term program of fundamental research on logical properties of information systems, carried out by Pawlak and a group of logicians from the Polish Academy of Sciences and the University of Warsaw, Poland. The methodology is concerned with the classicatory analysis of imprecise, uncertain or incomplete information or knowledge expressed in terms of data acquired from experience.
SPOFA 2009
ROUGH SETS APPROACH TO OPTIMAL CHOICE OF LOCATION OF SPORT FACILITIES...
99
2.1. INDECSERNIBILITY RELATION AND APPROXIMATIONS
The starting points in the rough set philosophy regarding computation are data tables or attribute-values or decision tables in which attributes of conditions and attributes of decision are presented. More formally, a data table is a 4 tuple: S = (U, A, V, ), where: U is a set of objects (called universe); A is a set of attributes; V is a set of values for the attribute a (with every A) ; : U Va is the information function. Any subset B of A determines a binary relation IND(B) on U, which will be called an indiscernibility relation and is dened (for x, y U) as follows: (x, y) IND(B) iff (x, a) = (y, a), aB (1) Let are X U and B A. Two basics operations in rough set theory are dened, by assigning every X U, two sets B*(X) i B*(X), called the B-lower and the B-upper approximation of X (Pawlak 1991): (2) B*(X) = {x U : B(x) U} * B (X) = {x U : B(x) X 0} (3) Boundary region of X is the set: BNB(X) = B*(X) B*(X) (4) If the boundary region of X is the empty set, i.e., BNB(X) = , then the set X is crisp (exact) with respect to B; in the opposite case, i.e., if BNB(X) , the set X is to as rough (inexact) with respect to B (Pawlak 2002). Rough set can be also characterized numerically by the following coefcient: (5) called accuracy of approximation, where |X| denotes the cardinality of X. Obviously . If , X is crisp with respect to B (X is precise with respect to B), and otherwise, if , X is rough with respect to B (X is vague} with respect to B) (Pawlak 1997).
2.2 REDUCTION OF ATTRIBUTES AND DISCERNIBILITY MATRIX
We often face a question whether we can remove some data from a data table preserving its basic properties that is whether a table contains some superuous data. A reduct is the minimal subset of attributes that enables the same classication of elements of the universe as the whole set of attributes. In other words, attributes that do not belong to a reduct are superuous with regard to classication of elements of the universe (Pawlak 1997). Let dene a notion of a core of attributes. Let B be a subset of A. The core of B is the set off all indispensable attributes of B. CORE(B) = Red(B), (6)
SPOFA 2009
100
where Red(B) is the set off all reducts of B. In order to compute reducts and a core we are using a discernibility matrix (Skowron and Rauszer 1992). The discernibility matrix of an information system S (denoted as M(S)) is a symetric n n matrix with entries cij as given below: (cij)nn = {a A | a(xi) a(xj)} za i, j = 1, ., n (7) Each entry thus consists of the set of attributes upon which objects xi i xj differ. Obviously, the core is the set of all single element entries of the discernibility matrix M(S), i.e., CORE(B) = {aB | cij ={a}, fore some i, j} (8) Each discernibility matrix M(S) generates a uniquely discernibility function fS. A discernibility function, for an information system S, is a Boolean function of m Boolean variables a, ........ , a(corresponding to the attributes a1, ......, am), is dened as below: fS(a1, ...... , a*m ) = { | 1 j i n; cij } (9) * * where c ij = {a | a cij}(Komorowski, Polkowski and Skowron 1999) The set of all prime implicants of fS detrmines the set of all reducts of A. All constituents in the disjunctive normal form of the function fS are all reducts of S. a*i1 a*i2 . . . . . . . a*ik are prime implicants function fS. {a*i1, a*i2, . . . . . . . a*ik} Red(B) (10) 3. OPTIMAL CHOICE Table 1 shows the data of nine considered locations. Table 1 represents attribute - value table or decision table. The columns, in the table, are denoted with the attributes (locations characteristics) and the rows are denoted with the objects (new sport facilities locations). The values in the table are attribute values. In this way, each row can be considered to contain information about an individual location. For example, location No. 7, in the table 1, is characterized by the following set of attribute-values: (The distance from location to a downtown, favourable), (The size of location, sufcient), (Infrastructure, undeveloped), (The purchase cost of location, medium), (The population density, low) which represent an information on that location. Table 1: Decision table
Location Conditional attributes Decision attribute
Distance from FavourPurchase cost Population location to Size of location Infrastructure able locaof location density downtown tion 1 2 3 4 5 medium medium medium favourable favourable medium medium insufcient sufcient insufcient developed developed developed developed undeveloped medium medium high low low high high medium high low yes no no yes no
SPOFA 2009
101
Decision attribute
Location 6 7 8 9 unfavourable unfavourable unfavourable unfavourable
Conditional attributes insufcient sufcient sufcient medium undeveloped undeveloped undeveloped undeveloped medium medium medium low low low medium low
no no no no
The decision table generates the following sets: U = {location 1, location 2, location 3, location 4, location 5, location 6, location 7, location 8, location 9} A = {distance from location, size of location, infrastructure, purchase cost of location, population density, favourable location} V distance from location = {favourable, medium, unfavourable} V size of location = {sufcient, medium, insufcient} V infrastructure = {developed, undeveloped} V purchase cost of location = {high, medium, low} V population density = {high, medium, low} V favourable location = {yes, no} Eight elementary sets of attributes, namely A - sets, can be distinguished from the table 1. One set of objects which are indiscernible {1, 2} and other seven sets of objects which are discernible. Those are the lower and upper approximations of the decision classes Yes {1, 4} and No {2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9}. Lower approximation of decision class Yes: {4} Upper approximation of decision class Yes: {1, 2, 4} Boundary region of decision class Yes: BNA(Yes) = {1, 2} Lower approximation of decision class No: {3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9} Upper approximation of decision class No: {1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9} Boundary region of decision class No: BNA(No) = {1, 2} Accuracy of approximation of decision classes are: A (Yes) = 0.33 and A (No) = 0.75 Boundary region of both decision classes is composed of two objects 1 and 2. Those objects (locations) have the completely same values of the conditional attributes (indiscernible) but different values of the decision attribute. For that reason table 1 is inconsistent, namely decision made by decision maker is inconsistent with attributes object description from A. This case occurs very often in decision tables and may arise for several reasons. First of all, it is completely possible that all characteristics of objects are not preserved in information table. Furthermore, a decision maker or a person who classies decision attributes can change his/ her attitude about decision attribute in this case about the concept favourable location, etc. The next step is to compose a minimal subset of independent attributes that guarantee the same quality of classications as a complete set A, namely reducts, and a core of attri-
SPOFA 2009
102
butes. Finding of reducts and a core of attributes will be made by using a discernibility matrix. In order to discover a discernibility matrix, the decision table needs to be rearranged. Table 2 represents a more realistic record of the decision table, namely rearranged decision table, because the inconsistent decision classes are represented as one divided class (x1 i x1). Table 2: Rearranged decision table
Location Conditional attributes Distance from location to Size of location downtown x1 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 medium medium medium favourable favourable unfavourable unfavourable unfavourable unfavourable medium medium insufcient sufcient insufcient insufcient sufcient sufcient medium Infrastructure developed developed developed developed undeveloped undeveloped undeveloped undeveloped undeveloped Purchase cost of location medium medium high low low medium medium medium low Population density high high medium high low low low medium low decision attribute Favourable location yes no no yes no no no no no
A discernibility matrix of the rearranged information table (table 2, without both the decision attribute and the objects which are indiscernible) is a symmetric matrix n n with entries cij, as given in the table 3. Table 3: Discernibility matrix
x1 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x2 SL, PC, PD x3 DL, SL, PC DL, SL, PC, PD x4 DL, SL, I, PC, PD x5 DL, SL, I, PD x6 DL, SL, I, PD DL, SL, I, PC, PD DL, I, PC, PD DL, SL, PC SL x7 DL, SL, I, PD DL, SL, I, PC DL, I, PC, PD DL, SL, PC, PD SL, PD PD x8 DL, I, PC, PD DL, SL, I, PC, PD DL, SL, I, PD DL, SL SL, PC SL, PC SL, PC, PD
DL, I, PC, DL, I, PC, PD PD SL, I, PD DL, SL, I, PC, PD DL, PC -
SPOFA 2009
103
An answer to a question whether all objects discern between themselves is gained by the application of conjunction of all entries in a discernibility matrix. The discernibility function (Boolean function) has the following form: f(DL, SL, I, PC, PD) = (SLUPCUPD) (DLUSLUPC) (DLUSLUIPCUPD) (DLUSLUIUPD) (DLUSLUIUPD) (DLUSLUIUPD) (DLUIUPCUPD) (DLUSLUPCUPD) (DLUIUPCUPD) (DLUIUPCUPD) (DLUSLUIUPCUPD) (DLUSLUIUPC) (DLUSLUIUPCUPD) (SLUIUPD) (DLUSLUIUPCUPD) (DLUIUPCUPD) (DLUIUPCUPD) (DLUSLUIUPD) (DLUPC) (DLUSLUPC) (DLUSLUPCUPD) (DLUSL) (SL) (SLUPD) (SLUPC) (PD) (SLUPC) (SLUPCUPD) (11) Where: DL Distance from Location SL Size of Location I Infrastructure PC Purchase cost of location PD Population density The problem of nding a subset of the attributes which preserve the indiscernibility relation, by using a discernibility matrix can be reduced to the problem of nding the implicants of equation (11). An implicant is a conjunction of variables such that if these variables are true the function is also true. Prime implicants, which are in fact implicants of minimal size, are particularly important. The equation (11) is transformed into: f(DL, SL, I, PC, PD) = SL PD (12) The equation (12) means that attributes of location sizes and population density represent the core of the attributes and cannot be eliminated without losing ability in decision approximation. Table 4 represents decision table after reduction. Table 4: Decision table after reduction
Location Conditional attributes Size of location 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 medium medium insufcient sufcient insufcient insufcient sufcient sufcient medium Population density low low medium low high high high medium high Decision attribute Favourable location yes no no yes no no no no no
SPOFA 2009
104
All elements are discernible, except the locations 1 and 2 which have inconsistent decision classes and the locations 5 and 6. Decision rules generated from table 4 have the following form: IF (size of location, medium) & (Population density, low) THEN (Favourable location, yes) IF (size of location, medium) & (Population density, low) THEN (Favourable location, no) IF (size of location, insufcient) & (Population density, medium) THEN (Favourable location, no) IF (size of location, sufcient) & (Population density, low) THEN (Favourable location, yes) IF (size of location, insufcient) & (Population density, high) THEN (Favourable location, no) IF (size of location, sufcient) & (Population density, high) THEN (Favourable location, no) IF (size of location, sufcient) & (Population density, medium) THEN (Favourable location, no) IF (size of location, medium) & (Population density, high) THEN (Favourable location, no) 4. CONCLUSION The method illustrated in the paper is a contribution to interpretation, analysis and nding of optimal solution to practical problems which occur in different elds, among them in sport facilities construction. The rough set theory is applied as suitable both for researching qualitative and quantitative attributes, and in the case when sets of empirical or experimental data are too small for conventional statistical methods to be used. The paper shows to researchers and practitioners that rough sets, as one of the fundamental soft-computing technique, can be successfully applied in daily practice without previous cognition or additional knowledge about empirical data. The subjectivity in knowledge analysis and in evaluation of decision making process is excluded by usage of the presented method. References Komorowski, J., Polkowski, L. and Skowron, A. (1999) Rough Sets: A Tutorial, In: S. K. Pal and A. Skowron (Eds.), Rough Fuzzy Hybridizaton, Singapore: Springer Verlag. Pawlak, Z (1982) Rough Sets, International Journal of Computer and Information Science, 11, 341-356. Pawlak, Z (1991). Rough Sets - Theoretical Aspects of Reasoning about Data, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publisher. Pawlak, Z (1997) Rough set approach to knowledge based decision support, European Journal of Operational Research, 99, 48-57. Pawlak, Z (2002) Rough sets, decision algorithms and Bayes theorem, European Journal of Operational Research, 136, 181-189. Petrovi, Z. (1993), Sports Facilities, the Faculty of Sport and Physical Education, Belgrade, 25-26. Skowron, A. and Rauszer, C. (1992), The discernibility matrices and functions in information system. In: R. Slowinski (Ed.), Intelligent Decision Support Handbook of Applications and Advances of the Rough Sets Theory, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publisher. 311-362.
SPOFA 2009
105
Mr Bratislav Petrovi1
(1 Ministry of Youth and Sport of the Republic of Serbia, Belgrade, Republic of Serbia, Serbia)
THE INFLUENCE OF THE MINISTRY OF YOUTH AND SPORT ON THE INCREASE IN QUANTITY AND IMPROVEMENT OF QUALITY AND EQUAL DISTRIBUTION OF SPORTS FACILITIES IN SERBIA
INTRODUCTION Sports activities are important for health, mental, physical and social development of a nation, afrmation of a country and promotion of its cultural heritage. A necessary precondition for the realization of activities in eld of sport, physical education and recreation are both sports programmes and sports facilities. In the architectural sense, sports facilities are all facilities and areas intended for practicing sports activities. Research conducted for the purposes of preparing Sports Development Strategy of the Republic of Serbia in the period from 2009-2013 (2008), indicated that the number of sports facilities was insufcient and that they were ruined. The condition of sports facilities is a consequence of insufcient investing by the owners and users in maintenance and repairing of the existing facilities and the construction of new ones, which is caused by perennial nancial crisis. Financial funds are the most important issue and a condition for the development of sports facilities. The development of sports facilities assumes providing huge nancial assets, which the majority of clubs, organizations and individuals cannot afford. The objective of this study is to perceive by way of documented explanation the participation of the Ministry of Youth and Sport in the construction of new facilities, reconstruction, adaptation and repairing of the existing ones and to determine its contribution to the development of sports facilities. Basic hypothesis has been dened in accordance with presented problems and research objectives: the Ministry of Youth and Sport manages projects and nances the construction of new facilities, reconstruction, repairing and adaptation of the existing ones thus to the increase in quantity, improvement of quality and equal distribution of sports facilities in Serbia. This study is a scientic contribution to the study of sports facilities construction in Serbia. The study objective is to inform the professional public about the effects of nancing and the results of managing projects for the construction of new facilities, reconstruction, repairing and adaptation of the existing ones, and the achievements of the Ministry of Youth and Sport regarding the development of sports facilities, thus pointing out professional and efcient work of the Sector for Project Management of the Ministry of Youth and Sport.
SPOFA 2009
106
Bratislav Petrovi
METHODS Studies of sports facility development in Serbia are scarce. They consist of incomplete registers of sports facilities and prior studies for the purposes od prepairing development plans and sports facility construction on certain areas on the territory of the Republic of Serbia. The study subject is sports facility development and the construction of new ones, reconstruction, repairing and adaptation of the existing sports facilities nanced from Serbias budget, that is from the budget of the Ministry of Youth and Sport and from the National Investment Plan fund for 2007/2008. The subject of the study determined the application of certain methods and techniques of research: - Method of analyzing data, sources and statements; - Method of synthesis, generalization and combination of collected and critically veried facts, - Comparative method. The applied methods of theoretical analysis served for the purpose of studying relevant written sources concerning legislature and strategic regulation in the eld of sport and spatial planning and organizing, as well as regulations regarding planning and construction of new sports facilities, reconstruction, adaptation and repairing of the existing ones. On the basis of project management analysis, the review of the number and category of newly built sports facilities, reconstructed, adapted and repaired existing sports facilities is shown. By using the comparative method, the effects of nancing sports facility development in Serbia were determined, as well as the inuence of the Ministry of Youth and Sport. RESULTS
MINISTRY OF YOUTH AND SPORT
The Ministry of Youth and Sport was founded in 2007 and continued its operations in 2008 after the Goverment of the Republic of Serbia was formed. The Law on Ministries (2008) stipulates that the Ministry of Youth and Sport has to carry out public administration with regard to participation in the construction of sports facilities and sports infrastructure. According to the Law on Budget System, the Ministry of Youth and Sport is a direct budget beneciary of the funds intended for sport and the construction of sports facilities. The Ministry of Youth and Sport formed the Sector for Project Management. The activities of the Sector for Project Management include the care for sports facilities, planning and construction of new facilities, as well as reconstruction, adaptation and repairing of the existing ones. Sector for Project Management performs the following activities: - preparation, drawing up and realization of projects in the eld of the construction of sports facilities and infrastructure of interest to the Republic of Serbia; - coordination with local self-governments involved in projects;
SPOFA 2009
THE INFLUENCE OF THE MINISTRY OF YOUTH AND SPORT...
107
- cooperation with other state bodies and institutions; - programme and plan preparation for the realization of strategic project documentation, producing reports, analyses and notices related to projects in the eld of construction of sports facilities and infrastructure. Sector for Project Management comprises three units: Department for project preparation and planning, Department for implementation and project control and Group for legal affairs. Sector for Project Management applies regulations which determine the strategy, planning, construction, public procurement, public interest and sports facility nancing. Project management is not a scientic discipline, but it represents the application of knowledge, skills, tools and techniques to project activities with the aim of meeting project requirements and attaining certain objectives. Sector project management is accomplished through the application and integration of managing processes: initiation, planning, realization, control and nalization - project closure.
SPORTS DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY OF THE REPUBLIC OF SERBIA IN THE PERIOD FROM 2009-2013 (2008)
Sports system development in the Republic of Serbia regarding sports facilities implies: - system planning of construction and maintenance of sports facilities and establishing legal mechanism for preserving the pupose of the existing sports facilities; - establishing a transparent system of nancing sport from public and private funds and the control of allocated funds usage and - improving conditions for practicing sports in local self-government units. The Strategy dened three basic priorities: the development of children and youth sport, the development of sports infrastructure and the development of top sport. According to the Sports Development Strategy of the Republic of Serbia for the period 2009-2013 (2008), sports facilities are neglected and in bad condition in most cases, which diminishes possibilities for practising sports and developing top sports, and at the same time disourages the citizens from recreating. There is no development of sport without adequate area for training and play. Sports facilities are a legacy for future generations and serve as an incentive to practice sports. All the facts indicate that sports facilities are one of the priorities of Sports Development Strategy of the Republic of Serbia. Strategic orientation of the country is to reconstruct, adapt and repair the existing sports facilities where appropriate, and then build new sports facilities.
SPORTS FACILITIES
Public sports facilities, according to the Law on Planning and Construction (2003), are facilities whose usage and construction are of public interest in accordance with the regulations on expropriation. According to the Sports Law (1996), a sports facility is a construction or an area (building, its part or arranged space) intended for sports activities. The existing sports infrastructure in Serbia is a collection of sports facilities and elds intended for sports activities, play, competitions, physical education or recreation. Most of the sports facilities are intended for public use, some of them are within schools, and some are within tourist, health and similar facilities.
SPOFA 2009
108
Bratislav Petrovi
For the purpose of preparing the Sports Development Strategy of the Republic of Serbia for the period from 2009-2013 (2008), the Ministry of Youth and Sport research which indicated that the existing sports facilities were deteriorated, mostly in bad shape, old, dilapidated, neglected and without adequate contents and logistical elements, and that their number is far less than required for practising sports. Serbian sports infrastructure is characterized by the lack of systematic, complete and accessible database register of sports facilities and the classication and categorization of sports facilities which has not been performed. Basic precondition for sports practice, physical education and recreation is the existence of sufcient number of sports facilities. The facility must comply with the determined standards and prescribed requirements with regard to quality primarily related to the dimensions of the facility and areas intended for sports activities, safety, hygiene, re prevention and technical installations.
DEVELOPMENT OF SPORTS FACILITIES FINANCED FROM THE FUNDS OF THE MINISTRY OF YOUTH AND SPORT AND NATIONAL INVESTMENT PLAN
In accordance with the Sports Law (1996), construction, equipping and maintenace of sports facilities of interest to the Republic of Serbia represent public interest in the eld of sport nanced from Serbias budget and through the organization of games of chance in accordance with the Law. In accordance with the Constitution of the Republic of Serbia which denes sport as a category of special public interest, the Ministry of Youth and Sport has been following the directives of the Sports Development Strategy of the Republic of Serbia in the period from 2009-2013 (2008) and has systematically been investing in the construction of new facilities, reconstruction, adaptation and repairing of the existing ones in local self-governments in the Republic of Serbia. The Sector for Project Management had a signicant role in the preparation of sports facilities for 25th Summer Universiade Belgrade 2009, the biggest and the most complex competition ever organized in our country. In 2008, 212 million dinars were invested in the reconstruction, adaptation and repairing of sports facilities and infrastructure, whereby Belgarde, athletes and citizens obtained reconstructed sports facilities. The Sector started one of the programme objectives, the project of building tness trails in 20 Serbian towns on grassy elds, near sports elds and areas intended for practising sport, recreation and relaxation. In the year 2008, the project Installment of mini pitches intended for young people was initiated, especially in those towns without public sports elds, with the aim of promoting healthy lifestyles, motivating young people to adequately participate in the creation of social life of the community and the prevention of negative social occurences. This project is the result of cooperation between sectors within the Ministry of Youth and Sport, as well as the cooperation with the Royal Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Norway and the Football Association of Serbia. The Ministry of Youth and Sport participated in the construction of eighty-one mini pitches in 2007/2008, following the strategic instructions to construct bigger number of mini pitches instead of a small number of big ones.
SPOFA 2009
109
During the research period, 44 projects of reconstruction, adaptation and repairing of sports facilities were systematically realized. The charts show the number of sports facilities constructed, reconstructed, adapted or repaired in 2007/2008 and nanced from the funds of the Ministry of Youth and Sport in total amount of 448 million dinars. Basic classication system of sports facilities has been applied: indoor (sports halls, gymnasiums and indoor swimming pools) and outdoor (sports elds, school sports elds, childrens playgrounds and outdoor swimming pools) sports facilities. Chart 1. Comparative review of the number of indoor sports facilities nanced from the funds of the Ministry of Youth and Sport in 2007/2008 in relation to the type of facility and works
SPORTS HALLS CONSTRUCTION RECONSTRUCTION, ADAPTATION, REPAIRING TOTAL No. 8 9 17 % 24.24 27.28 51.52 GYMNASIUMS No. 6 9 15 % 18.18 27,27 45,45 INDOOR SWIMMING POOLS No. % 1 3.03 0 1 0 3.03 TOTAL No. 15 18 33 % 45.45 54.55 100
Chart 2. Comparative review of the number of outdoor sports facilities nanced from the funds of the Ministry of Youth and Sport in 2007/2008 in relation to the type of facility and works
SPORTS FIELDS No. CONSTRUCTION 33 RECONSTRUCTION, ADAPTATION, 10 REPAIRING TOTAL 43 % 50 15,15 65.15 SCHOOL OUTDOOR CHILDRENS SPORTS SWIMMING TOTAL PLAYGROUNDS FIELDS POOLS No. % No. % No. % No. % 7 10.61 0 0 0 0 40 60.61 8 15 12.11 7 10.61 10.61 1 1 1.53 1.53 26 66 39.39 100
22.73 7
Chart 3. Collective comparative review of the number of sports facilities nanced from the funds of the Ministry of Youth and Sport in 2007/2008
INDOOR SPORTS FACILITIES No. % 15 15,15 18 33 18.18 33.33 OUTDOOR SPORTS FACILITIES No. % 40 40.40 26 66 26.27 66.67 TOTAL No. 55 44 99 % 55,55 44.45 100
CONSTRUCTION RECONSTRUCTION, ADAPTATION, REPAIRING TOTAL
SPOFA 2009
110
Bratislav Petrovi
The charts show the number of constructed, reconstructed, adapted od repaired sports facilities in the year 2007 and 2008, and nanced from the funds of the National Investment Plan in total value of 787 million dinars. Sports facilities are classied according to basic classication system as: indoor (sports halls, gymnasiums and indoor swimming pools) and outdoor (sports elds, childrens playgrounds, outdoor swimming pools and ice rinks) sports facilities. Chart 4. Comparative review of the number of indoor sports facilities nanced from the funds of the National Investment Plan in 2007/2008 in relation to the type of facility and works
SPORTS HALLS CONSTRUCTION RECONSTRUCTION, ADAPTATION, REPAIRING TOTAL No. 13 2 15 % 52 8 60 GYMNASIUMS No. 8 0 8 % 32 0 32 INDOOR SWIMMING POOLS No. % 0 0 2 2 8 8 TOTAL No. 21 4 25 % 84 16 100
Chart 5. Comparative review of the number of sports facilities nanced from the funds of the National Investment Plan in 2007/2008 in relation to the type of facility and works
SPORTS FIELDS No. % CONSTRUCTION 0 0 RECONSTRUCTION, ADAPTATION, 3 REPAIRING TOTAL 3 SCHOOL CHILD-RENS OUT-DOOR ICE SPORTS PLAYSWIMMING RINKS FIELDS GROUNDS POOLS No. % No. % No. % No. % 2 2,47 74 0 0 91,37 0 91,37 1 0 1 1,23 0 1,23 1 0 1 TOTAL No. % 96,3 3,70 100
1,23 78 0 3
3,70 0 3,70 2
2,47 74
1,23 81
Chart 6. Comparative review of the number of sports facilities nanced from the funds of the National Investment Plan in 2007/2008 in relation to the type of facility and works
INDOOR SPORTS FACILITIES No. % CONSTRUCTION RECONSTRUCTION, ADAPTATION, REPAIRING TOTAL 21 4 25 19,44 3,70 23,14 OUTDOOR SPORTS FACILITIES No. % 78 3 81 72,22 2,78 75 PROJECT DOCUMENTATION No. 2 0 2 % 1,86 0 1,86 No. 101 7 108 TOTAL % 93,52 6,48 100
Construction works on 74 childrens playgrounds and 10 school sports facilities (8 gymnasiums and 2 outdoor school sports facilities) were nanced from the funds of the National Investment Plan. The Ministry of Youth and Sport realized 30 projects for school sports facilities and 7 for childrens playgrounds. In the mentioned period, 121 project was intended for school sports facilities out of 207 realized projects.
SPOFA 2009
111
Chart 7. Comparative review of the number of sports facilities nanced from the funds of the Ministry of Youth and Sport and from the funds of the National Investment Plan in 2007/2008 in relation to the type of facility and works
INDOOR SPORTS FACILITIES No. % 36 17.39 10.63 28.02 OUTDOOR SPORTS FACILITIES No. % 118 57.00 29 147 14.01 71.01 PROJECT DOCUMENTATION No. 2 0 2 % 0.97 0 0.97 No. 156 51 207 TOTAL % 75.36 24.64 100
CONSTRUCTION RECONSTRUCTION, 22 ADAPTATION, REPAIRING TOTAL
58
Graph 1. Comparative review of the relation of the number of projects (indoor and outdoor sports facilities and project documentation) nanced from the funds of the Ministry of Youth and Sport in 2007/2008 and from the funds of the National Investment Plan in 2007/2008
Sports facilities in 2007/2008
Indoor sports facilities Outdoor sports facilities Project documentation
Graph 2. Comparative review of the relation of the type of works (construction and reconstruction) of sports facilities nanced from the funds of the Ministry of Youth and Sport in 2007/2008 and from the funds of the National Investment Plan in 2007/2008
Type of works of sports facilities
Construction Reconstruction, adaptation, repairing
SPOFA 2009
112
Bratislav Petrovi
The chart shows comparative review of the number of projects, the number of sports facilities and the amount of funds allocated to the construction or reconstruction of sports facilities nanced from the funds of the Ministry of Youth and Sport in 2007/2008 and the funds of the National Investment Plan in 2007/2008. Chart 8. Comparative review of the number of projects, the number of sports facilities and the amount of funds allocated to the construction and reconstruction of sports facilities in relation to the source of nancing
NUMBER OF PROJECTS No. FUNDS FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF NATIONAL 98 INVESTMENT PLAN 2007/2008 FUNDS OF THE MINISTRY OF YOUTH AND SPORT 99 2007/2008 TOTAL 197 % 49,75 NUBER OF SPORTS FACILITIES No. % 108 52,17 AMOUNT OF FUNDS Dinars 787.740.061,43 % 63.71
50,25 100
99 207
47,83 100
448.638.936,87
36,29
1.236.378.998.30 100
The graph shows the ratio of the amount of funds for sports facilities nanced by the Ministry of Youth and Sport in 2007/2008 to the amount for construction nanced by the National Investment Plan in 2007/2008. Graph 3. Financing the construction of sports facilities the relation between the funds of the Ministry of Youth and Sport and the funds for the implementation of the National Investment Plan
Finansing the construction of sports facilities
NIP
MYS
Sector for Project Management of the Ministry of Youth and Sport realized 197 projects for 207 sports facilities with the aim of achieving programme objectives in 2007 and 2008, which represents obvious results of the efcient work of the Sector for Project Management of the Ministry of Youth and Sport in relation to the managment of projects of developing sports facilities of the Republic of Serbia. The Ministry of Youth and Sport incourages regional development of Serbia through systematic development of sports facilities and applies the development document at the republic level, and Sports Development Strategy of the Republic of Serbia for the period from 2009-2013 (2008).
SPOFA 2009
113
Picture 1. Graphic representation of local self-governments where the development of sports facilities was nanced by the Ministry of Youth and Sport in 2007/2008 and the National Investment Plan in 2007/2008
SPOFA 2009
114
Bratislav Petrovi
On the basis of the data on project implementation taken over from the Sector for Project Management of the Ministry of Youth and Sport, the graphic representation of the territory of the Republic of Serbia shows the territory of municipalities and towns where the Ministry of Youth and Sport nanced the construction of new facilities, reconstruction, adaptation and repairing of the existing ones. Graphic representation shows local self-government units where the following projects were nanced: - at least one project of sports facility development from the funds of the Ministry of Youth and Sport (2007/2008), - at least one project of sports facility development from the funds of the National Investment Plan (2007/2008), - at least two projects,one project nanced form the funds of the Ministry of Youth and Sport (2007/2008) and the other from the funds of the National Investment Plan (2007/2008). CONCLUSION Unquestionable importance of the research is reected in the data systematization and comparation regarding the realization of the project of sports facility development nanced from the funds of the Ministry of Youth and Sport in 2007/2008 and from the funds for the implementation of the National Investment Plan in 2007/2008. This study shows a systematized review of local self-government units where the projects of repairing and construction were realized and nanced from Serbias budget in the period for which the research was conducted. General conclusion is that the Ministry of Youth and Sport implements the construction of new facilities, reconstruction, adaptation and repairing of the existing sports facilities in the Republic of Serbia in an organized and efcient manner. Sector for Project Management of the Ministry of Youth and Sport is responsible for taking care about sports facilities. On the basis of comparative reviews systematized in charts and graphs, we come to the conclusion that: 1. the quantity of sports facilities has been increased by way of constructing new sports facilities in Serbia (154 facilities), 2. the quality of sports facilities has been improved by way of constructing new sports facilities, reconstruction, adaptation and repairing of the existing sports facilities (207) which comply with contemporary requirements regarding: dimensions of sports facilities and areas intended for sport activities, safety, sanitary hygiene, re prevention, installation techniques, sports equipment.
SPOFA 2009
115
3. equal distribution of sports facilities in Serbian towns and municipalities was established by systematic planning and project implementation by the Secor for Project Management of the Ministry of Youth and Sport. All the conclusions presented above conrm the suggested hypothesis: the Ministry of Youth and Sport contributed to the increase in quantity, improvement of quality and equal distribution of sports facilities in Serbia through the implemented projects of the construction of new sports facilities, reconstruction, adaptation and repairing of the existing sports facilities in 2007 and 2008. Further research should be focused on the issues of the quality of sports facilities with the aim of setting a benchmark and imposing regulations for sports facility construction which would satisfy contemporary requirements of sports development. It is necessary to create a database on the number, type, size, condition and ownership structure of sports facilities in the Republic of Serbia and assess the potential and comparative advantages of towns and municipalities of the Republic of Serbia for the development of sports facilities and sport, all with the aim of the development of planning the distribution of sports facilities. References Law on Ministries (2007). Belgrade, The Ofcial Gazette of the Republic of Serbia (43/2007) Law on Ministries (2008). Belgrade, The Ofcial Gazette of the Republic of Serbia (65/2008) Sports Law (1996). Belgrade, The Ofcial Gazette of the Republic of Serbia (52/1996 and 101/2005) Law on Planning and Construction (2003), Belgrade, The Ofcial Gazette of the Republic of Serbia (47/2003 and 34/2006) Lazarevic Bajec N (2000), Planning theory, Belgrade, Faculty of Architecture, University of Belgrade Mitrovic, D, Cirovic, G. (2008), Functioning of Sports Centres, Belgrade, Sports Centres Association of Serbia Spatial Plan of the Republic of Serbia (1996), Belgrade, The Ofcial Gazette of the Republic of Serbia (13/1996) Sports Development Strategy of the Republic of Serbia for the period from 20092013 (2008), Belgrade, The Ofcial Gazette of the Republic of Serbia (110/2008)
SPOFA 2009
117
Aleksandar Lei1; Vojo Sui2, Simo Sui3

Clinical Centre of Serbia, Belgrade, Serbia Clinical Centre of Serbia, Belgrade, Serbia 3 College for Civil Engeneering and Geodesy, Belgrade, Serbia
1 2
SPORTS INJURIES OF THE MUSCULOSCELETAL SYSTEM RELATED TO SPORT FACILITIES AND RECREATIVES-NONPROFESSIONAL SPORSTMAN
INTRODUCTION
During the 20th century has sport become the important part of our lives, both for the professionals and for the recreative ones. Thus, in medicine, but also in the other professions the specialized care for the athletes and for the sportsman should be provided. The environment (ground, air, equipment) play signicant role in the sport trauma and the special attention is paid in to the construction of the sport objects, especially in recent years. It is well known that there is an epidemiological increase-boom in the number of the sport trauma, injuries, but world-wide data are not available. For the EU (artical) and US the gures are mainly ruled out, mainly in the aim to reduce the number of injuries and costs of their treatment. Sport injuries include both injuries in professionals and recreativenonprofessional. It is mainly divided in two distinct categories acute trauma injuries (macrotrauma) and insidious overuse syndromes-microtrauma. The second one is most common in the group of nonprofessional sportsmen in it last for the longer period with great impact on everyday activities and working-professional life. The direct trauma is mostly seen in the contact sports like football, basketball, ghting sports, while in running athletics and others the overiuse syndromes predominates. The important fact is the enormous number of these patients are seen in orthopedic outpatient clinics everyday. Because of these great number of patients in US high schools they tried to reduce and decrease the injury risk by preparticipating physical examinations and lling the detailed charts in aimed at nding out the risk factors, previous diseases, drug intake, drug abuse, fat etc. But, the burden of sport injuries are evident. In the United States of America in period 1992 to 1997. the three (3) million injuries were reported per year by National Institute Healthcare. 770.000 of them required the proper medical treatment and 90.000 were hospitalized. For health Care System that means 1.3 billion dollar costs-lost just for the acute, not for the prolonged and denitive treatment of these patients. Most serious report is one of the sport injuries among American high school attendes, where 187 of catastrophically injured were reported, 50 of them with lethal outcome (50 of them died). Because of that the risk groups are tried to be determined. For the males the risk age grow are 10-20 year, while for the females that is period between the age of 20 to
SPOFA 2009
118
Aleksandar Lei, Vojo Sui, Simo Sui
30 years. Special risk group are the fat ones and children, the elderly, ones with accompanied-associated diseases, drug abuse. The special group are females. There is term the female athletic triade which is dened as amenorrhea, eating disorders and osteoporosis. There is an example of the lethal outcome-death of the elite level gymnastics, whose died inspite of a good training program. Thus, planing the sport activities seems to be more serious than one could mention, and attention should be paid in each step of these process. SPORTS INJURIES OF RECREATIVES-NONPROFESSIONAL SPORTSMAN The most common sport injuries are those of the ankle and knee joint. The ankle sprains and fractures are seen an all age groups, while knee ligament injuries and internal knee derangement of the meniscus or cartilage are seen more in the footballers, ragby and more aggressive sports. For recreative sport the overuse injuries of the Achilles tendon, anterior knee pain (patella tendon overuse, jumpers knee), chronic compartment syndrome of the culf and stress fractures are common and important in orthopedic practice. As-for the cause of these injuries there are claimed intrinsic and extrinsic factors. The rst one are related to the age, exibility, stenght, limb alignment, while the extrinsic factors are relatad to the place conditions such as quality of the oor, air and light conditions. This is in detail highlight in the article of EU which precisely described the measures for the sport injury prevention. The following clinical conditions are most common in these group of sport injuries, and in these group the type of oor and shoes are of the importance. 1. Chronic exertional compartment syndrome is characterized by pain mainly in the tight and lower r limb during the exercises. It is believed that fascia produces a stiff compartment that does not accommodate the increase of blood volume and the increase muscle volume-edema that occur during the exercise. This happened mostly in nonprofessional-recreative sportsman whose are not well and properly trained or they are trained on unedeqaute ground. The increased pressure can be measured the preassure by 18-gauge needles and slit catheters. Sometimes the Magnetic Resonance Images are of value. The treatment consists of during 2-3 weeks, but in presence of pain or muscle herniation the surgical treatment is mandatory with fascia release of the edematous compartment. The success rate is 90% for the anterior compartment, but only 65% for the deep compartments. The recurrence rate after he sport activities is up to 10%. 2. The chronic tendon problem, ie. tendon overuse injuries are common and about 30% of all running injuries are actually the chronic tendon problem. The highest incidence are in the rotator cuff, shoulder muscles, Achilles tendon and patellar tendon, especially in the middle aged and elderly patients. The last two injures are directly related to the ground characteristics. Rarely the inammation occurs, but edema and calcication with degeneration of the tissue are founded. Diagnosis is made my clinical ndings, ultrasound examination, and sometimes on MRI. Treatment consist of rest, followed by gently progressing therapeutic exercises program in aim to prevent muscle atrophy. Medication is doubtfull, but anti-inammatory drugs are often prescribed and used. 3. Patellofemoral pain syndrome is a common cause of the anterior knee pain, most common seen in runners. The patella tracking abnormalities could produce pain, as
SPOFA 2009
SPORTS INJURIES OF THE MUSCULOSCELETAL SYSTEM RELATED TO...
119
well as changes in pattela cartilage. The main problem is overstrenght of vastus lateralus muscle over the medial vastus muscle, with increased pressure over the lateral part of patella. The other cause of the pain could be the pattelar tendon overuse injury, so called the jumpers knee. The diagnosis depends on clinical ndings, plain X-ray picture and rehabilitation with medication has an excellent prognosis. Recurrence of the pain could be prevent by changint the training program, oor and shoes ... 4. Stress fractures or march fractures were rst described in Prussian Army recruits in 1855, and this problem become evident not only among the soldiers but also during the sport activities on the rm ground. Nowadays, stress fractures are ultimate overuse injury of the bone in recruits, track and eld athletes and ballet dancers. It is caused by repeated rhytmic stress which weakened the bone and nally result in fracture mostly of foot bones or tibia, femur, pubic bones. In sport it is result of unrealistic expectance of ones training capacity. Radiological ndings become evident after 10-15 days and it is the reason of misdiagnosis. The treatment depend on fracture place, but most of the tibia, bula and metatarsal fractures are not displaced and plaster cast for 3-8 weeks are enough. 5. In conclussion it is generaly agreed that bot younger and eldrely people have benet from sport activities both physiologically and psychologically but some issues must be previous be considered, such as age, gender, nutritional status somatotype (height, bodyweight, percentage of body fat ), type of sport activity, level of play and training. Also, the environmental factors play the signicant role. Among them the running surface/terrain, climatologic condition and equipment (footwear for example). The hardness of playing surface is suggest as a great risk factor because even the subtle changes of hard surface seem to predispose the above metioned numerous overuse syndromes. The harder surface such as concrete return the more force to the extremity than the grass or terrein. These should be considered when terrain is made, as well as climatologic conditions, ie extreme climatization. References Johnson DL. Orthopaedic sports medicine inOrthopaedics Fitzgerald RH, Kaufer H, Malkani AL (eds). Mosby St Louis, London, Philadelhia, Sydney, Toronto,2002, pp 515-686. Dee R, Hurts LC, Gruber MA, Kottmeier SA, Principles of orthopaedic practice McGraw-Hill, New York, St.Louis , San Francisco, 1997. ( sendond edition). Pfeffer GB. Chronic ankle pain in the athlete, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, Rosemnt Ill. 2000. Schepsis A, Busconi B, Trueta P, Eithorn TA. Sports Medicine, orthopaedic surgery essentials, Wolter Kluwer, Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, Philadelphia, Baltimore, New York. 2007.
SPOFA 2009
121
Assistant professor, Vesko Drakovi1, PhD. Dejan Ili2, Ma. Svetlana Vinji3
Braca Karic University, Faculty of Management in Sport Faculty of Sport and Physical Education 3 Studio 1 for Sport, Recreation and Physical Culture
1 2
NEED TO INTRODUCE STANDARDS FOR SPORT AND RECREATION FACILITIES

ABSTRACT Intensive need for organized professional exercise has inuenced the application of all standards starting from building to furnishing and skilled management. For a very short time from exercising, which was regarded an activity that belonged to luxury and prestige; it has come to the level in which exercising means basic therapy. Organization of space and conditions are in a great delay, since improvisation as a transitional phase in standards implementation has become a common practice for a longer period of time. The rst built facilities were determined by high standards for the mere reason of top sport demands. In order to hold any kind of competition clear conditions were necessary. And so, thirty years ago, Belgrade had four Olympic swimming pools, football playgrounds, athletic tracks, sport halls, trim tracks with all accompanied facilities, which, at that time, met the European standard. Facilities were dedicated to programs for citizens and training programs. At these times the rst beginnings of private initiatives for exercising (tness centers, trim cabinets) were the results of rst interests of market. With the development of social consciousness and personal relationship towards health these initiatives got full satisfaction. In the meantime, few things had been done for the strategy for sports facilities development. It happened in the market that former athletes, enthusiasts in sport, opened sports centers without any criteria and did one of the most demanding jobs in sports practice. In the period from 1984 to 1987 a dispute about law regulations concerning PE teacher and its status as a legal person was taken for the rst time. That year the suggestion that PE teacher was allowed to open private practice was accepted and introduced into a bill of a new law. Practical realization of this bill was Studio No.1 for sport, recreation and physical culture. Studio was the rst proposer as well, from 1984 till 1986/87 when the bill was ofcially accepted. Finally, the rst private practice was opened by the PE teacher Vesko Draskovic. The existence of 1000 facilities dedicated to sport in Belgrade speaks more about market needs than about the functioning of the system of values. With the developed consciousness and the raise of standards sports facilities have become interesting as protable centers as well. The interest of capital for investments in these programs already exists. The interest of the state is also clear because the
SPOFA 2009
122
Vesko Drakovi, Dejan Ili, Svetlana Vinji
building of these facilities is often conditioned in civil engineering. If the calculated nancial loss because of absence of leave due to illness, injuries, cure and the importance of prevention is taken into account, where sport has a dominating place, we can reasonably expect the expansion of professional sports facilities with the highest standards. Key words: Standards, law, regulations, process. INTRODUCTION Intensive need for organized professional exercising determines the application of all standards starting from the building to furnishing the equipment and professional managing. For a very short time from exercising, which was regarded an activity that belonged to luxury and prestige; there has come to the level in which exercising means a basic therapy. Organization of space and conditions are in a great delay, since improvisation has become a common practice for a longer period of time. The rst facilities built were affected by high standards for the mere reason of top sport demands. Conditions were necessary in order to hold any kind of competition. And so, thirty years ago, Belgrade had four Olympic swimming pools, football playgrounds, athletic tracks, sport halls, trim tracks with all accompanied facilities, which, at that time, meant high standards in Europe. Facilities were dedicated to programs for citizens and to programs that comprised top sport. At these times the rst nuclei of private initiatives for exercising (tness centers, trim cabinets) were the results of rst interests of market apart from the capacities that were offered. The rst space capacities have mostly been organized in accessory premises, cellar shelters, corridors, since there has been no formed law or conditions for construction of appropriate building for such an activity. Additional problem was the fact that with civil engineering standards application we entered the problem of investments which are not compatible with nancial solvency of the market. Improvisation as a transitional form in making standards was inevitable and logical. The application of architectural standards in building has shown the investment that could not be justied in market mechanisms, and so the improvisation of space was the only possible thing. With the development of social consciousness and personal relationship towards health these initiatives got full satisfaction. In the meantime, few things had been done for the strategy for sports facilities development. So it happened in the market that former athletes, enthusiasts in sport, opened sports centers without any criteria and did one of the most demanding jobs. Contemporary technology in the manufacturing of equipment has set high quality standards because of the importance of protection, security, opulence. During the period of less than thirty years from manually produced equipment has been a transfer to the very top technology of manufacturing the equipment. The facilities and equipment are used by children, disabled persons, athletes, professional groups, and amateurs. This topic reminds us to the need for multidisciplinary approach and the necessity of practical application. The quality of work is affected by knowledge and conditions. The value of knowledge is reected into imminent implementation. With the implementation of knowledge the empiric frame is acquired and it improves knowledge and makes real quality. Certain conditions are necessary for that process in order to reduce the risk caused by improvisation. Taking into account the process of destruction caused by immobility, since the programs grow out of time in the period from three to ve years, the correction
SPOFA 2009
123
is necessary in following the real possibilities of practical programs. Implementation of standards makes the connection of science and practice easier, and that shows the need for the reached quality to be measurable and not just described. Economic analysis constantly emphasizes that we are still in conditions and zone of nondeveloped countries. Gross domestic product is low and it conditions the low average personal income. There is a sequence of consequences of such an environment that are present mostly because of the development of such maltreatment of these problems. It is, above all, about professional institutions that, both on European and world level, work on immediate programs in their practice. Skilled staff that is trained for professional work is forced to nd the solution to existence problems in professional retraining. The market demand is very clear and in all markets, regardless of nancial solvency, sport is considered to be a protable eld. Taking into account the dynamics of development of contemporary mans needs, to spend his free time in sports facilities, and that he is ready to spend money for it, the seriousness of this problems treatment to concord regulations by legislator, school institutions, educational centers. That is the way to preserve the users by professional and skilled work METHODS OF RESEARCH There are few researches that study the development of sports facilities. The subject of this research is the need for introducing standards for sport and recreation facilities. The methods that are used in this research are: method of data, sources and statement analysis, the synthesis method of joining the collected data, as well as comparative method. The research was conducted from 1987 to 2007. In the period of twenty years we observed the forming of the rst standardized conditions for forming tness centers, law regulations and investments. RESEARCH RESULTS In the period from 1984 to 1987 a dispute about law regulations concerning PE teacher and his status as a legal person was taken for the rst time. That year the suggestion that PE teacher was allowed to open private practice was accepted and introduced into a bill of a new law. Practical realization of this bill was Studio No.1 for sport, recreation and physical culture. The rst private practice was opened by PE teacher Vesko Draskovic. Law regulations were denied and determined by sports centers managers, and it was by their suggestion that the term recreational was banned, and that was the reason that the rst name of Studio No.1 was for athletic and aesthetic gymnastics. Since then they have inuenced more on forming the law regulations concerning the technological development of sports equipment and standards than the immediate questions of the profession. Disconnection of referent institutions of educational centers and the market have determined a slow, improvised development of sports facilities status and private initiative. The highest amortization of sports facilities that are a huge investment of the whole society was caused by the very people who were responsible for the work of sport
SPOFA 2009
124
centers. They have not recognized the incoming time, market legislations, and the value of profession. Since 1990, when serious destructions started (crisis, sanctions, war), the whole economy suffered a serious blow. The survival of sports facilities has been more concerned about the market outside sport than about the protection of the interests of the eld they had been dedicated to in the rst place. Therefore a huge number of accessory premises and space capacities on the whole were turned into warehouses as well as similar protable lease that had no connection with sport. The strategy that could have preserved sports facilities was non-existent, and there were no real interests for them, although all the conditions have shown that sports facilities could have been preserved best by sport exploitations. Management consciousness could not have been higher taking into account the fact that the average number of employed PE teacher per one sports facility was from 0.70 to 1.5. With standard development skilled staff structure that was necessary and obligatory was conditioned, and so elementary conditions for making initiative, sports facilities protection and users interests were created. Society investments were correct and permanent. Their usage was bad and without sufcient control and analysis of spent means. CONCLUSION Tendencies of contemporary training ground are determined by the market interests. At present, wellness centers are the most afrmative and the most popular. Forming a wellness center demands architecture, physical planning, equipment and skilled staff. In order to have the validity of applied programs, it is necessary to have close connection of science and practice. Very often it is emphasized that the security of the users is the most important. Building of the sports facilities for professional sport is determined by strict standards made for each and every sport. Very often, the necessary investment into the facility for maintaining and training of professional sports teams are not protable. The main reason for it is a social standard and public consciousness. That is the reason why nowadays it is often the case that there are projects that connect sport and business sports-business centers. These programs have not made the expected result taking into account a large amortization, low social standard and high frequency of users who do not stay long in rented objects. These are the parameters that show that it is necessary to care for sport on the level of state strategy, the aim of which is health improvement, comfort, and the lifestyle of population. As the nal products of sport are the medals and nancial satisfaction, so is the healthy population the nal product in amateurism. By introduction of standards, a clearer picture and estimation of the length of a transitional period in forming the sports culture could be made. The highest pressure for standards and law regulations inducement are the international law, regulations and standards. As well as in other elds, it is necessary to concord law regulations with European Community countries. Together with this, there are superimposed standards that directly support law regulations. We used to implement regulations instead of laws very often, and therefore made additional chaos into market formation. Each and every sports facilities investment program demand clear and precise project documentation starting from law, building project, equipment program and the ways
SPOFA 2009
125
of exploitation. Even the least means in investment demand strict criteria for standard implementation. There are about 1000 sports facilities in Belgrade that cover the entire area. Only the most important and the largest sports facilities are presented here (Table no 1). The existence of 1000 facilities dedicated to sport in Belgrade reveal more about market needs than about the functioning of the system of values. With the developed consciousness and the raise of standards sports facilities have become interesting as protable centers as well. The interest of capital for investments in these programs already exists, and the interest of the state is clear because the building of these facilities is often determined in civil engineering. If calculated nancial loss due to absence of leave due to illness, injuries, cure and the importance of prevention is taken into account, where sport has a dominating place, we can expect with reason the expansion of professional sports facilities with the highest standards. Table 1. Sports/recreational centers in Belgrade
BELGRADE ARENA CITY CENTER FOR PHYSICAL CULTURE SPORTS-RECREATIONAL CENTER TAMAJDAN SPORTS-RECREATIONAL CENTER PIONIRSKI GRAD SPORTS CENTER VODOVAC SPORTS CENTER BANJICA SRC 11. APRIL HALL OF SPORTS CULTURAL-SPORTS CENTER PINKI - ZEMUN SPORTS-RECREATIONAL CENTER MILAN GALE MUKATIROVI CENTER FOR PHYSICAL CULTURE VRAAR SPORTS CENTER ZVEZDARA CENTER FOR CULTURE AND SPORT UMICE SPORTS-RECREATIONAL CENTER KOUTNJAK
SPOFA 2009
126
References Ammon, R. Jr., Southall, R., Blair, D. (2004): Sport Facility Management: Organizing Events and Mitigating Risks, Fitness Information Technology Inc. Morgantown, USA Bokovi, B., Bokovi, P. (1992): Tehnologija poslovanja i odravanja sportskih objekata, PP Dr Bokovi, Novi Sad Ceki, N. (2004): Sportski objekti, Skripta, Graevinsko-arhitektonski fakultet, Ni Central Product Classication CPC, (1991), United Nations Classication of Types of Construction CC, nal version, (1997), Eurostat irovi, G. (2007): Sportski objekti stanje, planiranje i perspektive, asopis MODUL, br 43, str. 33-36 irovi, G. (2007): Menadment sportskih objekata stanje i perspektive, Zbornik radova Menadment i savremeno funkcionisanje sportskih centara, Asocijacija sportskih centara Srbije, Zlatibor irovi, G., Mitrovi, D., Jovanovi., J. (2008): Standardi sportskih objekata, III struni skup Menadment i funkcionisanje sportskih centara Standardizacija i kategorizacija sportskih objekata, Asocijacija sportskih centara Srbije, Zlatibor. Farmer, R. Mulrooney, A. Ammon, R. (1996): Sport Facility Planning and Management, Fitness Information Techonology, Inc. Morgantown, USA Ili, S (1998): Sportski objekti, Beograd Jubenville, A. Twight, B. Becener, R. (1987): Outdoor Recreation Management, Venture Publishing Klasikacija vrsta graevina, metodologije i standardi, Republiki zavod za statistiku Srbije, Beograd, 2005. Lazarevi Bajec, N. (2000). Teorija planiranja. Beograd, Arhitektonski fakultet Univerziteta u Beogradu Maldini, S. (2004): Enciklopedija arhitekture, II tom, izdanje autora, Beograd Mitrovi. M. (1981): Sportski objekti, Beograd Mitrovi, D., irovi, G. (2008). Funkcionisanje sportskih centara. Beograd, Asocijacija sportskih centara Olson, J. (1997): Facility and Equipment Management for Sport Directors, Human Kinetics, Champaign, USA Petrovi, Z. (2004): Objekti zike kulture - kolski objekti, Beograd Petrovi, Z. (2005): Menadment sportskih i sportsko-rekreativnih objekata, Fakultet sporta i zikog vaspitanja, Beograd Pravilnik o utvrivanju bliih kriterijuma za utvrivanje opteg interesa u oblasti sporta (Sl. glasnik RS, br. 39/2006) Pravilnik o uslovima za obavljanje sportskih aktivnosti i delatnosti (Sl. glasnik RS, br. 30/99) Prostorni plan Republike Srbije. (1996). Beograd, Slubeni glasnik Republike Srbije (13/1996)
SPOFA 2009
127
Sotgia, A. (1999): Management as a Project, Spaziosport no 3, CONI, Roma, p 5-6 Statistical Yearbook of Serbia (2007), Statistical Institute of Serbia, Belgrade Strategija razvoja sporta u Republici Srbiji za period 2009. do 2013. godine (Sl. glasnik RS, br. 110/08) Tomi, M. (2001): Menadment u sportu, II izdanje, IPAstimbo, Beograd Walker, M., Stotlar, D. (1997): Sport Facility Management, Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Sudbury, Massachusetts, USA Zakon o sportu (Sl. glasnik RS, br. 52/96 i 101/2005 - dr. zakon) Zakon o ministarstvima. (2007). Beograd, Slubeni glasnik Republike Srbije (43/2007) Zakon o ministarstvima. (2008). Beograd, Slubeni glasnik Republike Srbije (00/2008) Zakon o sportu. (1996). Beograd, Slubeni glasnik Republike Srbije (52/1996 i 101/2005) Zakon o planiranju i izgradnji. (2003). Beograd, Slubeni glasnik Republike Srbije (47/2003 i 34/2006)
SPOFA 2009
129
Lidija Banovic, Miodrag Banovic
Institution: INFO sports center CG - Bar, Montenegro.
POSSIBILITIES OF RECONSTRUCTION OF THE CONTENTS OF RECREATIONAL PARK, OASIS BAR

INTRODUCTION After completing the second phase of construction of recreational park, Oasis - Bar, despite initiatives by the project and Sports Center INFO CG - Bar as an institution holder of implementation, no access activities for continuation of the III - V phase of the project. A large number of citizens, sportsmen, recreational, tourist guests Bar Riviera, and in November 2006 and oods in the recreational park Oasis, were an important factor to access the development project of reconstruction of the trim track lighting and the introduction of the Oasis. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Reconstruction trim trails, The introduction of lighting in the Oasis, Setup information boards with instructions for use of each block devices, Setup information boards with instructions on permissible physical loads and health self-user, Arranging blocks for logistical support, Ecological and aesthetic aspects.
From Planning trim trails 2000: clearing roots, digging and clearing stones from the path and opening opportunities for running in natural conditions, in addition to the sea, and from built 28 elements physical equipment for the preparation of athletes and recreational citizens 2002, did not do anything on its maintenance and improvement of standards of privacy, and thus the quality of life. Users of recreational park, Oasis - Bar, across the action on the social justication of the existence and functioning of the RP Oasis, created by the assumptions which opens the way to the further upgrade the quality of functioning of this site for citizens.
USERS
1. Children of preschool age children and students of lower grades of elementary schools for implementation of part of the educational program that takes place in nature, 2. Children, youth and citizens for additional medical forms activities,
SPOFA 2009
130
3. School youth to extracurricular activities in their free time, 4. The youth needs most individual or group physical activity to prevent a wide range of addictions and rehabilitation of young people in one part of which has created dependency or in the initial phase, 5. Athletes preparing for the conditioning, 6. Recreative seeking their oasis, 7. Athletes who come to the Bar on the basic preparation and requiring open space with equipment, 8. Pensioners to slow the aging process, 9. People with disabilities and children with special needs for psychological, physical rehabilitation in nature, 10. Tourists on holidays in this region which is enriched with additional active recreation facilities, 11. Children, youth, pensioners, other citizens, ie. and all who will not use the salon services in various types of tness rooms if they have an alternative in nature, which is dominant in relation to the indoors. Therefore the good part of the family there is no possibility of scarce budget resources allocated to health prevention and recreation rooms, gives the contribution to the improvement of social status users. Previous research has been to the annual number of 7,000 regular and occasional users, the benets of a rened environment with the overall content and enjoy all the citizens and tourists in any way live in the coastal belt of the area. Given that the Oasis along the coast and in the summer period using the swimming beach Susanj which in the living visit the beach during the summer period is approximately 10.000 that would not have entered the arbitrary assessment of the number of users who may encounter different assessments can only assume the additional number of users of this space. RELEVANT ORGANIZATIONS AND INSTITUTIONS TO CONFIRM THE REASONABLENESS OF THE CONSTRUCTION AND RECONSTRUCTION OF THE RECREATIONAL PARK OASIS 1. Sport organizations Bar (115), 2. Educational institutions for preschool and school age (6 kindergartens, 10 primary and 3 secondary schools), 3. Tourist hotel organizations, 5. Owners of hotel capacity, 6. Business entities, 7. Pensioners Association, 8. Health institutions, 9. Cultural Institutions, 10. Institutions involved in the protection and promotion of the environment.
SPOFA 2009
131
SPOFA 2009
132
SPOFA 2009
133
SPOFA 2009
134
SPOFA 2009
135
METHODS To trigger activity in the reconstruction of the contents of recreational park, Oasis is accompanied by the use of this space over the past 9 years. Not every individual who has entered the oasis was recorded but a questionnaire about the justication for the content drafted RP Oasis was positively declared by 3000 citizens. Not a single candidate was against. OPERATIONAL METHODS FOR THE RECONSTRUCTION OF THE OASIS CONTENTS
1. RECONSTRUCTION TRIM PATHS:
a) Preparatory phase: - rerouting trim paths (new corridor in the central part), - Denition of mutual obligation and associates, - Find the most favorable offer for performing works, - performance of the negotiation positions b) Phase of rough earthworks: - Rough earthwork on the planning of space, and trench lling terrain attening with 140 m3 of overburden. - The basis for the excavation and placement of roadside by a length of 600 m width of 2 m. - Supply curb for the length of 1.200 m. - Transport and unloading curb, - Recruitment of experts to set up roadside, - Supply 120 m 3 of sand, - Purchase 30 m 3 sawdust, - Collections of pine needles in the park, - Filling sand and sawdust trails and paths align - Bed of sand on the track, - Topdressing of sawdust and pine needles on the trail, c) Phase rough nishing work - excavation and foundation set up information panels on the ecology, mode of maintenance space, guidelines for exercising and allowed the physical load, self-control policies on health, - Design lighting in the recreational park OAZA - Bar. d) Final phase The nal stage of cleaning the space and making it available to recreational park OAZA citizens Bar and all the guests in this area.
SPOFA 2009
136
2. THE INTRODUCTION OF LIGHTING IN RECREATIONAL PARK, OASIS The rst phase of lighting along the trim path of 600 m. 60 excavation foundation for carriers lighting - lighting setup carriers, Supply and couch current for lighting, Setting and connection of lanterns lighting the city,
3. SETTING 8 INFORMATION PANELS WITH PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING EVERY BLOCK DEVICE: 4 SETTING 8 INFORMATION PANELS WITH INSTRUCTIONS ON PERMISSIBLE PHYSICAL LOADS AND HEALTH SELF-USER, 5 ARRANGING BLOCKS FOR LOGISTICAL SUPPORT:
- Making content catering chalets with bathroom and (100 m2 + terrace at the base) - Make Shelter for mothers with children - Making the chamber of the amphitheater for the maintenance of theoretical instruction and education of users.
6. ECOLOGICAL AND AESTHETIC ASPECTS OF:
- Setting a vessel for waste disposal - Any part of equipment and informative panels painted in shades that match atmosphere - At each checkpoint to leave users opportunity to submit their comments and suggestions. RESULTS Which results are obtained in reconstruction of trim trails and the introduction of lighting in the recreational park Oasis, the only space of its kind, and so structured, not only in the urban core, but the whole area of Bar Municipality? 1. Edited space for recreation and citizens physical preparation of athletes, 2. The space for the school in nature, 3. Adequate conditions for extended tourist offer, 4. Possibility for a few-hours visit pensioners in the eco-environment, 5. Equipment in open space for kinezitherapy treatment, 6. Terms of indirect re-socialization of young people, 7. Books for the prevention of addiction active content, 8. New space for recreational activities for people from risk groups, 9. High rating of tourist destinations, 10. Aesthetics of economic prosperity,
SPOFA 2009
137
11. Opportunities for increased inow of tourists and income from tourism, 12. Assumptions for the welfare of future generations, 13. Conditions for the encouragement of eco-education, protection and improvement of the environment to the active content, 14. The quality of modern life, 15. model for similar content in the coastal belt. CONCLUSION Firstly, even in the previous phase of construction Recretaive Park Oasis Bar sport organizations, educational institutions, the athletes on training, tourism organizations, recreation, health institutions, the Institute for subtropical culture ... felt the benets and concept of this space. Now we can expect conrmation of their activities as justied. 2. Evaluating the quality will be done after the rst meeting of the audience with the renewed contents of Recreational Park OAZA, and so far, the gained trust can guarantee quality even prior to its development. 3. Reconstruction of trim trails will change the length from the previous 555 m to 600 m. 4. The introduction of lighting in RP Oasis will eliminate the time of day as a limiting factor. This will create preconditions for a more massive use of space, especially in the summer tourist season. 5. Reconstruction trim trails and the introduction of RP Oasis will represent a model of how to design other similar areas in the coastal belt, and will create preconditions for continuation of the overall project RP Oasis - Bar. References Banovic M. (2000). ECO Park Oasis - Bar. INFO sports center CG - Bar: Bar. Banovic M. (2004). The project of reconstruction trim trails in the park ECO Oasis - Bar. INFO CG Sports Center Bar: Bar. Banovic M. (2006). The project pedestrian-bicycle path hinterland of the Riviera Bar - Bar. INFO sports center CG - Bar: Bar. Marievi D. (1974). Trim. Partizan Serbia: Belgrade.
SPOFA 2009
139
dr Ivo upanovi
Faculty of International Hotels` and Touristic Management, Miloer, Monte Negro
mr Simo Sui
College of civil engineering and geodesy, Hajduk Stankova 2, Belgrade,
DEFINITIONS OF TOURIST DESTINATION, INTEGRATED TOURIST DESTINATIONS PRODUCT AND STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT IN TOURISM
Tourist Destination is dened more or less as an enclosed geographical entirety which is managed by attractive, communicative and receptive factors, in other words, by all natural, anthropogenic and trafc assumptions for accommodations, food, relaxation, recreation and fun offered to visitor - tourist (in other words well constructed tourist offer) (Baki, 2002). Integrated tourist destination product is not mechanical or physical choice sum of partial tourist products, it is necessary to determine the criteria based on which a tourist product is treated as an integrated one. First of all, let us go through the universal denition that the satisfying of tourist consumers needs is possible only with a multitude of certain products and services. The choice of product is decided by tourist consumer. Concluding on the mentioned, integrated tourist product of a certain tourist destination, would be combination of (Popesku, 1991): attractions-combination of natural and social conveniences, accommodation conditions in destination(necessary accommodation facilities), accessibility of destination (infrastructure, equipment). Managing of a tourist destination and tourist destination integrated product is a complex process, which includes planning, organization, leadership and controlling. Applying strategic management in tourism is specic because of the essential difference between management of material products and management of services and because of the heterogeneous nature of the tourist market. Strategic management in tourism is focused on number factors, planning systematic steps to determine the optimal strategy and policies that will lead to the objectives of each particular tourist destination. Strategic management in tourism needs to be devised to minimize if not eliminate the gap between the potential of the tourist offering and the needs of the tourist market. These factors are the main driving force for shaping the strategic management in tourism. The goal of tourism destination management is permanent innovations involvement in integrated tourist product, which will also be the theme of this study. Careful data collection is essential and key base for identifying opportunities for recognition of proper
SPOFA 2009
140
Ivo upanovi, Simo Sui
moment on the market for innovations involvement. In general effective destination strategic management is enhanced with the market understanding and employing the best organization model (Bertoluci and avlek, 2007). STRUCTURE OF INTEGRATED TOURIST DESTINATION PRODUCT a. Tourist attractions envelope large spectrum of natural, anthropogenic, economy and other destination characteristic (ai, 1998). In terms of status conception, tourist attractions are dened as empirical connection of tourists, nucleus or sight and information. In wider terms, tourist attractions have features of the system including three elements: tourist or human factor, nucleus or central elements and marker or information. Tourist attractions show up when those three elements are achieved and connected in one locality (uki, 2001). Tourist attractions mostly consist of the elements out of hometown of tourists. Attractions demand continuous enrichment of planning, depending on features of tourist destinations. The most common attraction characterizations are general images of attraction types when attractions are combined with elements of location, choice, observation or participation, attraction characterization images are more generalized by use of multi-dimension analysis. More detailed and wider examples of attraction image are those that include beauties of nature, climate, culture, social, features, sport, recreation, education. This characterization enables an impartial comparison of tourist destination with competitors. Attractions, which are connected with spatial interaction, provide meticulous conception of their inuence within tourist offer, which means conception of integrated tourist product. Baki and other authors speak of those as of tourist products of the future. He points out that national and local tourist organizations need to pay attention and focus on (Unkovi and all, 1991): much wider involvement in offer of museums, galleries and monuments, promotion of old towns, range of culture and history varieties (language, customs, cuisine, folklore, etc. The basic motive which initiates travel of this kind of tourist consumers is learning about unknown cultures and traditions (Swarbroke and all, 2003). All set these can be the base for the so-called tourist destination bullet attraction. Management attractions is putting in focus in advance dened natural, culture-historical and built attractions, carefully planned, organized and controlled. Through mentioned element of integrated tourist product will be open destination strategic window on local, regional and national level (Baki,Ljubojevi and Baki 2002). b. Accessibility is a location factor which to a great extent enables emphasis and exploitation of original and produces element of destination. It includes communication factorstrafc potentials and their current and future exploitation. Two aspects of this location factors are emphasized: macro approach concerning accessibility of facility in relation to demand ow, and micro aspect concerning location of facility in relation to main factors of destination (ai, 1998).
SPOFA 2009
DEFINITIONS OF TOURIST DESTINATION, INTEGRATED TOURIST DESTINATIONS PRODUCT ...
141
Lawson and Baud-Bovi point out that trafc accessibility is one of serious factors which determine of holiday and recreation. In order to emphasize mention advantages of trafc accessibility to the maximum, the author of this work concludes that it is necessary to point out new trends in modern tours behavior, when it comes to transport: 1. transport cost of total expense falls down, 2. tourist clients rather choose more expensive accommodation, while saving on transport expense, 3. raise of air transport market part, with emphasis of low cost segment, 4. regarding railway travel, trends demand different prices for certain market segments, 5. revolution of cost politics, in air and railway transport, 6. increase of cruising . In order to enable a fast and efcient transport of travelers from their starting point out to tourist destination, and due to the frequent need for use of several means of transport cooperation and mutual effort of leading means of transport is necessary and must be coordinated on all levels. In order to exceed accommodation conditions in almost all tourist places and also on the level of particular tourist destination, it is necessary to take steps in two directions, rst of all towards the improvement of accommodation and food and beverage capacities, and to solve the problems of not developed and non quality communal infrastructure. In order to solve the mentioned limiting factors of tourism development, as a part of solution of accommodation capacities, the following steps are suggested (Turistika zajednica upanije Splitsko-Dalmatinske, 2006). development of all new accommodations capacities must be in accordance with minimal standards of four stars, except for the private accommodation and catering, when three stars are suggested, which as we mentioned before, should be transformed into small hotels; development of new accommodation capacities should be more directed towards hotels and hotel blocks and less towards apartments and apartments blocks. development of new basic accommodation capacities with purpose for real-estate sell on market should be strictly banned, except in the case of integral complexes of mixed purposes with hotels and villas,; development of new complementary capacities must be mostly directed towards camps with at least four stars, while the development of new tourist rooms should be disabled for a certain period of time; development of new accommodation capacities on separated building sites of catering and tourist purposes is suggested only under the conditions of clear owners status, spatial, market and nancial feasibility as well as endurance and integrating of development into surrounding with focus on partially developed areas, out of use. presence of brand hotels which would have positive inuence on tourism because it generates new demand, investments as well as know how.
SPOFA 2009
142
INTEGRATION OF NEW PRODUCT (OR PART OF PRODUCT) IN TOURIST DESTINATION OFFER Introduction of new product or part of new tourist product, in our case in accommodation eld, is one of the most hazardous but also most important steps in marketing .It is decision with strategic feature and includes meticulous preparation and analysis of current state. Introduction of new product is diametrically different process of managing the current product. Since the mentioned process is of vital importance for tourist destination, the rst important thing is to make completely clear that new product is. In addition, there is an impartial risk that a product may be new for destination, but not for the market. The other main reason for introduction of new product is that it presents necessity essential for survival on market. A long exploitation of existing products bears a risk of not tting the changing needs and tastes of customers, new technologies, shortened cycle of product, etc. Heath and Wall note that the process of development of new product applicable on tourist destination level consist of following stages (Heath and Wall, 1992): identication of chances-denition of market, generating of idea, consideration of idea; design-measurement of demands, development of new product concept, strategy development; testing promotional testing, market prognosticating, market test and introduction-planning and introducing. To enable successfully this activity, it is necessary to consider all comparative advantages of new product in comparison with competition, all possible issues and deciencies in distribution channels and promotional activities. Therefore, tourist offer stakeholders must decide, rst of all about way of development of new product. Basic ways of new product development are (Milisavljevi, 2004): sequence development, where previously are determined tourist offer subjects nish their phase, and after that involve next subjects; simultaneous development, planned work of various sectors and subjects in same time, coordinating activities, with the resulting save of time and increase of efciency. Hence, creativity, innovations and new product involvement become one of the most important resources in service and tourism industry. Afterwards, implementation of new products and innovations in integrated tourist destination product is not less task for destination management (Tomi-Hrabovski, 2009).
SPOFA 2009
143
NECESSITY OF SPORT FACILITIES INVOLVEMENT IN TOURIST DESTINATION RECEPTIVE FACTORS OFFER In our view new product or improving offer of actual integrated tourist product can be better using and positioning of destination sport facilities. Contemporary tourism demands new, sophisticated techniques of creating of optimal models for tourism supply. Sport and recreation have always been present in tourism; however, their role was, until about two decades ago, dominantly of an accompanying character. Since the tourist started to appear in all tourism related activities as a active participants in various programmes, then the passive observers have obtained new role as active tourists (Bertoluci and avlek, 2007). So it means that sport tourists start to prefer better status of sport facilities in total receptive factors offer, irrelevant if we are talking about wellness, health, or other kinds of sport tourism. In relation with previous thesis, involvement, improving and proper positioning of sport facilities in whole receptive factors are necessity. With legal aspect, sport facilities are building which essential meaning includes also dened space and surface. During the time, following categories of sport facilities are established (Nei, 2009): free spaces adapted for some use, with optimal geographical and climate conditionsimprovised places for swimming, running etc; opened spaces for specic sports elds but without space for visitors, dressing room and toilet; opened spaces with minimum standards for training process and competitions of regional importance; covered facilities for standards for realization of physical culture and education programmes, with space for dressing room and toilet; small sport-recreation centers for training and recreation individual or as a part of tourist accommodation space; sport-recreation centers adapted for national and some international competitions; sport-recreation centers adapted for every kind of international competitions. First of all, we have to see economic effects of sport in tourism. Direct economic effects are realized in tourism or sport businesses on the basis of selling the sports physical recreation services. It can be measured in any tourism or sport organization. Indirect economic effects are emphasized through various kinds of tourism businesses and are created with tourists which main motive is sport for staying in particular tourist destination (Bertoluci and avlek, 2007). These tourists are athletes and people of all categories who participate in various sport disciplines, but also business people, who prefer wellness, golf or other sport activities.
SPOFA 2009
144
Also, big economic effects from sport involvement in tourism are from various sports manifestations, where visitors but also and athletes contribute in total tourism overnights and in the same time in tourism income increase. Indirect economic effects of sport in tourism are posted through several factors: motivation for selecting a particular tourism destination, prolonging the tourist season, overcoming the seasonality in tourism, increasing extra spending, improvement of diversity and of the quality of tourism offer.
Mentioned list of benets regarding sport involvement in tourism can not be possible without robust and comprehensive sport facilities infrastructure, individual or included in tourist complexes. On indirect way, improving of sports facilities supports construction industry and their income and turnover. CONSTRUCTION OF SPORT FACILITIES WITHIN TOURIST COMPLEX As the sport facilities as a part of tourist complex had very dynamic development during last 20 years, designers and contractors have to be prepared to answer quickly to that demand. Investment companies and hotel operators are not always specialized for those facilities, so very often specialized consultancy must be involved in the design, procurement and construction process to reduce risk to the project. On the following chart is presented organization structure applied on one big project where complex of hotels, golf courses and marina were planned to be built. Chart 1 : Possible organization chart on the big construction project
Many tourist complexes are built in the extreme climate areas, so the construction must be adjusted to that constraints. During the construction productivity is reduced (because of hot or cold weather) and also health and safety should be organized to prevent incidents on site. Also, design of those structures must be adapted to the climate requirements, so the insulation and installed equipment should be of appropriate size, capacity and quality to obtain normal function and maintenance.
SPOFA 2009
145
Picture 1: Dolomites as an extreme climate area for the development of sport complexes To manage design and construction of sport facilities is always constrained with many factors. The main goal is to complete project within previously dened budget and time (Myers, 2004), and that project are always time constrained (to nish construction before summer or winter season), and nancing the project is mostly project bank nancing or credit. Very important is to have cost plan before making decision of the tourist complex nal elements, so consultancy must be involved in feasibility study preparation. Procurement process is one of the key phases as the not many contractor companies on the market are eligible to work on that demanding construction. MAINTENENCE OF SPORT FACILITIES AND THEIR DEVELOPMENT DURING PERFORMANCE OF TOURIST DESTINATION The main problem during exploitation of sport facilities is their proper and economic maintenance. As the many sport facilities are not in function during the whole year it is very important to have good conservation system, and to organize facility management of that facilities. Engineering of sport facilities provide facility management plan, which is complete plan of service and maintenance. That practically means that the facility is following the plan prepared during design, with all design as build documents. Maintenance is also the protection of equipment and buildings, to reduce risks of incidents especially during high season when the facilities work on the maximum capacity. Modern approach predicts using of specialized facility management companies to reduce cost of that service. Problem is on the separated resorts where that service is not available, so the complex management has to organize that service within organization.
SPOFA 2009
146
TOURIST DESTINATION BRAND ESTABLISHING BASED ON THE INVOLVEMENT OF SPORT FACILITIES IN TOTAL TOURIST DESTINATION OFFER For example, Umag is an exclusive tourist center but also and the organizer of ATP tennis tournament. In 1999, thetournament organizers received ATP Tour Award of Excellency which point out to seriousness and importance of the mentioned manifestation. Tournament is extraordinary opportunity for Umag promotion as high-level tourist destination due to the fact that apart of Croatian National TV-HRT, mentioned sport events are broadcasted from Eurosport, TV Slovenia and numerous private TV stations. Eurosport in the ATP magazine scope broadcasts topics of 15 minutes from Umag ATP in 163 countries, which means that 9 million of spectators worldwide watch above mentioned ATP. Visitors also have additional offer as broadcasting with panorama cameras, prize games, sponsorships activities, Internet pages, etc. Also, tourist destination Umag achieves more than 50 thousands of overnights for seven days of Umag tournament (www.infocroatia.com). The above example points out that with proper sport facilities using, with their adequate positioning and integrating in total tourist destination offer, main benets will have whole stakeholders of tourist destination, due to positive effects multiplication. Also, after successful realization of ATP project, Umag is recognized as tourist destination with specic and progressive brand and image, not only from actual tourist consumers aspect, but also from possible and potential visitors side. CONCLUSION Successful strategic management of tourist destination directly depends on qualitative managing of destination sport facilities as a part of destination receptive factors in integrated tourist destination frame and require special monitoring in technical sense, but also in sense of their proper involvement in tourist destination offer and selection of human resources which will manage individual sport facilities and in the tourist complexes scope. References Baki O.,Marketing menadment turistike destinacije, Ekonomski fakultet, Beograd, 2002. Baki O.,Ljubojevi .,Baki M.,(2002.), Marketing strategija turistikih usluga, Zavod za udbenike i nastavna sredstva,Beograd Bertoluci M.,avlek N. (2007), Turizam i sport-razvojni aspekti, kolska knjiga,Zagreb ai K.,(1998), Poslovanje preduzea u turizmu,Ekonomski fakultet,Beograd uki A.,(2001.), Menadment prirodnih resursa i ekologija u turizmu, Veleuilite u Dubrovniku, Dubrovnik Popesku J.(1991), Optimizacija instrumenata marketinga u preduzeima turistike privrede, Beletra, Beograd Middleton V.T.C,Clarke J.,(2002) . Marketing in travel and tourism, ButterworthHeineman, Burlington Milisavljevi M.,(2004.), Strategijski marketing,Ekonomski fakultet,Beograd
SPOFA 2009
147
Nei M.,(2009), Parkovi prirode kao resursi sporta i sportskog turizma, Business Economics Journal, Fakultet za usluni biznis,Novi Sad Republika Hrvatska,Ministarstvo turizma,Strategija razvoja hrvatskog turizma do 2010.godine, Zagreb, 2003.. Swarbroke J., Beard C., Leckie S., Pomfret G., (2003.), Adventure tourism, Butterwoth-Hineman, Burlington Tomi-Hrabovski E.,(2009),Kreativnost i inovacije u turizmu, Business Economics Journal, Vol. IV, Fakultet za usluni biznis, Novi Sad. Turistika zajednica upanije Splitsko-Dalmatinske,Analiza stanja i mogunosti turizma uz izvjee o poduzetim i ostvarenim aktivnostima na pripremi turistike sezone 2006.godine na podruju Splitsko-Dalmatinske upanije,Split,2006. Heath E.,Wall G.(1992).Marketing tourism destinations: A strategic planning approach, John Wiley and sons, New York. Unkovi S., ai K.,Baki O., Popesku J. (1991), Savremeni tokovi u turizmu, Ekonomski fakultet, Beograd Myers, D., (2004) Construction Economics A New Approach, Spon Press Ivkovi B., Popovi ., (2005). Upravljanje projektima u graevinarstvu, Graevinska knjiga, Beograd Web www.infocroatia.com
SPOFA 2009
149
Predrag Bianin1; mr Bratislav Petrovi2

The Republic Institute for Sport1, Belgrade, Republic of Serbia Ministry of Youth and Sport of the Republic of Serbia2, Belgrade, Republic of Serbia
REGISTER OF SPORT VENUES IN FUNCTION OF SPORT DEVELOPMENT IN REPUBLIC OF SERBIA

INTRODUCTION
Sport is an activity of general interest to all citizens. Sport activities must be accessible to all citizens regardless of age, physical ability or nancial situation. Implementation of sports activities requires appropriate facilities and sports venues. For detailed planning and spatial analysis, data of sports venues and parameters of the spaces that are intended to sporting activities are necessary, as concerns physical exercise and sports events. One of the major issues that are manifested in preparation for the implementation of sports activities is the lack of data and information space for conducting sports activities in sports venues. There is no established information system on the space and sports venues. Data on sports venues are separate, on different levels of cover and treatments. This situation requires additional efforts and exceptional engagement in collecting data on sports venues in order to form the basis of information for the purpose of fullling certain requirements for sporting activities. These issues would be overcome by making the register of sports venues. Current situation in the registry of sports venues is illustrated by the fact that the last ofcial census sporting venues conducted by a state ofce in charge of statistics collected only 15% of expected data. On the other hand, although objectively there is no information on number of sports venues on the territory of the Republic of Serbia, signicant budgetary funds (over 50%) are intended to be spent on sports investments. The subject is the register of sports venues. The aim of this study indicates the importance of the register of sports venues for the development of sport. The task of this work is to introduce, in particular, the professional public with the need of forming the register of sports venues. According to the subject and objective research, the general hypothesis is dened, which states: Register of sports venues contributes to the development of sport. This work represents a scientic contribution to the study of sports venues and sports development in Serbia.
SPOFA 2009
150
Predrag Bianin, Bratislav Petrovi
METHODS
There are not so many research studies of sports venues in Serbia. They are limited to the incomplete records, and directories of sports venues and centers. Institute for technology transfer published record of sports venues titled: Sports venues in Serbia (2003), and the Association of Serbian sports centers published: Address of sports centers in Serbia (2008). The subject of research, according to its nature, determined the use of certain methods and techniques of research: - Description and criticism of relevant written sources from the domain of legislation in the eld of sport and the registration of sports venues - A synthesis: the generalization and merging of facts about the necessity of establishing a register of sports venues and the impact of the register of sports venues to promote development of sport
RESULTS
LEGISLATION
According to the Law on Sport (1996) the Ministry of Youth and Sport should keep registries of sports venues and activities of the Republic Institute for Sports includes information documentation activity and maintenance of database for the registry records and the preparation of analytical documents for the planning, programming, evaluation of effects and other professional needs of sports organizations and associations. Sports organizations or organizations for performing sports activities and clubs are obliged to, in accordance with law and regulations of the Ministry in charge of sports, include water sports venues in the record. According to the Regulation on conditions for conducting sports activities and operations (1999) the conditions in space or venues for conducting activities in the eld of sport are: - Proper sports space, as for venue, with basic facilities, or areas for the execution of one or more sports activities - associated facilities - Installations and appropriate technical equipment, and - two ofces of minimum area 15m with associated toilet. According to the Regulation on the records of real estate and other assets owned by the state (1996), in accordance with the Law on Assets Owned by the Republic of Serbia (1995), state ofces and organizations, ofces of territorial units, public utilities and other organizations founded by the Republic or the territorial units in state ownership are in charge of records of state and movement of real estate state. Retrieved from real estate includes: a state-owned land and buildings and other construction facilities in state ownership. In order to apply of systemic equitable relocation planning, construction and maintenance of sports venues and purpose of preserving existing sports venues, the existence of the register of sports venues is necessary.
SPOFA 2009
151
IMPORTANCE OF THE REGISTER OF SPORTS VENUES
Technological development has caused the transition from print to electronic data, in accordance with the needs of modern technology and faster information ow index of informations Register of sports venues should be an integrated, computer-supported system for the collection, storage, management, manipulation, analysis and display of information that are important in sport. Multi-user register of sports venues is necessary. Register of sports venues is a database or a collection of interrelated data organized and the most appropriate way to quickly use or extract data by specic criteria. In accordance to objective and layered recordings of the existing fund and distribution of sports venues that are entered in the register of sports venues, it is possible to make relevant research and analyze state sports infrastructure. By creating a database the following must be merged: - Data regarding the sport services and - Data of certain state services (cadastre, urban planning, statistics, environment, etc.). This set of basic IT - Register of sports venues should enable the realization of the following objectives: Effectively collecting data Reliable data archiving A complete analysis, processing and data management Compatibility with other information systems.
Therefore the register of sports venues is the basic tool of management in sport and it exercised control objectives: - increase of the overall system of knowledge about sports venues - improving the decision making process (better planning, resource management ofsports venues, etc...) - Improve the situation of sports venues - Harmonization of the use of sports venues. The jurisdiction of the state is to regulate and provide a system in the eld of sport; it includes measures to encourage balanced development of the Republic of Serbia. Creating a database - the register of sports venues would contribute to balanced development and reduction of regional and intra-regional disparities, with emphasis on encouraging the development of the underdeveloped, devastated and rural areas. One of the strategic objectives (Strategy for the Development of Sport, 2008.) is prioritizing in the maintenance and construction of sports venues and outdoor sports elds. Planned activities for the realization of this objective are plan creating for construction and maintenance of sports venues. The plan creating requires a complete data base - the register of sports venues.
SPOFA 2009
152
ESTABLISHMENT OF SPORTS FACILITIES REGISTER
Basic phase of establishing a register of sports venues include: - Creating a design of application of program for entering data electronically for the purposes of the Register of sports venues - Creating software for data input - Education of representatives of local government units for electronic data entry on sports venues. Creating Design look of application program for entering data electronically for the index of sports venues is the rst step in the project. In the preparatory phase it is necessary to create a questionnaire form on all essential and relevant data to be stored in application program for entering data electronically, which would be lled by the registrant, and representatives of local government units authorized for electronic input of the sports facilities. Considering the fact of the large number of register required data caused by the variety of sports venues, the questionnaire should be made in generalized form, exible and usable for all types of sports venues and elds. Creating the software required for data entry in electronic form must have a built-in users system. For users - registrants shouldhave a user name and password in order to access to the application form and ll out the questionnaire and enter data on sports venues in the database - index of sports venues. For more effectively realization of entry in the database of sports venues, registration jurisdiction should be arranged for registrants in all local governments of the Republic of Serbia. Registrants are authorized by the person authorized to represent the sports venue (authorized to use the sports facility). Before the start of establishment of database, the education for certied registrants electronic input of the sports venues is necessary.
SPORTS DEVELOPMENT
In accordance with the Strategy for the development of sport in the Republic of Serbia for the period 2009 2013 (2008) promotion of sport in the Republic includes: - The systematic planning of construction and maintenance of sports venues and establishing a legal mechanism to preserve the use of existing sports venues; - Establishing a transparent system of nancing of sports from public and private sources and control of the use of distributed resources - Improving conditions for sports in local government units. Strategy for the development of sport determines the development of sports infrasructure as one of the three main priorities. Strategic orientation of the state is to reconstruct, adapt, and recorgnize the existing sports venues, where appropriate and effective, and then to build new sports venues. With the view to planning and construction of new sports facilities, the information base on existing sports venues, as on Register of sports venues is necessary. For overall records of sports venues is necessary to obtain data on meeting the needs for sports venues and the need to build new sports spatial contents. Using Register of
SPOFA 2009
153
sports venues solves the problems of sports venues, or to their planning, construction, records management, maintenance and use. General interest in the eld of sports, for whose implementation the funds are provided in the budget of the Republic, pursuant to Article 69 of the Law on Sport (1996). According to the provisions of this Article, the general interest in sport in the Republic is the construction, equipping and maintenance of sports venues for the interests of the Republic. General interest in the eld of sports is realized through nancing or co-nancing of certain programs and projects. General objectives of sports development are: - Smooth territorial arrangement of sports venues - Records of the development of sports venues - Finding the most appropriate solutions for the use of sports venues, conducting sports activities and organization of sports events. Modern and functionally decorated infrastructure is one of the key prerequisites for achieving development and success in all elds of sport. CONCLUSION Register of sports venues is identied as one of the most important register in the eld of sport, due to the material and value in use of sports venues and major investments in the construction, restoration and maintenance of sports venues. Register of sports venues should include data that are harmonized information from different databases, which is far higher quality of information and eliminates the multiple gathering and maintaining of the same data in different databases. Experiences of other countries, which several years ago introduced information technology into the domain of sport, show that the implementation and use of information technology is the optimal approach to solving many problems in the development of sports facilities. Register of sports facilities as public registers should be the important part of the global information system in sports. The concept of the register of sports venues considers active participation of units of local government in the formation of a database of sports venues in Serbia. Comparison of systematic management objectives that are achieved by establishing the register of sports venues and sports development strategic objectives determines causal links between the register of sports venues and sports development, thus conrming the hypothesis that the register set of sports facilities contribute to the development of sport. Ministry of Youth and Sport obtained the software for electronic data entry for sports venues and in cooperation with the Republic Institute for Sport began with realization of project Register of Sports Venues of the Republic of Serbia, whichfor the rst time in Serbia established systematic collection and recording of data on sports venues . In order to determine the importance of the register of sports venues, it is necessary to further explore the compatibility of the register of sports venues with other public registers in Serbia and determine the correlation register of sports venues and a network of sports venues.
SPOFA 2009
154
References Law on Ministries. (2007). Belgrade, Ofcial Gazette of the Republic of Serbia (43/2007). Law on Ministries. (2008). Belgrade, Ofcial Gazette of the Republic of Serbia (65/2008). Law on planning and construction. (2003). Belgrade, Ofcial Gazette of the Republic of Serbia (47/2003 and 34/2006). Law on the sport. (1996). Belgrade, Ofcial Gazette of the Republic of Serbia (52/1996 and 101/2005). Law of assets owned by the Republic of Serbia. (1995). Belgrade, Ofcial Gazette of the Republic of Serbia (53/1995, 3 / 1996, 54/1996 and 32/1997). Mitrovic, D., irovi, G. (2008). Functioning of the sports centers. Belgrade, Association sports centers Regulation on conditions for conducting activities and sports activities. (1999). Belgrade, Ofcial Gazette of the Republic of Serbia (30/1999). Sports venues in Serbia: Record of sports venues in Serbia. (2003). , Institute for Technology Transfer, Ministry of Education and Sports of the Republic of Serbia and Paral Strategy for development of sport in the Republic of Serbia for the period 2009 2013 (2008). Belgrade, Serbia Ofcial Gazette of the Republic (110/2008) Regulation on keeping records of real estate and other assets owned by the state (1996). Belgrade, Ofcial Gazette of the Republic of Serbia (27/1996).
SPOFA 2009
155
Miodrag Banovi, Lidija Banovi

Institution JP Sportrecreation center - Bar, Montenegro
POSIBILITIES OF RECONSTRUCTION INCLUDED THE COMPLEX OF SPORTSRECREATIONAL CENTER - BAR

INTRODUCTION During the building of Sport recreational complex Bar in 1986 it was not counting of being useful rational space of 105,000 m2 that was put in function of Center. Town is spreading, increasing the number of users, but borders of projected contents are the same. Present state of contents of Center can not satisfy necessities of citizens of Bar no sport contents functional do not satisfy minimum aesthetic or ecological criteria. For that reason loaded the necesseity of reconstruction contents of Center in a way of better making good use of space and increasing the standards of living in central zone. WHAT IS NECESSARY? This problem needs strategic observation, like long time key putting the Center of proportional function and aesthetic criteria, and problematic can look global, with three dominated aspects: a) reconstruction of existing sport objects; b) furnishing of eco-environment; and c) new projects. When we are talking about JP SRC Bar and about sporting objects in Bar in a whole, according the state in what they are, this problem needs a complex observation. Not to focus only the space of Center, but also all communal sport objects should be included in one system of sport infrastucture the complex of Center, EKO park Oaza, basketball eld Topolica, asphalt polygon MZ Polje, asphalt eld MZ Stari Bar, path for automoto-cross Spicanian eld, parking lots ordered in a space for basketball, school objects in suburbs and rural districts that uses youth from MZ and space from MZ in area of City marina for sporting on water. However, observing actual social-economic situation real, it would be unrational to react wide front reconstruction of whole communal sport resources. For that reason the problem is focused only on complex of Sport-recreation center Bar, on that what need reconstruction for actual and future users:
SPOFA 2009
156
1. RECONSTRUCTION OF EXISTING SPORTS OBJECTS. a) Reconstruction of athletic tartan path Reconstruction of football eld, Making the gate and the part of fence near the dressing rooms, Reconstruction of dressing rooms, Making the fence on east grand stand, Reconstruction of existing system for irrigation, Making the west stands and putting in order under tribin space.
b ) Football eld Topolica Reconstruction of base, and instead of base with grass put the masterly grass, illuminated football eld, make the dressing rooms on eld. c) Tennis elds - Two improvised made elds on asphalt base, - Two unnished drossing elds. d) Universal asphalt polygon, e) Supporting football eld A, f) Area of grass between stadium and promenade, g) Two polygons for children, h) Head ofce of Center.
Picture 1. The view on complex Sport-recreation center Bar in 2002
SPOFA 2009
POSIBILITIES OF RECONSTRUCTION INCLUDED THE COMPLEX OF SPORTSRECREATIONAL CENTER ...
157
Picture 2. Shematic review of possible reconstruction of content of Sport-recreation center Bar
SPOFA 2009
158
Framework 1: SRC Bar, Winters preparation of footballers in 2003 and 2004

Num 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. User FSCG FKNapredak FKBorac FKSarajevo FKRudar FKJedinstvo FKSloboda kola fudb. A FKelezniar FKSloboda FKFRA FKRadnik FKTravnik FKSartid FKRadniki FKSpartak FKPartizan FKTeleoptik FKSartid-B FKSlavija SAK Napredak FKBorac FKBorac FKBane FKVojvodina FKJedinstvo FKRadnik FKProleter FKProleter FKSevojno Kat. Cadets Seniors Seniors Seniors Seniors Pioneer Youth Pioneer Pioneer Pioneer Pioneer Seniors Seniors Pioneer Seniors Seniors Cadets Youth Seniors Seniors Seniors Pioneer Cadets Seniors Youth Seniors Seniors Pioneer Cadets Seniors No. 35 24 27 27 25 15 15 18 15 38 15 21 18 58 22 28 22 22 22 20 20 31 30 18 20 26 20 20 20 16 Town RCG Kruev. aak Sarajevo Ugljevik Uice Uice aak Lajkov. Uice aak Bijeljina Travnik Smed. Obren. Subotica Beograd Beograd Smede. Sarajevo Sarajevo aak aak Raka N. Sad Parain Hadii Zrenj. Zrenj. Sevojno From-to 22-25.12. 3.1.-9.2. 31.01-08. 02-11.02 02-11.02 01-10.02 01-10.02 02-07.02 02-07.02 02-07.02 02-07.02 07-14.02 07-15.02 06-11.02 06-14.02 09-22.02 19-25.02 19-25.02 19-25.02 10-22.02 11-20.02 11-19.02 11-19.02 13-21.02 19-25.2 15-24.02 17-22.2 16.22.2 16-22.2 18-21.2 Accomo Sutom. Sutom. Sozina Topol. Topol. Kastelo Kastelo Talast. Talast. Talast. Talast. Sozina Sutom. uanj Kastelo Topol. Topol. Topol. Susanj Talast. Talast. Kastelo Kastelo Sutom. Topol. Talast. Talast. Talast. Talast. uanj 430,00 388,50 457,00 396,00 1.029,0 302,50 445,50 379,50 705,00 495,00 356,50 457,50 490,00 256,00 526,00 255,00 360,00 96,00 48 Treat. 210,00 892,00 567,00 697,00 675,00 189,75 337,00 752,00 N. 105 264 216 270 250 150 150 90 75 190 75 168 186 348 176 392 168 168 168 260 200 279 270 162 140 208 100 240
SPOFA 2009
159
230
31. 32. 33. 34. 35.
FKObili FSCG-Mor. FSCG -Mor. Mornar ut. FKSartid
Youth Cadets Cadets Seniors Cadets
23 32 32 32 25
Beograd RCG RCG Bud. PG Smeder.
23.2-3.3 22.02. 22.02 27.02 01-5.3
Kastelo -/-/-/uanj
379,50 25,00 25,00 100,00 206,00
125
EFFECTS OF WINTER PREPARATION OF ATHLETES 2003-2004 AND PROJECTION FOR 2009
Framework 2: Review of physical demonstration for 2003 and 2004

N. 1 2 3 Physical demonstration Number of football teams Number of football players Number of boarding-days 2003 11 554 3.300 2004 43 1.009 6.225
Framework 3: Review of nancial effects for 2003 and 2004

N. 1 2 3 Financial effects Income JP Income of boarding Out of boarding expenses Sum total of income 2003 6.800 66.000 55.400 128.200 2004 13.679 124.500 109.000 247.179
Framework 4: Projected physical volume for period of 2005-2009

N. 1 2 3 Physical demonstration Number of football teams Number of football players Number of boarding-days 2005 46 2.018 12.450 2006 46 2.018 12.450 2007 46 2.018 12.450 2008 46 2.018 12.450 2009. 46 2.018 12.450 Total 230 10.090 62.250
SPOFA 2009
160
Framework 5:Projected nansial efects for period 2005-2009

N. 1 2 3 Financial efects Income JP -SRC Income of boarding Out of boarding income Total income in EUR Sum total 2005 27.358 249.000 218.000 494.358 2006 27.358 249.000 218.000 494.358 2007 27.358 249.000 218.000 494.358 2.471.790 2008 27.358 249.000 218.000 494.358 2009 27.358 249.000 218.000 494.358
2. PUTTING IN ORDER EKO- ENVIRONMENT GREEN PLAN 1000
Picture 3. Presentation of state and exemplar possible puting in order Sport-recreation center Bar
SPOFA 2009
161
Picture. 4. Plan of planting in avenues a) b) c) d) e) East promenade beside main road, South promenade toward hotel Princess, West promenade beside sea coast, North promenade and parking toward river eljeznica, Middle promenade between football elds.
3. NEW PROJECTS a) West stands b) Putting in order water-channel of river eljeznice c) Opened Olympic pool with the jumping ground Truth new projects we think of two big investments that we need to take out. In consideration that is about the investment attempt that need special procedure, this two projects are not elaborated and they are put for procedure on Local parliament.
SPOFA 2009
162
THE METHODS
1. RECONSTRUCTION OF EXISTING SPORT OBJECTS
Methods of reconstruction of existing contents are giving possible operation procedure of realization. a) Reconstruction of athletic tartan path, darters for jumping and drowers (cca 6.000 m2) Lift up the old time out mass of tartan, To do tampon, eld up with material, level uneven surface and cylindering, To asphalt and prepare the base for roloven tartan, To prepare roloven tartan for gluering on base and the method of gluering, To mark starters and aspiration at position for competitions, contents: tartan path 400 m with 8 rout lines, east and west on two way trespaser for jump in distance and tree jump with pits for by jump, darter and platform for jump in height and jump with pole, drowers for spear, disc, ball-clapper, path for steapl-chase with vate obstacle.
b) Reconstruction of football eld (105 x 70 m) Exchanging complete grassplotting base of football eld with eld (space) for throwing of ball, To order the points for marking of football eld, To make gates and part of fence beside the dressing room, Reconstruction of 3 dressing rooms (exchanging of installations and putting ceramics), To make fence on east stands, Reconstruction of existing irrigation system for (exchanging of electronic on pump plant, to activate another well for installations, sanation of damages on the channel, to exceing of out of time system of sprayers for water).
c) Reconstruction of football eld Topolica (105 x 70 m) - Reconstruction of base in fenced space, put out the base with grass and came to upper stratum of the embankment over the tampons and drainage system, to lled up, to level uneven surface, and to cylinder the base for masterly grass, - To acquire and put on masterly grass on eld (105 + 5 m) x (70 + 4 m) = 8.140 m2, - To mark the eld and put on the goals, - To make digging for putting on the underground electric- installations for lighting from reection bases to main tap commode in length from 320 m and putting on electric-net, - To make digging base for 4 reectors tower, - To do and montage 4 reectors towers for to 16 reectors sources (64 reectors), - On two reectors towers (west side) to do for second outside eld for from 16 reectors that would be lighting the future west football eld 3,
SPOFA 2009
163
- To do the block of 6 dressing rooms on eld toward standard for playing ofcial matches from which would be for three used for this eld and future football eld 3 which would be parallel put from west side in refer to this eld. d) Tennis courts and e) Universal asphalt polygon - On locality of two improvised made elds on asphalt base, two unnished elds with dross and universal asphalt polygon, in a space from 110 x 74 m. To level the eld, to lled up wih base of masterly grass to level and to roll out, - To keep on providing with and to put on the masterly grass on 8,140 m2, - To mark the eld and to put goals, - To put fence in the eld with armatures net on iron porters height 3 m, - To do protecting net behind goals height 5 m and long 32 m, - To put in lighting: to do all preliminary works and to put on two reectors towers more on the west side for to 16 reectors, in regard that the ist side be covering reectors from the football elds of Topolica. f) Secondary football eld A - Present improvised football eld A on three-cornered space dimension : (2 x 90 m legs, 110 m hypotenuse) to pre-assign to a purpose for complex of the little sports. On thise space it is possible to do 6 tennis elds on base of dross or synthetic and two elds for litle football- hand ball and basket ball on base of synthetic, - For all this elds are needed preliminary works : digging of humus, tamponing, raising the level by shooting earth, leveling and rolling, as base for putting on synthetic base. g) Two child polygons (2 x 14 x 14 m) - On this space is completely demolished equipment for children playing. Its need to complete equipment and put it (to return what is taken away) on disposal to children: about two blocks of swinging and vagrances, - About one tobogan, revolvers, and metallic put it vertical grate for climbing. h) Head ofce of Center, on the ground oor (25 x 12 m) 2.
Terrace toward stadium widen to fence of stadium (frontal 5 m and longing 25 m), It would be surpassed the entrance of stadium (tunel for footbalers), In prolongation below terrace done to gym 8 x 6 m, In overdone part of gym a sauna shall be mounted 8 x 6 m, With overbuilt oor opens to space for specialist sports clinic.
FURNISHING ECO ENVIRONMENT ZELENI PLAN 1000
a) b) -
East promenade behind main road (avenue of palm of fan ), Dig, ennobling of base and planting 40 palms of fan; South promenade toward hotel Princess (avenue of olives or eucalyptus ) Dig ,ennobling of base and planting 84 olives or eucalyptus in two parallel series;
SPOFA 2009
164
c) West promenade behind the sea coast (avenue of palms), Dig, ennobling of base and planting 65 palms; d) North promenade and parking space toward the river eljeznica (avenue and park stag beetle), Dig, ennobling of base and planting 30 tamed stag beatles; e) Middle promenade between football elds (avenue of magnolias) Dig, ennobling of base and planting 84 magnolias on two parallel series; f) Park with pines between football elds of Topolica and east promenade To plant 20 pines on become naked space; g) Grassing spaces and existed seedlings (60.000 m2) Regularly maintenance of existing principles and grassing spaces.
2. THE NEW PROJECTS
a) West stands b) Putting in order water-channel of river eljeznica With new projects we think about two big investments that need to do. In accordance with that it is the special procedure is needed for these two projects and it is in progress so to be put in the procedures of the Local parliament. c) Opened Olympic pool with the jumping ground Defect of swimming pool has been actual theme in Bar for 30 years already. On space between future football eld 3 and hotel Princess it is possible to build the opened Olympic pool dimension 50 x 25 m with addition of jumping place. It would be accomplished by digging through the basin, put on the ceramic and start blocks for swimming. In continuation of basin that would done trough for jumping place dimensions 25 x 25 m and put on the tower of height 3, 5 and 10 m. Installation for these object would be aimed to a sea for lling with sea water and for lling with sweetly technical water from well with special pump establishment.
SPOFA 2009
165
RESULTS It is formed idea key of possibility of reconstruction content complex Sports-recreative center - Bar. What would we got? 1. New tartan path with all athletic contents, 2. Bar like center athletic sport of Montenegro, 3. Three football elds of high standards enabled for ofcial competition , 4. Six tennis elds enabled for international competition , 5. Two elds for little football - hand ball and basket ball recreative caracter, 6. Two child polygons with equipment, 7. Gym, 8. Sauna, 9. Sports clinic, 10.Opened Olympic pool, 11. Jumping place in water, 12.Bar like a base of preparing sportsman, 13.Botanic garden 10 ha in central cities zone, 14.Possibility to triple the number of sportsman on preparations in respective year, 15.Possibility for treeple from winter preparing sportsmen in respective year, 16.Ennoble space with evergreen trees of Mediterranean tipe, 17.Conditions for high rating like sport-tourist destination, 18.Asspumptions for realisation of high sport results of sportsmen from Bar, 19.Widely zone for recreation of citizens, 20.Conditions for economic prosperity of Bar with sport like means.
SPOFA 2009
166
What was realized in 2009?
Picture. 5. First effects in the avenue of palms in 2002.
Picture. 6. Effects in avenue of palms in 2009.
Picture. 7. Reconstruction tartan path
Picture. 8. Instead them
Picture. 9. Became leaky football eld -Topolica
Picture. 10. Dug asphalt universal polygon
For FK Mornar, FK Bar, FK Sloga, FK Hajduk and FK Pristan with 12 competition selections diminished possibilities for realization of competition process. Moreover, since 2005 Bar has not got football teams on preparation.
SPOFA 2009
167
EPILOGUE Reconstruction of the complex of Sportsrecreational center - Bar is demand because of following reasons: 1. Using space effectively, 2. Make the space more functional for sport events realization, 3. Making supposition to score high sports results, 4. Bringing back football teams to preparatory in Bar, 5. Bringing back children to equipped playgrounds, 6. Making huge recreational zone in ECO environment, 7. Imply the people they have to put their attitude on upper level in ecology, 8. Improve collectively Centars complexes, 9. Enlarge direct Centars income and i indirect income from tourism, 10.Improve quality of living in central citys zone and making extra conditions for Bars afrmation, economic prosperity, and build rating of Bar as a tourist destination. Financial sources for realization of this project 1. SO Bar, 2. Bars citizens, 3. interested investors, 4. charity organizations, 5. utilities subject, 6. tourist organizations, 7. MNE government for reconstruction tartan- path and forming atletic center of Montenegro, 8. Army contribution, 9. Institution of special assignment, 10. Everybody who justies social value of investition. We expect of government institutions to recognize importance of reconstruction of Centars facility, to examine the requirements of active and future users, and township interest for effective usage of this space.
SPOFA 2009
168
References Bokovi P.(2001). Fudbalski stadioni i igralita. FSJ, FK Vojvodina Novi Sad: Novi Sad. Banovi M. (2004), Investicioni program JP Sportsko rekreativni centar Bar. JP Sportsko-rekreativni centar Bar: Bar. Banovi M. (2002). Zeleni plan 1000. INFO sport centar CG Bar: Bar. Banovi M. (2006). Pjeako-biciklistike staze. INFO sport centar CG Bar: Bar. Banovi M. Lekovi O. (2007). Projekat za reviziju GUP-a Bar. INFO sport centar CG Bar: Bar. Banovi M. (2009), Zimske pripreme fudbalera kao faktor razvoja sportskog turizma u Baru. JP Sportsko-rekreativni centar Bar: Bar.
SPOFA 2009
169
Ivana Milenkovi, civil eng.

NCA Consulting doo, Belgrade, Serbia, 88 Omladinskih brigada, APC, tel. +38111/22-88-334,
STRUCTURE REHABILITATION AND ADAPTATION OF THE SPORTS HALL OF SPORTS ASSOCIATION RED STAR
INTRODUCTION The sports hall, whose rehabilitation and adaptation is the subject of this paper, is located within the ofce building of the Sports Association Red Star in 1a, Ljutice Bogdana Street on the territory of the municipality of Savski venac in Belgrade. The hall was built in 1972 to serve the needs of sports trainings and holding of volleyball and handball matches. Since the beginning of the 1990s, no big investments have been made concerning the maintenance of the facility, which led to its inevitable deterioration, so that in the last few years it has been used only for trainings which have been taking place in extremely bad conditions. The sports oor was battered and very damaged, as a result of the roofs leaking, sheets of prolit glass were broken and air-conditioning did not function. For the purpose of revitalization and modernization of the structure, as well as the synchronizing with FIVB standards, the Main Project of the halls adaptation was made. At the beginning of 2008 the funds were raised and in accordance with the Main Adaptation Project the rst phase of the works began repairing the roof cladding and replacing the damaged windows. Thermal insulation made of mineral wool was placed over the existing roof cladding made of durisol slabs and bitumen insulation, and a hydro-insulation membrane was placed over it as a nishing coat. Shortly after the works had been nished, on April 5th, 2008, due to unhappy circumstances a big re broke out. Since the facility did not have the adequate re protection, it suffered damages of such proportions that the stability of the structure itself was endangered. The Institute for materials and constructions from the Faculty of Civil Engineering, the University of Belgrade was asked to participate and make an expertise of the structures condition. The Main Project for the rehabilitation of the sports halls structure and the Main Project for the rehabilitation of the roof cladding were made on the basis of the Expertise, and the previously made Main Project of the adaptation of the facility was adjusted to the new circumstances. The rehabilitation of the facility started in the middle of May 2009, after the necessary technical design documentation had been prepared, tender procedure performed and the permission for the beginning of the works acquired. Due to the limited funds, only the most urgent works on the roof cladding rehabilitation and the glazing of the facility have been nished so far, in order to prevent further deterioration of the facility as a consequence of the roofs leaking.
SPOFA 2009
170
Ivana Milenkovi
Picture 1. The state before the ire-roof leaking
Picture 2. The side wall of the hall
METHODS The Expertise of the structures condition is based on the ndings reached on the basis of visual examination of the facility and testing of the samples of materials taken on the spot (concrete, reinforcement, structure steel and durisol), with the purpose of the most accurate analysis of the conditions of the individual structural members, as well as the facility as a whole. The structure itself has a rectangular base with axial measures cca 43x23m. The structural system of the facility is made of the reinforced concrete frame with the steel roof truss with a 23-metre span at a height of 8 metres. The roof structure consists of the roof deck made of durisol prefabricated slabs and steel bearing structure which, apart from the main lattice girders, contains steel purlins as well as steel bracings.
SPOFA 2009
STRUCTURE REHABILITATION AND ADAPTATION OF THE SPORTS HALL OF SPORTS ASSOCIATION...
171
Picture 3. The interior of the hall after the re The Expertise stated that durisols physical and mechanical characteristics had not been changed in reference to the declared characteristics of the material, so it was concluded that the applied durisol slabs could remain in use. It was concluded that the purlins and main braced steel roof girders had remained intact, and that only bracings should be repaired, since they had suffered permanent deformations (bending) of the crossed diagonals. The repair procedure of the steel construction which should be applied in this specic case, is the replacement of all diagonals within the bracings where the deformation is bigger than L/500. The solutions were given in the rehabilitation project of the structure and their realization will make the reinforced concrete members, as well as the structure as a whole, capable of bearing, being safe and being usable according to the current technical regulations. As to the repairing of the damages of the reinforced concrete members, according to the ndings of the visual macroscopic examination and the testing of concrete, the conclusion was reached that the damages of the said reinforced concrete structure caused by the re did not endanger the possibility of the existence of the structure itself. The results of the performed computational control of the bearing power of the halls pillars showed that the existing reinfocement of the pillars was within the bounds of the statically needed quantity, and that after the envisaged rehabilitation of the pillars, they would possess the necessary coefcient of safety required by the current valid regulations. The rehabilitation of the pillars and beams consists of the removing of all degraded parts to sound concrete, using light hand tools; cleaning potential corrosion from the denuded reinforcement and its protection with the appropriate anti-corrosion coating; treating the sound concretes surface with an adequate old-new bond; placing the adequate repairing mortar for remoulding. Repairing the ssures in the reinforced concrete members should be performed by sealing using the epoxide mortar of dry consistence, as well as by injecting using the adequate epoxide resin of low viscosity. When the repair of the roof cladding made of hydro-insulation membrane is considered, since only a part of the roof cladding with cca 40% of the roofs surface had been signicantly damaged, and having in mind that durisol roof slabs could be retained, the most rational solution was to appropriately replace the cladding only from the damaged areas. The rehabilitation project envisaged the removing of all layers of roof cladding on the damaged parts, and then placing of the thermal insulation of a 10cm-thick layer of min-
SPOFA 2009
172
Ivana Milenkovi
eral wool and placing of hydro-insulation membrane. The joining of the old undamaged membrane and the new one was realized by overlapping of bands and by hot air welding and welding equipment Leister dryers. Such a procedure ensures a homogenous layer which is stronger than the membrane itself.
Picture 4. and picture 5. The state of the roof cladding after the re
Picture 6. and picture 7. The appearance of the repaired roof cladding
SPOFA 2009
173
The Main Project of the halls adaptation, made in the period when the re broke out, has been changed a little in accordance with the Expertise results. The Main Adaptation Project encompasses the surface of 1100m2 and it envisages construction and installation works, using all modern technical solutions, necessary for putting the hall into operation and improving it technologically so that, after the rehabilitation and adaptation end, ofcial volleyball matches could be held there, in conformance with FIVB standards. The project task consisted of the minimum of technical conditions for holding ofcial volleyball matches, and in order to fulll the set conditions the following methods and technical solutions were applied in the project: Securing the maximum possible height of the hall of 8,5m by dismantling the suspended ceilings girders, so that lattice roof girders remain visible and become constituent parts of the interior. Cleaning the steel structure from corrosion and dirt as well as protection from corrosion are also envisaged. The complete structure shall be painted with an alkyd colour in two layers, with the previous protection using the re protection material; Securing the optimum lighting of 1000 lux by mounting wall-on ood lights - projectors with metal-halogen light ttings of 400W. The main division of light ttings has been made according to the quantity of illumination - 1000 lux and 700 lux for competitions and 300 lux for trainings. The light ttings shall be turned on from distance using a contactor, so that the required number of combinations of the turned-on light ttings can be realized in accordance with the purpose of the hall; Finding a high-standard solution for the sports oor by placing an oakwoodboard oor nish with a substructure so that the total thickness of the oor amounts to 38mm. The oor nish is sports oakwood 14mm-thick parquet made of three layers where the bres in the middle layer are at an angle of 90o in reference to the bres from the surface and lower layers. The parquet is preplaned and glazed with a 5-layer varnish. Placing of an electronic score-board and public-address system one-sided three-colour LED score-board with pre-dened elds for following results, with approximate dimensions of 3X2m, which shall be centrally controlled by PC computers from the recording desk; public-address system functioning by means of the central loudspeaker group with an efcient loud-speaking system with controlled sounding in a wide scope of frequency, with automatic adjusting of the level depending on the level of noise in the hall. The required level of the sound is 98 dB. The public-address system shall be suspended on the roof structure above the lower level of the steel structure in the area between the lattice girders. The integration of the score-board and public-address system forms a unique architectural whole which ts into the halls ambiance and becomes a recognizable symbol of the modern presentation of the results. Providing the ventilation, air-conditioning and heating system so to ensure the minimum temperature of 16oC and the maximum temperature of 25 oC and appropriate air humidity the air-conditioning system in the hall shall consist of an air-conditioning chamber for exterior mounting which has the possibility of heating and cooling of the air inserted in the hall. The air-conditioning chamber consists of an intake ventilator, a lter section with baggy EU4-class lters, a cooler, a heater and a ventilator for air insertion. Air insertion shall be realized
SPOFA 2009
174
Ivana Milenkovi
by means of special air diffusers for high areas with servo-engines for directing the air depending on whether the system performs cooling or heating. The pulling out of the air close to the halls oor shall be enabled by special impactresistance grids. The distribution of ducts shall be in the ducts of the roof structure and it shall be visible.The existing system of radiator heating which obtains energy from the existing boiling room shall continue to be used for heating the hall. Cleaning and painting of the radiators and pipes and replacing the damaged reinforcement on heating batteries shall be performed. Cooling of the hall shall be realized by means of a cooling machine with a condenser which cools itself using air. The presence of the audience is enabled by means of folding telescopic stands of standardized production. There is a possibility of mounting four rows of the stands. A protective fence shall be placed in front of the stands and, apart from its basic function, it shall also be used for placing advertising boards on it. The contracting documentation for the set of the stands and protective fence shall be made by a chosen deliverer and they are not the subject of the prepared technical documentation;
The Main Architectural Adaptation Project also includes, apart from the named above, the following activities: - Making a new entrance for the audience and building a new access to the facility, - Adapting the sanitary blocks, - Mounting the prefabricated structure of a doormans booth, - Obtaining and mounting a diesel electric generator set, - Ginging of interior gable walls with face brick, - Thermal insulation of exterior walls, - Completing the interior hydrant mains, - Replacing the existing windows with PVC windows, - Obtaining and mounting of a re door, - Painting. The main project of electric-power wiring includes the adaptation of the following wiring: - Replacing measuring and tap-changing cubicles with a complete measuring group, - Placing new feeder cables for power supply, - Making and mounting of new distribution cubicles, - Making of new electric wiring or lighting and sockets, - Installation of new light ttings, sockets and installation circuit breakers, - Utility for feeding the new diesel-electric generator set, - Completing new electric wiring for feeding thermal and technical load.
SPOFA 2009
175
RESULTS - The roof cladding has been made of Protan-type hydro-insulation membrane with technology which provides the guarantee period of 30 years. This system ensures weather-resistance, strength and stability, thermal insulation, re resistance, deadening and ne aesthetics. The main advantages of these hydro-insulation membranes are excellent stability of the waterproong protection, robustness and durability, sustainability in relation to the surroundings, fast mounting, high skidding resistance, easy repairing, light weight, cost-effectiveness. A vacuum roof protan system has been used on this facility, where the membrane is placed loosely on the roof, and it is fastened only on the edges and the places where piercing has been done. The membranes bands, most frequently 1 or 2 metres wide, overlap and are welded by means of special equipment dryers. This system is especially convenient when the base is not suitable for using standard fastening measures and when quickness is extremely important. The controlled air ow under the membrane is thrown out from the system through specially designed air valves on specially designed valves. - Sports oor is the basic and most important part of every sports hall and the base for rst-rate achievements. Board Tarkett prolex M-type oor lining with substructure shall be placed and it shall ensure the required conditions for shock absorption of 52% and ball springing of 98%. This oor is long-lasting, resistant and easy for cleaning and maintaining and completely fullls the parameter of DIN 18032-2 standard and has a FIBA certicate; - Interior lighting of the facility - wall-on Philips-type ood lights - projectors with metalhalogen light ttings of 400W. Their application ensures the high-quality colour of the light (as similar to daylight as possible) and authentic reproduction of the interior and exteriors colours in TV cameras lenses. It is important that television sets with zooming do not make shadows on players faces, in order to present their emotions on TV. - Fire protection electric cables halogen free. These cables with improved characteristics during burning are used in facilities where there is a large number of people. The basic characteristics of these cables are that in case of re they do not spread poisonous products of burning, they limit the spreading of re and enable the reduced spreading of smoke. They can be extinguished on their own and they remain functioning in case of re (Fe 180 during the period of 180 minutes no short circuit or breaking of cables may occur); - PVC joinery glazed with lexan cancels the need for placing steel networks for protecting glass from breaking, which contributes to the safety of players and to the aesthetics of the facility; - Interior hydrant mains, protection of steel and wooden members in the interior by means of re protective coatings with a high level of protection as well as re door mounting, all enabling the appropriate re protection. CONCLUSION The application of modern technical solutions and introduction of new technologies has made the rehabilitation and adaptation of the hall of SA Red Star possible, in such a way that strict FIVB standards were complied with. Apart from the realization of the
SPOFA 2009
176
Ivana Milenkovi
primary objective to make holding ofcial matches possible, for the rst time since the facility was built, it will be possible to carry out television broadcasting of the matches, as well as to have 350 spectators in attendance. References Najdanovi, D. , Muravljov M. (2008): Expertise of construction condition of hall of SA Red Star, Institute for materials and constructions, the Faculty of Civil Engineering of the University in Belgrade, Belgrade The Main project for the rehabilitation of construction of the hall of SA Red Star (2008.), Institute for materials and constructions, the Faculty of Civil Engineering of the University in Belgrade, Belgrade The Main project for adaptation of volleyball hall (2008.), Termotehna Belgrade, Incoteherm Belgrade, Marel Belgrade, Omega Belgrade http://www.protan.com http://www.tarkett-sports.com http://www.lighting.philips.com
SPOFA 2009
177
Ph. D. Snezana Z.Mitrovic, Civ. Eng.,
professor, Ph.D. M.Sc.Civ.Eng., B.Sc.Civ.Eng., mitrosz@sezampro.rs, College of civil engineering and geodesy, Hajduk Stankova 2, Belgrade, Serbia
AIR-SUPPORTED STRUCTURES FOR SPORTS FACILITIES

INTRODUCTION Nearly one century ago, in 1917, an innovator, William Lanchester, had a bright idea to use a kind of air balloon for roof covering. Constructors could only dream about his idea until 1945., when the American constructor William Bird (Bird, W.W., 1956.) launched asembly-line production of several hundred structures: exhibition pavilions, workshops, storehouses, indoor swimming pools, etc. Further development of these structures plays a special part in concrete shell formworks; for a long period of time only a small number of structures could be boasted by air-supported bearing construction. Today balloon-type constructions are the architecture of the new generation, as well as a replacement for the existing traditional architectural solutions. The material for these constructions is considered to be the sixth constructional element, after the materials like metal (steel), stone, glass, concrete and wood. The solutions with architectural fabric are used worldwide, and their popularity and usage are constantly growing. The common name for the structures of this type, with or without bearing construction made of steel, wood or concrete, is the membranes from exible materials. This type of structures generally includes isothropic and unisotrophic membranes supported by a bearing construction, tent and cable roofs and air-supported constructions. Membranes made of exible materials are used for: - stadiums, sports grounds, exhibition halls, business centres, concert halls, agricultural structures; - canopies in front of the hotel entrances, restaurants and other commercial buildings; - airport roofs, bus and railway terminals, car parks and petrol stations; - building site shelters in case of unfavourable weather conditions; - other permanent and temporary structures. Although air-supported structures are not novelty in contemporary world architecture and construction industry, in Serbia they have obtained their full signicance as a perfect form of temporary or permanent covering for playing elds only in the last decade. They are especially used to cover tennis courts, owing to the fact that tennis has become some kind of national sport in Serbia after the success of our tennis players in the world, and the need for such facilities is constantly growing. The display of air supported structures basis for differently organized tennis courts is presented in the following gu
SPOFA 2009
178
Snezana Z.Mitrovic
Figure 1 The bases for tennis courts air supported structures Air-supported structures without a bearing construction made of solid materials Air-supported structures of this type are claimed to be a unique building system which offers important advantages over conventional building. Contrary to permanent structures, air-supported structures provide cheap, mounteddismantled, covered space with clear spans. The uniqueness of these constructions is reected in: an aestetic image and luxurious tone, i.e. constructions are easily combined and well tted with other materials; durability special PVC, PVDF or PTFE materials used for covering are not susceptible to pollution from the environment rapid building structures are light with small transportation weight small need for characteristical construction works (from 8 to 25%); there is no supporting construction inside the structure irrespective of facility dimensions energy conservation various fabric colours and sizes, including translucent fabrics allowing natural sunlight in ease with technical damage repairs to the material. At large coatings, in case of possible damages discharge of the enclosed air can last for days, due to membranes own weight. Such structures cover a wide range of sport grounds including tennis courts, basketball halls, pools, ice rinks, mini golf courses and multipurpose objects. The structures where pressure differences affect the shape and stabilisation are called air-supported structures (airdomes) (Nestorovic, M., 2007.). The pressure differences are generated by gases, liquids, foam or grained materials. The differences in pressure are triggered by previous coat tightening; thus, these structures are generally stressed on tightening. In nature, soap bubbles are analogous to these structures (Rhle, H. at al ,1969).
SPOFA 2009
179
A bearing construction of any kind is not necessary for modern air-supported structures. The structure consists of a pre-tailored membrane made of transparent vynil, like PVC or PTFE, polythene, urethane and similar materials. The top surface coat can be made of various matrials (e.g. Polymeric or Tedlar which keep the surface clean and abrasive resistant). The membrane is anchored around its perimeter into a concrete foundation, with a network of plastics coated wire ropes covering both the membrane and the foundation. The wire rope network relieves the membrane from most of the stresses and strains when the structure is loaded by air preasure inated through an external fan that works continuously. Larger structures, i.e. structures with a wider span, have a system of previously reinforced cables for added strenght. All the cables are ameproof, corrosion resistant and linked to the membrane by sleeves (Figure 2).
Figure 2 Membrane cables anchoring The material is welded and installed as a one-piece cover, securing an absolute impermeability of the structure. Dielectric welding of the fabric by use of radio frequency is recognized as the highest quality seaming. RF welding creates a durable water tight seam with strengths exceeding that of the fabric itself. Cables net absorbs the forces resulting from pressure differences and activities of natural forces (wind) transfering them through the system of anchors into the ground. Owing to the net a unique shape of construction is created which does not change even at the extreme weather conditions. Any kind of oor covering can be laid within the dome. Most frequently membranes are not made of one-layer fabric, but they consist of three independent layers (www.interhall.eu): - bearing layer - insulation layer - protective layer. A bearing layer is made of the top quality PVC material (PVC tarpaulin), therefore, it is not necessary to use articial light during the day. This layer is inamable (according to DIN 4102 B1 norm) with a protection against fungi. An insulation layer consists of a UV resistant foil of bubbly structure, which minimizes heat losses inside the hall. The bubbles are lled with dry air, which is an excellent heat insulator. A protective layer protects the above mentioned layers against aerosol, rain or snow. It also neutralizes UV radiation. Owing to this layer the hall does not lose its transparent features and maintains high aesthetic qualities.
SPOFA 2009
180
Snezana Z.Mitrovic
Figure 3 Parts of membrane structure (www.interhall.eu) AIRDOME DIMENSIONS The dimensions of this type air-supported structures can vary, depending on the purpose of the structure or on the clients requirements. For example, when tennis courts are covered, the dimensions of the structure will depend on the number of courts that should be covered (www.vingida.com): - for one tennis court the dimensions are 36 x 18 m - for two tennis courts 36 x 36 m - for three tennis courts 36 x 54 m - for four tennis courts 36 x 72, etc. DESIGN AND CALCULATION BASES The calculation of structure load-bearing capacity starts with estimating snow load (if permanent structure is considered and if it is not especially dened by the Contract on maintenance that snow should be removed from the dome surface as soon as it exceeds a certain level of load) and wind pressure, according to local building regulations. Stresses are dependent on or are a function of ination pressure, designed wind pressure and structure radius. Most calculations for these structures are based on crude stress analysis and high safety factor to ensure that an envelope can withstand external wind pressure. In order to maintain the structural integrity the internal pressure must equal or exceed any external pressure acting on it (e.g. the wind pressure maximum 190 km/h) (Rhle, H. at al ,1969). The structure does not have to be airtight to retain its integrity; as long as the pressurization system replaces any air discharge, the structure will remain stable. Unless categorically otherwise stated, the membrane must not directly support heavy non-structural elements, such as lights or heater systems, since these loads can consequently increase the collapse time and add to the risk of membrane damage. In most cases the dead weight of the membrane structure itself and any inner lining may be neglected when calculating the required ination pressure. Namely, the membrane
SPOFA 2009
181
total mass, including any lining, does not exceed 2 kg/m2. However, if a special permit has been obtained that some heavier equipment or other unsupported elements can be leaned on the membrane, then its own weight should be taken into account for the calculation. The shape of such structures is limited wih the need to have the whole surface envelope evenly pressurized. If this is not the case, creating wrinkles and local stress points may cause it to fail. In practice, all these structures involve a double curvature. The most common architectural shapes of air-supported structures are hemispheres, ovals and half-cylinders. Non-standardized shapes that combine various cross-sections, such as a portion of a circle, etc., require a special engineering attention. The need for more economical structures has created a need for more detailed stress analyses at the more recent structures. The distribution of stresses within the cover has been determined based on the pressure distribution in air tunnels and the appropriate shell theories for many basic shapes (Lutes, D.A., 1971.). There is also a great number of free and commercial software for the simulation of airsupported structures models as well as for the calculation itself, based on the simple loading of parametres. Communication elements at air-supported structures Special attention should be paid to communication elements at the air-supported structures of this type. Visitors entrance to the structure with cable dome is through a revolving door or a set of double airlock doors so that people can enter and leave without disturbing the internal air pressure which keep the structure inated (gure 4).
Figure 4 Entrance into the structure with airdome construction (www.thefarleygroup.com, www.vingida.com) For larger domes it is advisable to include a vehicle airlock door. Thus, larger equipment can be carried in or taken out more conveniently. At the airdomes which serve as sports facilities, these doors can also be used as a handy storage area for the things that are not needed on the eld (Figure 5b). In order to provide unhindered operation, re prevention regulations require adequate doors for emergency exits ( center-balanced exit doors), designed especially for low air
SPOFA 2009
182
Snezana Z.Mitrovic
pressures (Figure 5b). The regular door would swing open dangerously fast due to the air pressure acting upon it.
Figure 5a and 5b Vehicle and re escape entrance into the structure (www.thefarleygroup.com) MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT Using air pressure obtained by a structure inating system, the membrane is raised to its maximum size until its surface becomes tight and smooth. To provide inating, structures most frequently have primary and secondary systems of mechanical installations (Figure 6). Each of these devices is capable to provide full system of structure ination as well as the appropriate temperature within the stucture. These devices also ensure complete air change inside the dome several times per hour depending on their capacity and the size of the structure. The control of temperature and pressure is fully authomated. The primary inating system is usually incorporated into a heating unit, i.e. air compressor. This mechanical unit is equipped with motorized, remote controlled dampers in order to allow operation at the most efcient pressure. Temperature is controlled by a thermostat. Natural gas, oil, propane or electric energy serve as fuel (www.centaury.biz). The second, or standby system of fans or motor units starts operating authomatically in case of a powercut or pressure drop, and it is most frequently controlled by photo-electric cell sensors. These devices are also equipped with wind and snow sensors, which, depending on weather conditions, control and regulate pressure and temperature inside the hall. Independently of these units It is necessary to install pressure gauges in order to measure internal pressure in the airdome. If the control system depends upon wind speed, the gauge should be mounted outside, in a sheltered location, or higher than any structure that might imperil it not to register full effects of wind. If possible, the mounting height of the pressure gauge should be greater than the height of the airhall. The recorded wind speed should be displayed on an analogue gauge. Gauge calibration should be checked by independent monitoring system (British Tennis, 2008.). A certain degree of air loss occurs during the structure exploitation life. This loss and the desired air pressure, as well as the airdome envelope or shell volume, determine the capacity of the systems themselves. It may seem that this way of structure operating is uncomfortable for the visitors in the structure; however, air-pressure changes are minimal and they are just a little different from natural barometric uctuations.
SPOFA 2009
183
Figure 6 Mechanical installation systems for air pressure regulation inside the hall (www.vingida.com) AIR-DOME FOUNDATIONS It is necessary to build a concrete ring beam with the approximate size of 75 x 75 cm around the structure grade 20/25 N/mm2 (www.covairdomes.co.uk), with trowel-nished surface to facilitate air seal with polythene membrane. Cables are anchored into concrete (Figure 7). When a membrane is set at the existing playground, cables can be anchored directly into the surrounding ground (Figure 8) if foundation conditions permit. Thus direct costs of excavation and building are reduced.
Figure 7 Mounting cable anchors into a form of concrete ring beam (www.thefarleygroup.com)
Figure 8 Methods of cable anchorage (www.covairdomes.co.uk)
SPOFA 2009
184
Snezana Z.Mitrovic
A rigid aluminum channel form is most frequently set into the framework of the concrete ring beam providing an airtight, water-resistant seal without mechanical penetration of the fabric (Figure 9). Fabric stress loads are evenly distributed along the entire length of the grade beam. The anchor beams can be completely or partially founded into the ground, or completely overground.
Figure 9 Standard anchors for the majority of the structures (www.dolphinpools.co.uk, www.thefarleygroup.com) Some air dome manufacturers produce domes that do not have the system of cable consolidation, anchorage and sealing, but linking with the terrain is carried out through edge tubes lled with water. A waterbag model has several water tubes held in a reinforced PVC sleeve that continuously runs around the perimeter of the structure. This provides sufcient weight to hold the air membrane in the designed position and to seal the base of the dome well, but it can be used only for pool areas. Such air domes do not require any anchorage or stabilizators, which enables them to be erected quickly and easily (Figure 10). Filling water bags is a simple operation, a garden hose is used to ll them all. For these waterbag domes the surrounding surfaces must be perfectly at and level otherwise the airtight seal will not work. They must be laid in a sheltered place or they will be blown out by strong winds, since they are not xed to the ground. Maximum size of such air domes is 8m x 13m, i.e. 104m2.
Figure 10 Founding by water bags (www.dolphinpools.co.uk)
SPOFA 2009
185
Figure 11 Air dome structure that covers pools (www.centaury.biz)
THE METHOD OF ERECTING AN AIR DOME/ MOUNTING Before a membrane is set, it must be checked if there are any damaged parts on the fabric. It is also checked if the base is spotlessly clean. During the mounting, the membrane should not be dragged down the base, but it must be picked up even for small distances. Thus the damages are avoided. It is obligatory to draw contour lines of the future structure at the ground, which are used as guidelines. In addition, before anchors are set, their accurate location is determined. All the anchors are set except the last ones in the corner, which are being xed when the membrane has already been tightened. Thus the minor variation of basic designed shape is compensated. When the membrane is positioned in the anchor line, cables are being tied with the anchors by metal hooks. After that has been done, the air ination system is being linked (Figure 12). When the membrane has been tightened, its link with the concrete ring beam is checked and the airtight seal to ensure air losses prevention (British Tennis, 2008.). The control of reserve power supply, the main and standby air compressor should be practised weekly. Emergency exits should also be tested in this period. Electric installations must be checked yearly. In case when strong winds are forecast, it should be checked that the reserve power supply fuel tank is full, that all the emergency doors are securely fastened and that there are no excessive air losses anywhere. From a safe location, away from the structure, the behaviour of the airhall is recorded during the storm. After the storm has ceased, a thorough inspection is required to check if all parts are restored to normal operation. If a heavy snow is forecast, the heating system operation is also checked.
Figure 12 Airdome mounting (www.thefarleygroup.com)
SPOFA 2009
186
Snezana Z.Mitrovic
CONCLUSION / AIRDOMES VERSUS STABLE STRUCTURES Cable air domes can be erected in two days at a fraction of the cost of a solid structure, covering a large internal area without permanent support. They can be dismantled and re-erected in a day (www.cabledomes.co.uk). The stresses are predominantly taken up by a steel cable net, which allows the use of translucent membrane, creating a much lighter and more pleasant ambience. During the day an additional lighting is not required, so that electricity bills are greatly reduced. The risk from vandalism is reduced by a steel cable-net setting up. The use of ground anchors is cheaper than a concrete foundation. Internal acoustics is increased and the occurence of echo is greatly reduced.
References
Bird, W. W. (1956.), Design Manual for Spherical Air-Supported Radomes. Report No. U4-909-0-2, Cornell Aeronautical Laboratory British Tennis (2008.): Tennis Resources, Factsheet, Issue 1 Lutes, D.A. (1971.): CBD-137. Air-Supported Structures Nestorovi, M. (2007.): Constructional Systems, Principles of Modelling and Designing, The School of Architecture, Belgrade University, Belgrade (in Serbian) Rhle, H., Khn, E., Weibach, K., Zeitler, D., Ackermann, G., Beckmann, U., Mosch, H.P., Patzelt, O., Schulz, R. (1969): Rumliche dachtragwerke konstruktion und ausfhrung, Gradjevinska knjiga, Belgrade, (Translation in Serbian, 1977.) http://www.air-arches.com http://www.avidoutdoors.com http://www.cabledomes.co.uk http://www.centaury.biz http://www.covairdomes.co.uk http://www.dolphinpools.co.uk http://www.interhall.eu http://www.sportsfacilitiesgroup.co.uk http://www.thefarleygroup.com http://www.vingida.com
SPOFA 2009
187
Jelena Jovanovi
MA University of Belgrade, Faculty of Sport and Physical Education
Milan Tomi
PhD, Directorate for Property of the Government of the Republic of Serbia
Vladislav Skoko
Dipl.Eng, IK Consulting and Design
COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF THE PROCESS OF OWNERSHIP TRANSFORMATION AND POSITION OF THE MATERIAL BASE OF SPORTS FACILITIES IN SERBIA IN THE TRANSITION PROCESS
INTRODUCTION Sport facilities and professionalism in sport are key elements that managed changes in production and management of sports events and organizations, divided into a number of levels. Wide range of business managers in sport resulted in a large number of phases to the new working positions. This fact indicates that, among others, sport is a very important industry both in economic and sociological eld. According to the functioning of sports organizations in the global industrial network, sport is divided into several segments. Most authors consider the effect of sport through a synchronized action of the three included, separated sectors. The rst sector of the state or public sector, which includes national, state, regional and local governments, as well as the specialized agency for sport policy development. The second sector is the voluntary or nonprot sector which consists of communitybased clubs, government associations and international sports organizations. The third sector is commercial or professional sports organizations, including professional leagues and members of their team, as well as the organization joined in federations. In many cases these three sectors are signicantly related and operate in synchronized way. For example, the state is involved in professional or commercial sport, by supporting the construction of sports infrastructure, particularly in the segment of construction of sports hall facilities, halls, stadiums and other outdoor and indoor courts, in passing legislation and more. In Serbia there is no clear distinction of the three sports sectors, legal and other responsibilities within the framework of individual sectors, so synchronized action and functioning of sport cannot be discussed either on the national or on the level of sports organizations. Unlike other industries, sport has certain distinctive features which mostly differentiate it, and consequently the implementation of management processes is unique in many ways. These differences may be best described by Stewart and Smith (1999)1, in response to the application of specic managerial techniques in sports organizations.
A. Smith, B. Stewart: Sports Management: A Guide to professional Practice, Allen& Unwin, Sidney, 1999, p. 11
1
SPOFA 2009
188
Jelena Jovanovic, Milan Tomic, Vladislav Skoko
Management in sports organizations has undergone a relatively rapid period of professionalization in the past thirty years. General expansion in the global sports industry and commercialization of sports events and competitions, combined with the introduction of payment of volunteers management structures and an increase of number of people who now make their living by managing sports organizations or participating in sports, forced sports organizations and their managers to become more professional. This trend has reected in the increasing number of university syllabuses for management in sport, with the requirements of business skills possession and industry specic knowledge and experience for success in sports management, increase in professional and academic associations dedicated to management of sport as well as different professions and specializations that managers must relate to other complementary professions such as accountants, tax authorities, lawyers, journalists, architects and others. There are different models of sport management in the world. The basic question to be answered is in what kind of system and in which sport model shall sport in Serbia function? Questions of dynamic importance, i.e. the programs and processes of both functions of sports organizations both business and sports ones, cannot result in efciency and effectiveness as well as changes in positioning if the condition of static importance has not been met and does not provide a response of where they occur. Quality and modern infrastructure of sports facilities is one of the conditions for growth and development of procedural and program activities in the sector of sport. White Paper in sport included the main principles of European sport management as important elements of organization of sport in Europe. The principles were identied as: 1. Democracy 2. Openness /fairness / transparency 3. participation/cooperation / collaboration /partnership / consulting 4. Responsibility 5. Effectiveness 6. Connection. RESEARCH METHODS Methodological nature of this research belongs to the group of systemic non-experimental research. According to the time orientation it belongs to the group longitudinal researches. These longitudinal studies are based on application of a dependent sample, which was treated twice with the same measuring instrument, the questionnaire. The research was based on different methods. General methods: analysis and synthesis. The method of analysis was applied through three types of scientic analysis, depending on the stage and the research needs: structural analysis, analysis of examples and comparative analysis. The method of induction and deduction was used. The induction method is applied mostly as method correlative variations. Deduction method is used in the general setting of this study, i.e. a typical hypothetical deduction of general knowledge to individual cases. It was used during the entire study in all its phases. Explanatory methods: speculative bibliographic methods. It includes a general system of explication of the research problem in which the relevant data were collected, analyzed and interpreted primarily by theoretical, contemplative way.
SPOFA 2009
COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF THE PROCESS OF OWNERSHIP TRANSFORMATION AND...
189
Specic research methods: statistical method. Application of statistical methods enabled the identication of not only the general characteristics of variable appearance, but the discovery of regularities in the trends of their manifestation. SUBJECTS The research of the state of material base and the process of ownership transformation in sports organizations, conducted a survey 17 sports organizations of competitive nature, i.e. clubs and 4 sports societies in two periods. The rs period research refers to the period between 1990 and 1993, while the second period results were obtained in the interval from September 2007 to September 2008. The aim of the research was, by using scientically known, recognized and applied methods, techniques, procedures and actions, to establish correlation of management development in sports organizations with social, political and economic changes in the transition process in Serbia and material basis as well as possible implications for the future development of this area. The research used a representative sample of subjects, divided into three groups. The rst group consists of top class entities that either achieved international success or realized individual high quality of the same rank, in prime reputation sports such as basketball, soccer, water polo, handball, in which Serbia participate anyway in the international distribution of sports results. The second group also included top class entities of the highest international level but which, pursuant objective quality cannot be in the rst group. The third group encompassed the clubs with various sports achievements and positions in several sports with different starting point in material, nancial and organizational terms, but with great ambition and improvement of sports results and position. By comparing the results with non-parametric discriminative statistical procedure given the size of the sub-sample (N <30) and the absence of normal distribution of results, a H -test was used in determining the difference between certain modalities of the dened variables, according to various criteria. The following results were obtained: Table 1: Cross tab Sports facilities in sports organizations
Count
Sports facilities 0 Period 1 2 Total 10 11 21 1 4 3 7 2 5 2 7 3 3 6 9 4 0 3 3 5 3 2 5 7 0 1 1 8 0 1 1
Total
25 29 54
SPOFA 2009
190
Table 2: Results of Chi-Square Tests
Count
Value Pearson Chi-Square Likelihood Ratio Linear-by-Linear Association N of Valid Cases 7,421(a) 9,375 1,253 54
df 7 7 1
Asymp. Sig. (2-sided) ,386 ,227 ,263
Figure 1 Basic sport facilities

a 14 cells (87,5%) have expected count less than 5. The minimum expected count is ,46.
The research has shown that as regards the sports facilities as well as the material base of sports organizations in the calculated x , which amounts to 9.375 and is lower than the table value which is 14, 07, there is no statistically signicant difference between the compared variables. That is, most clubs do not possess principal sports facilities for basic purposes. Therefore, the problems of sports facilities include: 1. football elds; 2. open playgrounds for small sports, 3. sports halls for training; 4. sports halls for competitions; 5. mixed sports halls 6. Open pool; 7. Indoor pool; 8. Winter rowing site; sports organizations which do not possess them, mostly rent the above facilities.
SPOFA 2009
191
Table 3: Crosstab Management ofce Count 0 period Total 1 2 6 20 Management ofce 1 2 8 0 6 1 Total 3 11 2 25 29 54
26
14
13
Table 4: Results of Chi-Square Tests Value Pearson Chi-Square Likelihood Ratio Linear-by-Linear Association 14,840(a) 16,189 12,065 df 3 3 1 Asymp. Sig. (2-sided) ,002 ,001 ,001
N of Valid Cases 54 a 2 cells (25,0%) have expected count less than 5. The minimum expected count is ,46.
Figure 2 management ofces throw both periods The research has shown that as regards the facilities of administration building as material base for sports organizations in the calculated x which is 16.189 and is higher than the table value which is 7.81, there is a statistically signicant difference between the compared variables. That is, most clubs do not have basic management facilities. So, the problems of facilities include: 1 large business premises 2. Medium-sized spaces; 3. The research has displayed the small number of clubs rents small space of few square meters.
SPOFA 2009
192
Table 5: Crosstab Locker rooms in a sports organizations Count Locker rooms 0 Period Total 1 2 14 21 35 1 6 7 13 2 0 1 1 3 5 0 5 25 29 54 Total
Table 6: Results of Chi-Square Tests Value Pearson Chi-Square Likelihood Ratio Linear-by-Linear Association N of Valid Cases 7,220(a) 9,508 4,403 54 Df 3 3 1 Asymp. Sig. (2-sided) ,065 ,023 ,036
a 4 cells (50,0%) have expected count less than 5. The minimum expected count is ,46.
Figure 3 Locker rooms in a sports organization The research has shown that as regards the auxiliary facilities, the locker rooms were indicated as material base for sports organizations. The calculated x which is 9,508 and is higher than the table value which is 7.81, there is a statistically signicant difference between the compared variables. That is, most clubs do not have auxiliary facilities. So, the problems of facilities include: 1 large business premises 2. Medium-sized spaces; 3. the research has displayed the small number of clubs rents small space of few square meters.
SPOFA 2009
193
Table 7: Crosstab Arrange terrain Count Arrange terrain 0 period Total 1 2 19 20 39 1 6 9 15 25 29 54 Total
Table 8: Results of Chi-Square Tests Value Pearson Chi-Square Continuity Correction(a) Likelihood Ratio Fishers Exact Test Linear-by-Linear Association N of Valid Cases ,325 54 1 ,569 ,331(b) ,073 ,333 df 1 1 1 Asymp. Sig. (2-sided) ,565 ,787 ,564 ,762 ,395 Exact Sig. (2-sided) Exact Sig. (1-sided)
a Computed only for a 2x2 table b 0 cells (,0%) have expected count less than 5. The minimum expected count is 6,94.
Figure 4 Arranged terrain in sports organisations The research has shown that as regards the records of arranged terrain as material base for sports organizations the calculated x which is 0,331 and is lower than the table value which is 3,84, i.e. there is no statistically signicant difference between the compared variables. That is, most clubs do not have records on arranged terrain and the percentage of that relation is approximately the same in both periods. As for the records there
SPOFA 2009
194
is statistically insignicant difference in increase of sports organizations with recorded arranged terrain.
Table 9: Crosstab not arranged terrain Count Not arranged 0 period Total 1 2 17 29 46 8 0 8 1 25 29 54 Asymp. Sig. (2-sided) 1 1 1 1 ,001 ,004 ,000 ,001 10,692 54 ,001 ,001 Exact Sig. (2-sided) Exact Sig. (1-sided) Total
Table 10: Results of Chi-Square Tests Value Pearson Chi-Square Continuity Correction(a) Likelihood Ratio Fishers Exact Test Linear-by-Linear Association N of Valid Cases 10,894(b) 8,506 13,961 df
a Computed only for a 2x2 table b 2 cells (50,0%) have expected count less than 5. The minimum expected count is 3,70.
Figure 5 Not arranged terrain in sports organizations
The research has shown that as regards the records of non-arranged terrain as material base for sports organizations the calculated x which is 8,506 and is lower than the table value which is 3,84, meaning that there is a statistically signicant difference between the compared variables. That is, most sports organizations which possessed recorded non arranged terrain do not possess it now.
SPOFA 2009
195
Table 11: Crosstab Future owner in sports organization owner No answer from 1990 to 2000 From 2000 to 2007 Total Count 0 4 4 Club members 13 9 22 Club members as majority shareholders 8 6 14 Total Other subjects 0 2 2 21 21 42
periods
Figure 6 Future owners in sports organization
Table 12: Results of Chi-Square Tests Value Pearson Chi-Square Likelihood Ratio Linear-by-Linear Association N of Valid Cases 7,013(a) 9,336 ,183 42 df 3 3 1 Asymp. Sig. (2-sided) ,071 ,025 ,669
a 4 cells (50,0%) have expected count less than 5. The minimum expected count is 1,00.
The calculated value is 7,013 and is lower than table value, which in this case is 7, 81, which means that zero hypotheses is accepted and ascertains that there are no statistically signicant differences between the compared distributions. The view of sports organizations on future owners of sports organizations is rounded to club members as majority owners. Such an attitude remained unchanged in both periods, meaning that the process of ownership transformation has not been initiated yet. Thirty years following the transition to market economy laws and multiparty system, no legal regulations were
SPOFA 2009
196
adopted in the sector of sport about dening of ownership of sports organizations as well as of property holders. DISCUSSION Having in mind the complexity of the problem that is discussed in the research, the general approach as a proposal for problem solving can be based on the following: - Careful planning and control of all activities envisaged for the implementation of the above infrastructure improvements; - Collection and analysis of previously made comprehensive documentation, as well as all other relevant data related to subject issues; - Management of the activities to control the implementation of envisaged activities and to ensure quality decision-making; Special attention should be devoted to investor-consultant relation. The following the basic steps/phases can be predicted in implementation of envisaged activities: Phase 0 - Based on a detailed analysis of the demographic picture of the Republic of Serbia, and the real needs of the population, determination of priorities and the size of the required infrastructure capacities of sports facilities in primary and secondary schools; Phase 1 - Comprehensive recording of the existing state of the facilities of the listed infrastructure that would include the collection and thorough analysis of the so far made technical and other documentation and all necessary information related to this area, eld survey by direct insight in the eld and drafting of appropriate reports on the performed analysis of the collected surfaces and conducted recording of the existing conditions, which would consequently merge into a complete study of the existing state of the subject infrastructure facilities; Phase 2 - In line with the conclusions and decisions made on the basis of the above realized phase, elaboration of actual Program-project tasks and implementation of appropriate tender procedures and procedures for drafting of technical documentation according to the dened priorities and capacities; Phase 3 - At this stage, a concrete contracting would be initiated for development of technical documentation, which would included: selection of designer-consultant and executors of project documentation control, review of draft versions of the Contract, negotiations and the very signing of the Contract; Phase 4 - This phase would include planning of project activities, which would involve an initial mobilization consulting-design team and development of the program for realization of development of technical documentation; Phase 5 - Technical documentation drafting according to to contractual project tasks and the adopted methodology, with full compliance with all applicable regulations and standards; Phase 6 - This phase would include auditing procedure of elaborated technical documents, and on the basis of agreed and adjusted complaints, submitted on behalf of the Investor, by the Controller of technical documentation, the nal approval of the project would be realized;
SPOFA 2009
197
Phase 7 - On the basis of revised and approved technical documentation, the implementation of tender procedures and procedures for the works on reconstruction and construction of the subject infrastructure facilities; Phase 8 Actual contracting of works, containing selection and appointment of Contractor and executors of Design and direct surveillance of the executed works, review of the draft contracts, negotiations and the stipulation of a contract; Stage 9 Initiation of works execution, fully as provided for in the stipulated contacts, applicable legal and technical regulations, which will be precisely dene for a particular job. A necessary condition for successful implementation of each job is that selected and nominated consultants and contractors carry out contractual obligations fully taking into account the economic benet of the investors, and permanently inform him about the realization of each particular work in regular monthly reports which should summarize the executed activities form the preceding period as well as those to follow in the forthcoming period with maximum respect for the dynamic implementation plans of the adopted contractual obligations. Quality control of implementation of the envisaged activities During the entire period of implementation of the envisaged activities, it is necessary that the elected and nominated consultants and contractors organize quality control procedures that are normally part of the international FIDIC standards. The basic Quality Control objectives are the following: - Drafting and realization of the Plan of Quality Control implementation; - Establishing and maintaining an efcient organization of the envisaged activities in the stage of technical documents development, as well as in the phase of performance of specic works; - Provision of control of coordination between the members and potential partners of JOINT VENTURE Corporation at all levels: - Timely mobilization of adequate resources during the implementation of the Contract: -Providing continuity within the consultants or contractors teams. Depending on the stage of a concrete action it is necessary that the consultant or contractor compile the Quality Control Instructions. Overall, the above methods and procedures shall accurately and clearly dene duties and responsibilities of each team member of the consultant or contractor, including a way of informing the investor of the degree of works completion as well as dening the volume of the entire technical documentation that has to be issued during implementation of each individual Contract. The Quality Control Instructions should also contain procedures and treatments in emergency situations and incidents, while serving as a training tool for consultants or contractors teams. The Quality Control Instructions should also contain administrative procedures on the following important segments: - Records of project and other les related to a specic contract; - Records of correspondence (letters, faxes, e-mails) - Correspondence procedures; - Standard formats;
SPOFA 2009
198
- Procedures for Approval of reports; - Ownership rights of the documents; - Ways of issuing and distribution of documents; - Procedures of computer les organization; - Meetings; - Transport on site; - Legislation. Additionally, in order to implement Quality control, the consultant or contractor can in the course of the works organize the so called Panel of Experts (meetings of experts in the eld encompassed by the project) which would make decisions at its meeting which would present a signicant technical assistance and quality assurance during the execution of concrete works. CONCLUSION Infrastructure of sports facilities is poor, as related to the main sports area, as well as auxiliary and supporting ones. The buildings are dilapidated, their legal status is not properly and fully resolved and consequently the approach to managerial structure is not resolved, which is one of the main obstacles in designing management models in sport organizations in transition. Therefore it is necessary to properly and timely to formulate strategy or strategic model of management mechanism which could nd answers for these issues, because not only the management structure, but the access to security of sports facilities and their consumers as well as the approach to organization of sports medicine and preventive at all managerial levels, regardless of the programming concept that is specic to each sports organization. It can be concluded that from the ofcial transition of the socio political community to the market economy and multiparty system, sports organizations have been for thirty years in the volunteers sector, without an identied owners of sports organizations, as well as changes in the institutional framework and organization forms, due to the lack of legal-economic and political-legal conditions for implementation of transitional solutions and adequate changes. Key changes that would inuence the development of management in sport organizations as well as external environment factors, political, economic and sociological, failed. The situation requires urgency in making proposals for necessary changes and their adjusting in systemic and operative functional solutions. References Smith, A., Stewart, B. (1999): Sports Management: A Guide to Professional Practice, Allen & Unwin, Sidney p. 11 Salem, P. Assessment, Change, and complexity, Management Communication Quarterly, 15: 442-450, 2002 Tomic, M. (2001): Management in sport. National library of Serbia, Belgrade
SPOFA 2009
199
Ksenija Jankovic1, Dragan Nikolic2, Dragan Bojovic3

Ph.D, M.Sc., B.Sc.Civ.Eng, Institute IMS, Belgrade, ksenija.jankovic@institutims.rs B.Sc.Civ.Eng, Institute IMS, Belgrade, dragan.nikolic@institutims.rs 3 B.Sc.Civ.Eng, Institute IMS, Belgrade, dragan.bojovic@institutims.rs
1 2
CONCRETE MIX DESIGN FOR TENNIS COURTS

Abstract The most important factors inuencing your game is the type of surface you play on. The characteristics of the court surface not only affect how fast the ball bounces, but also contribute to your comfort and ease of movement. According to ITF, a hard concrete surface with no surfacing system applied provides a fast speed of play. In this paper concrete court construction with general conditions for construction, site investigations and surface tolerance are shown. Basics testing of mechanical and arheological properties in fresh and hardened concrete for basis concrete and topping mortar of concrete used for tennis courts were done. Key words: tennis court, concrete, 1. INTRODUCTION While working on the construction of a tennis court, there are many instances where problems relating to slope, layout, orientation should be considered and it is hard to proceed without appropriate advice and experience. Therefore, the main factors that should be included in the development and use of suitable specications are: - proper court size; - orientation of courts; - slope and drainage of courts; - base and construction materials; - type and speed of surface, and - general information on lighting, fencing, nets, net posts, windscreens, maintenance and resurfacing. The design of the scheme should be visually pleasing and should create an environment that will be attractive to users of all ages and abilities. It should be t for its intended purpose and made attractive by the considered use of landscaping materials, textures and colours in suitable combinations. Since building or resurfacing one or more tennis courts is not only relatively expensive but also a long time investment, special care should be taken in the selection of professionals involved in the project. The ultimate performance of any tennis court or running track depends to an important degree on subsoil and drainage conditions. The stability
SPOFA 2009
200
Ksenija Jankovic, Dragan Nikolic, Dragan Bojovic
of the subsoil also has a direct inuence on the ability of the contractor to construct the court or track properly and to maintain design grades under the deformations generated by the construction equipment itself. Expansive soils or plastic soils and use of base course materials consisting of these types of soils can create further problems. Frost action is exaggerated where frost susceptible materials exist with moisture available to generate frost heave. It is, therefore, necessary for the owner, or the contractor, or a consultant retained by either the owner or the contractor, to identify soil conditions existing at the site and to take these conditions into account in designing the court or track. Site preparation, including stripping, placement of backll and base construction must be properly performed to minimize the risk of problems due to subsoil and subgrade conditions. 2. SITE INVESTIGATION Site investigation should be applied with considerable exibility depending on the nature of the conditions that exist at a particular site, and the degree of risk that the owner is willing to take regarding adverse effects of subsoil conditions. Obviously, the more serious conditions that require an adequate study include: - The existence of peat or other organic soils at the site; - Uncontrolled ll materials or waste materials at the site; - Expansive soils at the site; - High ground water conditions or surface water retention areas (low area ooding); - Special usage of the facility (i.e. using tennis court as ice skating rink). The most suitable site is one that is situated on well-drained gently sloping ground which will permit surface water to drain away quickly. Sites hemmed in by trees should be avoided because their roots may disturb and crack the concrete. Where the site permits, the court should be positioned with its longitudinal axis in a north-south direction, or up to 25 degrees counterclockwise of it. If a concrete surface is to remain true and free of cracks, it must rest on thoroughly stable material, but no soil or earth is likely to be stable enough if it is liable to prolonged, or even periodic, saturation. If the normal slope of the ground does not permit natural drainage, or the ground is clayey, it will be found advantageous to lay a line of agricultural drain pipes around the site. These should be placed in a small trench about 250 mm wide and packed around with gravel or broken stone. This pipe line should have a fall of about 1 in 50 and the outlet should be connected either to a sump lled with broken stone or gravel, or to the nearest ditch if the area is seasonally damp. The site of the court should also be drained in a similar manner by laying a line of piping diagonally across the whole area into which other smaller lengths of pipe line are connected (see Figure 1).
SPOFA 2009
201
Figure 1. Drainage plan
If the surface inlets are provided on or near the courts or track, drain lines to carry the water to appropriate discharge channels should be constructed in accordance with local building codes and regulations. If necessary or otherwise decided, in order to make the water table lower at the site, French drains (permeable, properly graded gravel-lled trenches), geocomposites or perforated drain lines surrounded with a stone material, should be utilized, discharging to appropriate channels. Nonwoven geotextile fabric may be used, depending on the stone materials available. Backll of all trenches should be granular material, placed in layers not to exceed 15cm in thickness, compacted with appropriate compaction equipment to 95% of the maximum density. This compaction is necessary to minimize the risk of subsequent settlement of the surface over the trench. When trenching or draintile is used under existing permanent pavement, it is recommended that this area is compacted to 100% of the maximum density. This method will reduce the amount of settlement that may occur in these trenches which will reect on the nal surface. The site should be stripped of turf until rm ground is reached. All soft or spongy areas should be excavated and the holes lled with well-tamped sand, gravel or cinders. Roots of trees and other vegetation should be removed. At this stage the holes for the net posts should be dug. The excavations should be 450 mm square, 750 mm deep and 12,80 m apart centre-to-centre on the net line. An other hole, about 250 mm by 250 mm by 250 mm should be dug under the centre of the net to take the anchor block for the strap which holds down the centre of the net. If the clearing of the site has provided uncovered sandy or gravelly sub-soil, and this is at a suitable level, the concrete surfacing can be laid directly on it; otherwise a concrete surfacing can be laid directly on it; otherwise a layer of compacted sand, gravel or hard well-burned cinders should be laid over the whole area of the court to provide a subbase. This layer should not be less than 100 mm thick, but if it has to be thicker, it should be built up in layers: each not more than 100 mm thick. Each layer must be fully compacted by watering and rolling or tamping.It is important that the sub-base on which the concrete rests be uniform and consist of materials which will not change or deteriorate with
SPOFA 2009
202
time, otherwise uneven settlement or cracking of the concrete will occur. An old gravel, ant-heap or bituminised court usually makes a good sub-base. The sub-base should be trimmed true to give an even fall of 100 mm from one side of the court to the other, so that no water can accumulate and the sub-base is kept rm and solid. The nished surface of the court should be given the same crossfall to permit rain water to drain away quickly. The court should not be drained from the centre outwards. 3. SIZE AND SETTING OUT OF COURT AND SURROUND The size of the playing area of the court is 23,77 m x 10,97 m measured to the outside of the lines. If the court is truly rectangular, the diagonals of this area will each be 26,179 m long. The diagonals of a half-court will be 16,174 m. Other dimensions are given in Figure 3. The width of the surround is a matter of choice. Generally peaking, 4,5 m to 5,5 m at each end and 1,8 m to 2,75 m at the sides will be sufcient for ordinary play. In the case of championship size courts, these dimensions should be increased to 6,40 m and 3,66 m respectively. Since these paved areas should be truly rectangular, tabulated below are the lengths of the diagonals of the paved areas for three typical classes of court, and for the corresponding half-court.
Figure 2. Cross section
SPOFA 2009
203
Figure 3. Layout of joints and markings

Table 1. Dimensions of tennis courts
Class of court Dimensions of paved area [m]
full court half court Medium full court half court Championship full court half court 31,2 x 14,6 15,6 x 14,6 34 x 16 17 x 16 36,6 x 18,4 18,3 x 18,4
Lengths of diagonals m]
34.4 21.3 37.6 23.4 41.0 26.0
Minimum
SPOFA 2009
204
4. CONCRETE SURFACING The concrete surfacing described below has been designed to be low in rst cost as well as consistent providing a surface which will remain suitable for good club-standard play over many years; and to be easy to lay, using only labour and equipment easily available.
4.1 THICKNESS
The slab should be laid in two courses, namely a base course 85 mm thick followed by a top course 15 mm thick, the total thickness being 100 mm.
4.2 JOINTS
The court area should be divided into bays of convenient size, each of which should be concreted in one operation. The bays should be laid alternately using checkerboard fashion, with joints between adjacent bays. Two types of joints are used. An expansion joint is provided across the court under the net. This consists of a 20 mm wide gap containing a strip of closed cell expanded polyethylene. All the other joints are keyed contraction joints. These are designed to allow some shrinkage in the concrete and to prevent relative vertical movement of the concrete on either side. If these joints are properly made, they do not in any way affect the bounce of the ball. Figures 4 and 5 show joint details. Figure 3 shows suggested positions of the joints. Placing them near to the court markings makes them less conspicuous.
Figure 4. Joint under net
SPOFA 2009
205
Figure 5. Joint between bays
5. FORMS AND STRIKE-OFF BOARDS The side forms for the bays should be of 100 x 50 mm timber and should be straight and free from twist. They should be set true to line and level in order to give the required fall of 100 mm across the surface of the court and should be held rmly in position by stakes driven into the ground. Keyed joints between adjacent bays are formed by xing suitably shaped strips of timber to the side forms. The forms should not be removed until the concrete is at least 12 hours old, and should be cleaned and oiled before each use. The strike-off board should be 225 mm x 50 mm timber, 4,8 m long, and planed on both edges. For bays of 4,2 m width, a 50 mm x 15 mm strip, 3,8 m long should be tacked along the bottom edge to provide 15 mm rebates at the ends of the board. For bays of other widths, the length of the board should be 600 mm more than, and the length of the tacked-on strip 400 mm less than, the width of the bay. A round steel bar or tube about 300 mm long should be driven through a drilled hole at each end of the board to permit easy handling. For nishing of the concrete a working platform of some kind will be required to enable the workmen to trowel and nish the surface without marking the work already completed. The platform should span the bay without touching the concrete.
SPOFA 2009
206
6. EXSPERIMENTAL WORK
6.1 MATERIALS USED IN MIX DESIGN
All concrete for tennis courts should be made with cement complying with SRPS EN 1971; strength class 42,5 or higher. CEM I 42.5R (Laffarge BFC, Beocin, Srbija ) was used in mix design. Two kinds of aggregate were used in this work: - natural aggregate from Morava river as fractions of 0/4,4/8,8/16mm for base concrete - quartz sand, grained (0-2mm) for topping The sand should be clean with grain size from 4 mm to dust. It should contain a wide variety of sizes of particle, with no one size predominating, and with only a limited amount of dust or other very ne materials. Both the sand and coarse aggregate should be free of clay, loam, organic matter and of other impurities. Use of admixtures in production of concrete is necessary to increase range of water reduction and improve durability. Two superplasticizers were used: - Mapei Dynamon NRG 100 - Mapei Dynamon SX Glass bres were used in topping layer to increase exural strength and decrease shrinkage.
6.2 CONCRETE MIXTURE
Preliminary trials were done in the Laboratory for materials testing at IMS Institute in Belgrade. Concrete mixture for the 85 mm thick base course is prepared from the following components expressed for 1m3 in kilogram: Cement CEM I 42.5R (365); send, 0-4mm (785); coarse aggregate with maximum grain size D=16mm (1085), superplasticizers Dynamon SX (2.5), water (165). Mortar for the 15 mm thick top course is made by 800 kg cement per 1m3 and contain 1140 kg of quartz sand, 175 kg of water, 19kg of superplasticizers Dynamon NRG 100 and 1.5kg of glass bres. The water used for mixing was from city supply. Aggregate mixes have been designed on the basis of used materials properties, required concrete properties (both in fresh and hardened state) and conditions of transportation and placing of concrete. The materials should be mixed together with the least amount of water that will give a workable, plastic and cohesive concrete. The nal mix should have a consistency such that if dumped from a shovel, it remains in a heap; but if rodded afterwards, settles down easily and smoothly, without either aggregate or watery liquid separating from the mass.
SPOFA 2009
207
Compressive strength after 28 days was 44.6 MPa for base concrete and approved frost resistance. Compressive strength of mortar after 28 days was 82.6MPa and approved frost resistance too.
6.3. PLACING CONCRETE
The rst step is to set the net posts plumb and to the correct levels in concrete bases, using the same mix as specied for the base course. The post holes should only be lled to the level of the bottom of the slab. At the same time a block of the same concrete should be cast under the centre of the net to take the net anchor. The block should be a cube of about 250 mm, with its top surface at the level of the bottom of the slab. The anchor should be a length of 8 mm diameter rod preferably corrosion-resistant about 700 mm long bent to a hairpin shape. The legs are cast in the concrete with the loop projecting 25 mm to 30 mm above the nished level of the slab. Before placing the base course concrete, the sub-base should be dampened to prevent loss of moisture from the mix. Throughout the placing of the concrete, over-wet and overdry mixes must be avoided. When placing the concrete, the mortar in the mix should come to the surface by rodding and tamping and with the levelling done with the strike-off board. The latter should be handled by two men, using both a chopping and sawing motion. The correct level is obtained by allowing the board to ride on the side forms, thereby automatically xing the level of the nished surface 15 mm below that of the forms. The mortar for the topping course should be placed directly on the surface within one to four hours of completing the bottom course. It should be spread and levelled with the strike-off board, but with the straight edge of the board riding on the side forms to bring the surface to the nal level, ush with the tops of the forms. Again, the strike-off board should be used initially with a chopping movement to ensure that the full thickness of the topping is compacted. After the mortar has been struck off a wood oat should be used to smooth out any board marks left on the surface. Finishing to a non-abrasive (but not glassy) texture is done with a steel trowel, but this nish trowelling should not, in any circumstances, be done on wet mortar. It should only start when the water sheen has disappeared from the surface and as the mortar is starting to stiffen, that is about 1 to 2 hours after placing. Comparatively heavy pressure on the trowel will be required. If the timing of this operation is correct, the effect of the steel trowel will be to push down into the mass of the material those projecting particles which cause it to be abrasive. This will give extra density and toughness to the surface. Conversely, if the steel trowel is used too often or too soon, so that moisture is drawn up to the surface, the surface will be weakened. Too smooth nish should be avoided as it gives little spin to the ball and makes footing less sure. Alternatively a suitable texture may be achieved by heavy steel trowelling followed by very light brushing with a hair broom. It may be useful to remember that rough spots can always be rubbed down, when the concrete has hardened, with a carborundum stone and water to produce as ne nish as may be desired. To prevent spalling of the edges of the slab, the last operation should be rounding off the corners adjacent to the forms very slightly with a steel trowel. This rounding should be only just sufcient to give a clean edge to the concrete, as excessive rounding will affect the bounce of the ball.
SPOFA 2009
208
6.4 CURING
Curing is the process of controlling the rate and extent of moisture loss from concrete during cement hydration. It is extremely important that the newly-laid slab is properly cured, for that reason, it must be kept continuously and visibly damp for at least 7 days and preferably for much longer. In cold weather the minimum curing period is 10 days. Concrete and mortar must not be allowed to dry out soon after laying. In order to avoid an occurrence of the sufciently stiffened surface, it should be immediately covered, preferably with plastic sheeting held down with stones or other weights. This sheeting is also valuable for protecting newly-nished surfaces from damage by rain. While the plastic is in place, it is good practice to hose water in under it each day. If it is not possible to keep the plastic in place for the full curing period, it can be replaced by hessian, empty cement bags, sand, or similar material which will retain moisture on the surface. When frost is expected, the concrete should be covered with plastic over which sacks, or straw, etc, is placed. Under no circumstances curing should be neglected as the quality and durability of the court are dependent on it. 7. MARKING AND COLOURED FINISHES Satisfactory lines can be painted on the court surface with a white concrete paint which can be renewed every few years. Permanent lines that need no painting can be obtained by xing 15 mm thick x 50 mm wide timber lathing on to the bottom course and lling the top course around these. The timber is then removed and the space thus formed lled with a white mortar composed of white cement and white sand. The timber laths should be slightly bevelled on each side to permit easy removal. All lines should be 50 mm wide.
7.1 PIGMENTS
Pigments are nely grounded colored particles that, when blended into a concrete mixture, infuse the concrete with their shade. Humans have been using pigments since Paleolithic times, when pulverized minerals and charcoal were employed in cave paintings that have retained their vivid coloration for as many as 30,000 years. Not just any pigment can be used in concrete. The alkaline chemistry of portland cement plus long-term exposure to sunlight and weather can cause all but the most inert colorants to fade. In addition, concrete colors have to be wettable so they can disperse readily throughout a concrete mixture. And pigments must not interfere with the workability or structural characteristics of concrete. ASTM C979 Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete summarizes these requirements and should be the basis for the colored concrete specications. The top course may be coloured by mixing a mineral pigment with the cement. Mineral pigments are available in two main types: natural and synthetic. The proportion of pigment to use depends upon the shade of colour desired and the quality of the pigment and the best choice can be made according to trial. A few small pats of the topping mixture using 2, 5 and 8% of pigment by mass of the cement were
SPOFA 2009
209
made. When these thoroughly dried out, the percentage corresponding to the desired shade could be chosen. The pigment must be carefully weighed for each batch and must be thoroughly mixed with the dry cement rst before adding aggregates, and water. No more than 8% of pigment should be added to the cement. A bag of cement weighs 50 kg. Mixing can be done by passing through a ne (say 3 mm) mesh sieve until the colour is uniform. It is recommended that pigments are obtained from a recognized manufacturer of high quality products. Do not attempt to colour concrete by sprinkling on and trowelling into the surface a mixture of neat cement and pigment as this provides a very poor wearing surface. 8. CONCLUSION The choice of mixes presented in this paper is only a part of work that is going on at IMS Institute, Belgrade. Based on these investigations the conclusion can be made that the use of new materials, especially admixtures of new generations can eventually bring signicant cost reductions. Also, more attention should be paid to concretes with high performances with production that is neglected in Serbia, and with applications that could be economically more than justied. References Tennis Court Construction Guidelines (2003), The American Sports Builders Association. Building code requirements for concrete and reinforced concrete BAB 87 (1987) (in Serbian ). Building code requirements for concrete and reinforced concrete in aggressive envirovment (1987) (in Serbian). Kovler K., Zhutovky S., (2006). Overview and future trends shrinkage research. Material structure,39, 827-847. Sklazlic M., Bjegovic D.,(2005). Perspectives of designing with new concrete types, annual 2005of the Croatian Academy of Engineering, 167-178. Cwirzen A., Penttala V., Vornanen C., (2008). Reactive powder based concretes: Mehanical properties, durability and hybrid use with OPC. Cement and concrete research, 38, 1217-1226. Jankovic, K. i Loncar Lj. (2002) Polymer modied lightweight concrete reinforced with polypropylene bers , PROCEEDINGS OF THE FIRST b CONGRESS 2002 CONCRETE STRUCTURES IN THE 21ST CENTURY Vol. 2, Condensed Papers (2), Osaka, Japan, 97-98. Jankovic, K., Loncar Lj., Kacarevic, Z., Romakov, Z. i Bojovic, D. (2006) Using HRWR Admixture for High Strength Concrete , INTERNATIONAL SCIENTIFICPROFESSIONAL MEETING CIVIL ENGINEERING SCIENCE AND PRACTICE, abljak, SCG, Vol. 2, 545-549 Jankovic, K., Bojovic, D., Nikolic, D. i Loncar, Lj. (2008) Spravljanje i primena betona ultra-visokih vrstoa , DIMK, XXIV KONGRES, Divcibare, 39-42, ISBN 978-86-87615-00-7
SPOFA 2009
211
Miroslav Kuburic 1, Goran Cirovic2

(1 assistent professor, M.Sc.Geod.Eng., B.Sc.Geod.Eng., mkuburic@EUnet.rs, Faculty of Civil Engineering, Subotica, Serbia 2 associate professor, Ph.D., M.Sc.Civ.Eng., B.Sc.Civ.Eng., cirovic@sezampro.rs, Faculty of Sport and Physical Education, Blagoja Parovica 156, Belgrade, Serbia)
GEOMARKETING IN THE FUNCTION OF BUILDING SPORT FACILITIES

SUMMARY Optimum and economic management of resources is nowadays, more than ever before, a pre-condition for both individual and collective success. The time of big economic world crisis only additionally emphasized the need to carefully elect areas, levels and forms of future investments. Daily development of computer technologies offers an entire array of possibilities for more rational decision-making, with one of those possibilities including analysis of spatial data, necessary for rational functioning of an increasingly complex society. In this manner necessary pre-conditions for more advanced processes of space management planning are created, i.e. making of better, geomarketing-supported decisions related to spatial management. The contemporary approach to using spatial data may also be used as an auxiliary tool for decision-making during construction of future sport facilities. Key words: geomarketing, spatial data, sport facilities 1. INTRODUCTION Sport as an integral part of contemporary society has since long ceased to represent only a notion of game or chivalric competition for the sake of glory, and for its fans it frequently means one of the most important aspects of their social life. This is supported by the fact that this is one of the rare elds where even small and undeveloped areas, regions and even countries get a unique opportunity at promotion through successes of their individuals or teams. In this way, sport is one of the rare elds in which the rule according to which the victory and size, i.e. strategic importance correlate, does not prevail. Victory or success in a large sport performance has nowadays gained planetary importance, with successful athletes becoming more and more the best ambassadors of their countries. The fact that presently some, even the most developed countries, make bigger income from sport than from power sources or from some other industries, makes it easy to understand their strategic commitment and signicant investments in this eld.
SPOFA 2009
212
Miroslav Kuburic , Goran Cirovic
Social benets derived from building sport infrastructure are manifold. Some of those benets can be easily described in a quantitative manner and their inuence on the society can be easily understood. However, there are many more those that are hidden or indirect and they include the benets that both the individuals and the society as a whole reap from the same facilities through sport, athletes and sport results. The type, quality, number, location, price etc. are only some of the criteria that inuence making of a decision on building a sport facility. When higher interests and political marketing moves are disregarded, something remains are rational and sensible reasons that make investment in sport infrastructure at a certain moment and at a certain location justied. By using advances of contemporary computer technology and national infrastructure of spatially oriented data, it is possible to accomplish signicant savings and increase functionality of sport facilities. 2. NATIONAL INFRASTRUCTURE OF SPATIALLY ORIENTED DATA As mentioned previously, a decision on investing in building sport facilities is made on the basis of a number of criteria that are to a bigger or lesser degree spatially oriented. Some of these criteria are vital in the sense of making a decision and are therefore especially considered in this paper. The plan-related basis of the purpose of usage of the construction land, spatial and ownership determination, appropriate target group, ecology, future value of the facility are only some of the important parameters based on which a decision on building of future or investment maintenance of the existing sport infrastructure is made.
2.1. THE REAL ESTATE CADASTRE
Comprehensive national database of spatial data, such as a cadastre basis, is an excellent basis for any spatial analysis. The state database of geodata formed in such a way has a number of its main characteristics that are especially important not only from the point of view of the Real Estate Cadastre (REC) itself, but also from the point of view of end users of cadastre information. Some of the most important characteristics include the following:
REC is a database of state data, organized in a normative manner; This is the only comprehensive records on the position, size, form, location and owner of the real estate; By its thematic contents, REC is an ideal basis for support in decision-making, i.e. may represent a spatial component of any spatially-oriented Information System.
SPOFA 2009
213
The national database of spatial data of Serbia has been recently going through a number of stages of transformation on its way to establishing a contemporary, functional, upto-date and transparent user-oriented spatial records. The state-of-the-art model of digital data, modern, worldwide-recognized software platform, intensive translation of data into digital form, as well as updating of data are only some of the goals that have been accomplished. Full transparency and easy access to data through the global computer network should be short-term transitional goals on the way to establishing a modern and operational national database of spatial data. Therefore, cadastre records is capable of not only offering direct benet in multi-criteria decision-making on building sport facilities based on the data that it contains, but can also serve as an excellent spatial component during georeferencing of other relevant data that have a space component within them.
2.1. BIRTH REGISTER
Unique records on citizens represent a comprehensive and wide record on all citizens. The structure of these records is such that it offers extremely qualitative and reliable data on citizens. Not only that these records have spatial component in them in the form of citizens address but also they contain Citizens Unique Registration Number; the latter is a very useful piece of information that includes information on the date of birth, which, when georeferenced, based on the distribution of citizens of appropriate age, may serve as an excellent indicator of the need to build a sport facility. It is easy to see that the combination of these two records may be used as a very convenient tool to support spatial decision-making.
2.2. SPATIAL PLANNING
Spatial planning is based on comprehensive and integral comprehension of space in order to create conditions for the best possible management of natural resources and nding solutions that will enable improvements of technical and social infrastructure in the existing natural and social environment. Comprehension in terms of future development needs is a special dimension of this process, whereby special attention is paid to specic characteristics of space and investigating demographic movements. A multidisciplinary, continuous and comprehensive process, represented by spatial planning, ends with making of spatial plans, which, while taking account of social, natural, cultural historical and geographic characteristics, dene the directions and goals of spatial development, i.e. organization, protection, manner of use and purpose of space. Consequently, spatial planning deals with stewardship, protection and management of space as a very limited and valuable natural resource. Plan arrangement and space management help create pre-conditions for social and economic development, ratio-
SPOFA 2009
214
nal usage of natural resources from the point of view of a comprehensive approach in space-planning. This is a process that implies continuous following of general development goals, introduction of organizational and legal measures, planning and control of construction and exploitation of facilities. The fact that in the planning process itself, besides expert persons, all interested citizens participate, who directly, to a bigger or smaller degree, inuence, with their views, suggestions and objections a denite form of organization of their living area, is an important dimension of spatial planning. In this way, by recognizing and integrating the needs of the individuals, the plan document assumes an authentic appearance and peculiarity of a social community. One of the components of plan development of space, through articulated need of the local population, is also reected in building of the sport infrastructure. Recognizing the real needs of local community, region, and more broadly, the country itself, makes an author of the plan document decide to nd the optimum solution in terms of forecasting future sport facilities from the point of view of purpose, dimensions, location, etc.
2.3. REAL ESTATE APPRAISAL
Real estate appraisal (i.e. property valuation or land valuation) is performed in all the countries of market economy, and in Serbia it is actually at its very beginning. Concerning the real estate appraisal, determining of market value is certainly one of the basic goals. Real estate appraisal can be done for various purposes, most frequently for the needs of securing nancing sources, in the process of decision-making on investment in real estate, for the needs of accounting reporting, in the process of making business decisions, in various types of court disputes, business insurance, taxation, etc. Market value is dened as the cash amount against which the real estate may be exchanged in the open competitive market, under normal conditions and voluntarily, or in an arms- length transaction. The concept of real estate valuation includes expert opinion on the value, as well as the procedure of determining the value, based on the following activities: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Physical and legal identication of the real estate that is subject to valuation, Determining the purpose of valuation, Determining the date of valuation, Collecting and analyzing data that are necessary for application of valuation method, Application of valuation method, Making conclusions on the value of real estate, and Making report.
SPOFA 2009
215
Both in expert literature and in practice, appropriate approaches and methods of real estate valuation are used, such as: Cost approach the method of determining real value, cost approach, statistical approach; income capitalization approach the method of valuation of income, yield approach, dynamic approach-income capitalization method; direct comparison of sales prices or sales comparison approach a comparative method, direct comparison of sales prices. Mass valuation of real estate is a process in which the value of real estate is appraised based on objective (most frequently space-oriented) factors and by using statistical methods. By applying the model of mass valuation and based on the data on the existing facilities, the market price of a future facility, foreseen by a plan enactment, can be obtained relatively smoothly and with a substantial degree of certainty. On the other hand, by using a more complex procedure and the methods involving articial intelligence, it is possible to simulate the level of prices of future facilities after complete nalization of the spatial plan, with all the aspects of its future successful application. Therefore, with the application of a model of mass valuation of real estate, with software support of a GIS-tool, future value of, say, a sport facility can be foreseen, and consequently, an optimum variant of its future construction can be elected.
2.4. SOCIAL GLOBAL NETWORKS (FACEBOOK, MY SPACE)
Living in an era of expansion of Information Technologies and globalization, we inevitably become active participants of their everyday manifestation. Global computer network, the Internet, has brought a big turning point in the eld of global communication and exchange of information. There is almost no subject to which a common user cannot get an answer or a way to get an answer regardless of the formulation of the question. Never before like today has it been possible to access libraries of various data so easily, from any place on the planet or at any time, or to directly and actively participate in various forms of virtual reality. It happens more and more frequently that obsession and comfort cross a thin line between the privilege and physical and psychological addiction of using such services. The bright side is surely a set of unthought-of possibilities and opportunities for everyone to, according to their afnities and personal likings, nd a subject, like-minded persons, sympathizers or even friends by using advantages of modern technology. A most recent growing, or rather, expanding phenomenon is the occurrence of social global networks such as Facebook or My space, the basic idea around which is to present, register, connect and associate individuals or groups of people of various afnities or characteristics in order to establish communication and making different forms of contacts.
SPOFA 2009
216
From basic conceptual idea until today, although there have been only a few years, the population of many millions who uses these networks for various sociological reasons, is multiplied daily. Something that is certainly most interesting from the point of view of the subject matter of this paper is the fact that every individual prole dened on this service is characterized by a series of information that is universally applicable and that concerns every user or a group of them. Besides basic personal details, it includes the contacts of closest friends with their afnities and contents, the data that can be very important, such as: main life motto, associations or organizations to which an individual belongs or is associated with, personal afnities, ideas, wishes, and many other things. Starting from the assumption that all data integrated on every individual prole depend on the good will of the author and not his obligation, one can rightfully wonder about their authenticity and quality i.e. reliability. However, if we remind ourselves once again of the main motive of voluntary registering or using this service, it is more than clear that it is a direct interest of every user to provide the best possible personal data that prole him/her clearly, in this manner making possible his/her identication or contact with target group. Therefore, if we exclude abuses by certain users, the data that are available through this sort of social mass networking may be certainly useful for various purposes. From the point of view of building sport facilities, the benet may be in the direct collection of data from personal proles that have associated the subject of sport as a liking or afnity, and on the other hand, starting of the pages or proles that bring together the target group, physically disconnected, around a common idea or a need, can signicantly inuence determination of the relevant individuals or institutions related to the construction of sport infrastructure. 3. GEOMARKETING In the broadest context marketing can be dened as a specic view or approach that is based on forming a product or a service and that satises the users needs and wishes, i.e. makes inuence on his/her acceptance through quality, price and election of spatial location. If we were to undertake a comprehensive analysis of business data it would be easy to arrive at the gure that about 90% of all business information contains a spatial component as its integral part. Taking this fact into account, it is not difcult to conclude that a natural conjunction of spatial data base and classical marketing leads to a meta form, Business Mapping, which is more and more frequently referred to as Geomarketing. The spatial component in combination with relevant data georeferenced in space becomes a support to multi-criteria decision-making, which should result in election of the best business move. At the end of 20th century geomarketing started to develop in the function of development of big business systems and as a consequence of their constant tendency toward dispersion of the market and services. In parallel to that, it conrms its multi-disciplinar-
SPOFA 2009
217
ity in strategic decision-making in the elds of local and regional development, which resulted in improvement of management strategies. Ever more present and more commercial software solutions in the eld of GIS as well as increasingly developed consciousness on multidimensionality of the procedure of strategic decision-making have led to establishing of the idea on synergy of different types of data and made way for their everyday use in decision-making. Geomarketing in the function of building sport facilities would offer extremely useful and applicable starting basis in preliminary evaluations of justication of the investment itself. In later stages of the development of that idea, it could offer logistical support during election of the type, dimensions, purpose and category of the facility itself. By combining data from various sources, of which some have been explained above, signicant savings would be made possible in the primary collection of data required for decision-making, time necessary for decision-making would be shortened, relevant data would be obtained for decision-making, thus achieving both direct and indirect savings and benets. 4. CONCLUSION We are contemporaries of an unstoppable process of improvement of available computer technologies that daily provide us with new possibilities of analyzing and using spatial data, more and more frequently used for the purpose of the best possible and the most economical usage of space. With the combined use of various types of spatial data, pre-conditions are created for advanced planning and space development, i.e. by application of geomarketing, advanced methods of investment decision-making are being developed. The eld of application of such advanced and software-supported system of spatial data analysis is wide. Election of optimum location, type, form, dimensions in the construction of sport facilities are only some of comparative advantages when making strategic decisions. With the integration of such a model of space analysis in the service of local community or of relevant state institutions, accomplishing of the strategic goals of building the sport infrastructure would be simplied and made more economical. References Miladinovi, M. (2009), Procena vrednosti nepokretnosti, Beograd, Graevinski fakultet Beograd Masteli Ivi, S. (2004), Procjena nekretnina, interna skripta, Zagreb, Geodetski fakultet Zagreb
SPOFA 2009
219
MA Jelena Jovanovic Graduate eng. Ranko Matijasevic Dragan Palamarevic, sport manager Assistant professor PhD Darko Mitrovic
SPORTS FACILITIES IN THE FUNCTION OF DEVELOPMENT OF SPORT IN SERBIA

The accelerated development and the domination of sport swept across the whole world. The extension of its roles is of such importance that no other aspect of culture attracts such an attention as sport. Such phenomenology was also helped by the contribution of the interactive and best structurally positioned sociological network at planetary level, whose identity can be recognized through the constancy of changes; likewise witnessed by the fact that every third European is actively taking part in a sport activity in some of the existing 545.000 sport clubs. Sport continues its rapid growth in the economic domain as evidenced by sport covering 3% of the world market. Sport has the tendency of being organized in regional and national associations that organize leagues and championships in accordance with the existing rules for each sport, and this becomes the uniting bond between national and international structures. On all levels of international organizations great efforts are made in order to stimulate and animate sport among the sub-junior and junior talents, this proved by the initiatives of the International Olympic Committee (IOC) and the International Olympic Academy (IOA) to introduce Olympic and sportsmanlike education in elementary and secondary schools and with institutional connections within the school system on all levels. The importance of sport as part of the education and the international mobility of this sector has been recognized as a universal value in the development and strengthening of a stable, peaceful and democratic society. Jacques Rogge, president of IOC, in his inaguration speech on 16.07.2001, invited us to devote the second centenary to children, to Olympic and sportsmanlike education. Europe recognized those initiatives and since September 1998, and the European Committees sport sector identied sport as a function covering ve elds: education, health, social sector, culture and recreational eld. At the same time, the Committee in its working material identied its own policy in sport. The Committee recognized that sport is not only an economic activity, but also part of the European identity. The social component in sport was also identied on an inter-government conference and stated in the revised Mastrichts Contract, followed by the conclusion that the role of sport in the society through education, ecology, health and employment could become the key to success in the development and prosperity of the stated segments. A complete study opened questions of preconditions for the realization of all sport activities, i.e. the infrastructure of sport facilities.
SPOFA 2009
220
Jelena Jovanovic, Ranko Matijasevic, Darko Mitrovic
NATIONAL COURSES IN SPORT Serbia of today is in the process of transition, i.e. trying to integrate with the other European nations in an effort to reach European standards; so Serbia is in a state of constant change and with expected crisis in all segments of society, thus also in sport, culture and education. This kind of peculiarity of a social-political community demands also a dening of priorities in the sector of sport, as a condition for its further development and advancement. Traditionally sport in Serbia gravitates to Hellenism, this meaning that the spirit of sport in Serbia has its roots in the principles of the Olympic Charter. On one hand, such a background opens some essential questions on the quality of sportsmen and the quality of sport practice with its products, i.e. sport results, while on the other hand, it tells of the unavoidable role of sport in the system of education and health. VISION: The real picture of sport in Serbia tells the story of a specic and incomplete eld of activity that cannot be excused by historic background, but has to be dened and completed through the creation of a basic precondition that can be reached by nding the answer to the question: where? That demands a complete revision, reconstruction and rebuilding of the infrastructure of sport facilities. The completion of the prerequisites can change from the very roots the solution of the needs of Serbias population, especially among the younger generations, and this within the scope of the sport system whose base is the mentioned infrastructure. Modern and functionally polished infrastructure of sport facilities is one of the key preconditions for basic and broad sport activity, especially for the school-age generations, and this likewise applies to high goals in top-class sport. The mission of the project for reconstruction and for building an infrastructural network of school sports facilities and grounds sets as its goal to attain optimal standards, in line with EU standards in executing programs of sport activities for a broad population; and through all sport and business processes; thus securing conditions for the development of top-class sport, as part of national identity. This points to specic goals: 1. The development of the psycho-physical health of the whole nation. 2. Secure the fulllment of populations sport activities according to needs, especially for the school-age population. 3. Providing adequate infrastructure needed for the development of top-class sport. The needs of the population are clearly dened by knowing the challenges present, as well as bearing in mind the social and personal capabilities that enable people to work together and lead happy and fruitful lives. On individual level sport is recognized as an indispensable means that contributes to physical, mental, social and moral growth, preservation and protection of personality.
SPOFA 2009
221
1. PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT, PROTECTION AND SAFEGUARDING OF HEALTH BY: - taking part in organized physical activities in safe space and starting in early age is a stimulus to healthy growth and a health keeper; - taking part in sport programs is the best known road to a healthy way of life in adult age, in developing friendly and business relations; - proper sport activities in advanced age are important in preserving physical and mental well-being and in nursing the general feeling of health in senior citizens life. 2. SOCIAL ASPECTS OF POPULATION NEEDS IN SPORT ARE: - as social beings men and women work together for the benet of the society. Taking part in sport activities they fulll their needs for: togetherness, afliation, sense of community, self-respect and love; - sport notes satisfactory experiences and results in learning, cooperation and the development of warm-heartedness, and the feeling for true values; - sport activities develop the potential of an individual to adapt to group and team work; - sport develops competitive spirit and gives a true seal to life values; - sport develops ghting spirit and persistence towards authentic goals, while at the same time respecting the opponent regardless of his/her sex, race, color, social status etc; - respect and esteem of the adversary in sport, of his/her knowledge, origin and cultural values and the midst the person comes from; this implying for oneself the same criteria in expressing personal, cultural and national values in those elds; - correct shaping of sportsmen means correct shaping and building of personality, making a person capable to perform all activities, and positively represent not only oneself but also the midst one comes from. 3. SPORT IN SAFEGUARDING MENTAL DEVELOPMENT, PRESERVATION AND PROTECTION OF THE INDIVIDUAL: - sport opens the possibilities for acquiring experience in the formation of creative thinking and in making room where to place that creativity; - through its processes, workouts and real game the sport has the potential to teach the individual to judge and reason, to take decisions, create standpoints and reproduce and apply the knowledge of: rules, regulations, tactics and strategies; - high feats in different sports demand a certain level a civilized behavior in physical and mental coordination, that are basic to achieve a complete personality; - persistence, ghting spirit, team spirit, respect of the opponent are values that are taught and then pass the test on the eld, thus forming a mentally healthy individual, representative of his/her community. 4. POPULATIONS NEEDS THROUGH THE ASPECT OF SPORT PROGRESS AND THE PROTECTION OF COMMUNITYS INTERESTS: - an individual who joins any sport activity becomes a student of sports rules, but likewise social rules, so sport is quite useful in getting together within certain groups. Sport becomes a cohesive tissue between individuals and a vehicle for fulllment of inuence upon them, thus promoting a specic and socially desirable set of values.
SPOFA 2009
222
This makes the sport suitable in popularizing values such as: respect of partners and opponents, safeguarding sportsmanship, respect of the rules, developing the spirit of solidarity and the respect of collective discipline and communal life, as an important segment in the functioning of groups (team, society). GENERAL APPROACH The basic subject of this methodology is the portrayal of activities that envisage as their goal to set priorities and state the needed capacities; this based on the real needs of the population and after acquiring complete knowledge of the state of the infrastructure. Likewise, this implies adequate program assignments and tenders, covering all aspects from technical documentation to the works themselves, control of the projects and their realization on the sites, thus covering the reconstruction and building of all sport facilities in Serbia. Having in mind the complexity of the problem an action plan has to be drawn, based upon: - Careful planning and control of all activities foreseen in the realization of betterment of the sport facilities; - Gathering data and comprehensive analysis of the needed documentation, and all other data relevant for the considered case; - Managerial control of activities, thus providing conditions leading to making the best possible decisions; Special insistence on fair and good relationship between the Investor and the Consultant. VOLUME AND ORGANIZATION OF ACTIVITIES IN THE REALIZATION OF THE ACTION PLAN In the realization of the foreseen activities within the action plan the following basic steps, i.e. phases are foreseen: PHASE ONE (F1) Phase 1 Based upon a detailed analysis of the demographic picture of the country, the real needs of the population and detailed analysis of sport needs, priorities have to be determined plus the volume of indispensable infrastructural capacity of sports facilities in the Republic of Serbia; The rst phase of the action plan encompasses three segments of indispensable activities in order to carry out the strategy of sports facilities infrastructure in Serbia. The focus is on the key goals that encompass sport action for all citizens. Sports competences are the nucleus of the potential of every person, indispensable for: education, instruction, employment, team work, cultural exchanges, self-fulllment, psycho-physical health, and in top-class sport represents the conrmation of national identity. The state of Serbia, through its Ministerial department in 2001, published a book titled Sports facilities in Serbia in which there is the list of all sports object including: name, address, purpose and telephone. Even though a substantial effort went in making this book, the presented register does not meet the needs because:
SPOFA 2009
223
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
no data on standards and quality level of objects, no selected list on types of objects and their consumers, no data on the degree of use of the objects, non selective list; registered also object that belong to the sector of education, no list of objects used by clubs and sports associations (for example: water sports...), 6. no data on the ownership and the institutional frame of the objects, i.e. no specication of public or private ownership and sector, 7. no data showing to which state institutional frame the existing facilities belong. All these questions demand to be subjects of research: Section 1 SPORT IN SCHOOLS YOUTHS SPORT This segment of sport has a double function: 1. takes care of the social, psychological and physical status of children and youth in Serbia and 2. takes care of the selection of talents that could make it to the top-lass level. These are the two most important roles in this segment, and should go hand in hand with school sports and with the support of school objects gyms and sports grounds - through a consistent practice of sport instruction; also broadened by non-curriculum activities, such as school sport clubs and competition; this dened through cooperation with the local community. To accomplish this plan the following is needed: 1. quick and permanent coordination of two ministries of Serbia: Ministry of Education and Ministry of Sport and Youth; so the resources of school sport facilities can be maximally functionalized. 2. by its authority the Ministry of Education should secure the application of the curriculum and a correct use of school facilities. 3. The Ministry of Sport and Youth should track and secure the control of the non-curriculum sport programs that are supposed to give the following results: a) stimulate the participation of the young population in sport activities, b) provide a qualitative system of school sport competition on all age levels as a result of the training process and a correct selection, c) qualitative standards in identifying sport talents within the local community. This kind of action and coordination could quickly bear fruits in bringing the existing recourses into the function of the sport, thus directly stressing the state interest through public investment.
SPOFA 2009
224
Section 2 SPORT CENTERS Sport centers should be dened as sport organizations, whose activities give a respective sport product of public interest; in that manner not remaining only a set of sport facilities grouped at one place. Accordingly the sport objects within a sport centre should be regarded as resources in the sport system, thus acquiring a much wider purpose, i.e. they are not there for their own sake. Likewise, all objects should be categorized in four distinct groups according to different functions: recreation sport for every citizen, for all the age groups, care about the senior citizens of Serbia, sport for persons with special needs, top-class sport. These functions can work only with a rm support of the state and through public investment and recruitment of able management, capable to run and create sport programs for this type of sport organization. At the same time, it means a bigger participation of private managerial skills and experience acquired through the transition period in all the surrounding countries; all this having as a goal a betterment in running and organization of programs as non-prot organizations. Section 3 TOP-CLASS SPORT No object by itself can secure a betterment in sport; this is achieved through sport programs that are carried out at such sport facilities, thus making those facilities the resources that enable the making of sport results as sports products. In accordance with this statement needs arise to: 1. gather all data on sport trends in Serbia, on the basis of decades of results in topclass sport; 2. identify the sports that have importance for Serbia; 3. identify categories of sportsmen/sportswomen based on age, success and type of sport; 4. on the basis of all that data establish the development trend in Serbian sport and based on the following criteria: a) type of sport b) demography c) location In this manner it will be possible to establish and stress the system of top-class sport that also conrms national identity. Based on data that would come forth through such research it would be possible to plan the reconstruction of the existing facilities in Serbia and the building of new ones.
SPOFA 2009
225
PHASE TWO (F2) A broad recording of the existing state of facilities and infrastructure, including gathering data and a detailed analysis of the technical and other documentation, with all the necessary data having to do with this eld; facts-nding by visiting sports terrains, using land registry and geodesists reports and data in order to prepare adequate summaries and reports on all the completed analysis dealing with relevant sites and recordings of the existing state of facilities; and, consequently, all this presented through a complete unied nal report covering sport infrastructure in the whole of Serbia. PHASE THREE (F3) In accordance with conclusions and decisions taken on the basis of the mentioned and realized phases, the creation of basic project assignments and carrying out proper tender procedures in the making of technical documentation, and in accordance with the dened priorities and capacities. A more detailed elaboration of all segments of the action plan and its application is a sure road for the sport to recover, the sport itself being one of the most fundamental factors in the formation of a healthy and strong individual, his/her goal being to represent a healthy nation and a strong state on all levels, and in all forms of sport activities and this ought to be our mutual goal. References Smith, A.B.: Sports Management: A Guide to professional Practice, Allen&Unwind, Sydney, 1999, STR 11. Tomic, M.: Basics of Sport Organization, Institute for textbooks and teaching tools, Belgrade, 2006 Tomic, M. (2001): Management in sport, II edition, IP Astimbo, Belgrade Hums, M.: Principles and practice of sport management, Aspenpublisher, Inc, Gaitherbourg, Maryland Resolution 72/30 of the European Council veb.
SPOFA 2009
Publisher University of Belgrade Faculty of Sport and Physical Education Serbia
Executive publisher Ip Signature, Beograd, Pre press IP Signature, Beograd Print Pekograf, Beograd Copies 150
CIP - 725.8(082) 796.028(082) INTERNATIONAL Congress Sports Facilities -Curent Position and Perspectives (2009 ; Belgrade) International Congress Sports Facilitics - Curent Position and Perspectives - SPOFA 09, Belgrade, 2009. / Editor in Chief Goran irovi. - Beograd : Faculty of Sport and Physical Education, 2009 (Beograd : Pekograf). - 215 str. : ilustr. ; 24 cin Na vrhu nasl. str.: University of Belgrade. -Tira 150. - Str. 7-10: Preface / Goran irovi. - Napomene i bibliografske reference uz tekst. - Bibliograja uz svaki rad. ISBN 978-86-80255-57-6 a) b) COBISS.SR-ID 170106892

SPOFA09 Monography

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SPOFA09 Monography

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sports Facilities Curent Position and Perspectives

University of Belgrade Faculty of Sport and Physical Education Serbia

Prof. Goran irovi, Ph.D., M.Sc.Civ.Eng.

President of SPOFA Congress Goran irovi, Ph.D,, Civ.Eng. Associate Professor

Mirko Ai1, Aleksandar Pakvor2, Vanja Alendar3, Sneana Marinkovi4

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE BELGRADE ARENA ROOF STRUCTURE

Figure 1. Longitudinal section of the Arena

Mirko Ai, Aleksandar Pakvor, Vanja Alendar, Sneana Marinkovi

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE BELGRADE ARENA ROOF STRUCTURE

Mirko Ai, Aleksandar Pakvor, Vanja Alendar, Sneana Marinkovi

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE BELGRADE ARENA ROOF STRUCTURE

Mirko Ai, Aleksandar Pakvor, Vanja Alendar, Sneana Marinkovi

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE BELGRADE ARENA ROOF STRUCTURE

Mirko Ai, Aleksandar Pakvor, Vanja Alendar, Sneana Marinkovi

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE BELGRADE ARENA ROOF STRUCTURE

Mirko Ai, Aleksandar Pakvor, Vanja Alendar, Sneana Marinkovi

Figure 10. The view of the Belgrade Arena

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE BELGRADE ARENA ROOF STRUCTURE

Mirko Ai, Aleksandar Pakvor, Vanja Alendar, Sneana Marinkovi

J. Petric-Gray1, C. Galn-Marn2, C. Rivera-Gmez2, R. Rodrguez-Garcia2

J. Petric-Gray, C. Galn-Marn, C. Rivera-Gmez, R. Rodrguez-Garcia

Figure 1: Materials used - alginate, lignum, wool and soil

J. Petric-Gray, C. Galn-Marn, C. Rivera-Gmez, R. Rodrguez-Garcia

3.3. LIGNUM SULFONATE

J. Petric-Gray, C. Galn-Marn, C. Rivera-Gmez, R. Rodrguez-Garcia

ERROL 0.03 0.08 0.00 5.04

IBSTOCK 0.01 0.06 0.01 5.57

J. Petric-Gray, C. Galn-Marn, C. Rivera-Gmez, R. Rodrguez-Garcia

J. Petric-Gray, C. Galn-Marn, C. Rivera-Gmez, R. Rodrguez-Garcia

Majeri M.1, van M.1 and Kolenc M.2

ESTABLISHING THE E-COMMUNITY IN THE FIELD OF SPORT

Majeri M., van M. and Kolenc M.

ESTABLISHING THE E-COMMUNITY IN THE FIELD OF SPORT

Majeri M., van M. and Kolenc M.

ESTABLISHING THE E-COMMUNITY IN THE FIELD OF SPORT

Table 3: Frequency of writing own blog at www.sportfolio.si

Majeri M., van M. and Kolenc M.

Table 4: Evaluation of knowledge for using blogs

ESTABLISHING THE E-COMMUNITY IN THE FIELD OF SPORT

Majeri M., van M. and Kolenc M.

Goran irovi 1, Zorica Petrovi2, Milivoj Dopsaj3

Goran irovi, Zorica Petrovi, Milivoj Dopsaj

TECHNICAL TECHNOLOGICAL BASES FOR SPORTS FACILITIES CLASSIFICATION, CATEGORIZATION...

According to this categorization, facilities can be basically classied as it is stated below:

childrens playgrounds and halls for pre-school children,

Goran irovi, Zorica Petrovi, Milivoj Dopsaj

TECHNICAL TECHNOLOGICAL BASES FOR SPORTS FACILITIES CLASSIFICATION, CATEGORIZATION...

Goran irovi, Zorica Petrovi, Milivoj Dopsaj

TECHNICAL TECHNOLOGICAL BASES FOR SPORTS FACILITIES CLASSIFICATION, CATEGORIZATION...

Goran irovi, Zorica Petrovi, Milivoj Dopsaj

TECHNICAL TECHNOLOGICAL BASES FOR SPORTS FACILITIES CLASSIFICATION, CATEGORIZATION...

Goran irovi, Zorica Petrovi, Milivoj Dopsaj

TECHNICAL TECHNOLOGICAL BASES FOR SPORTS FACILITIES CLASSIFICATION, CATEGORIZATION...

Goran irovi, Zorica Petrovi, Milivoj Dopsaj

TECHNICAL TECHNOLOGICAL BASES FOR SPORTS FACILITIES CLASSIFICATION, CATEGORIZATION...

Goran irovi, Zorica Petrovi, Milivoj Dopsaj

TECHNICAL TECHNOLOGICAL BASES FOR SPORTS FACILITIES CLASSIFICATION, CATEGORIZATION...

Professor Milenko Stankovic, Ph.D., B.Arch.

Srdjan Stankovic, B.Arch.

Milenko Stankovic, Srdjan Stankovic

Milenko Stankovic, Srdjan Stankovic

Milenko Stankovic, Srdjan Stankovic

Milenko Stankovic, Srdjan Stankovic